USRE49687E1 - Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof - Google Patents

Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
USRE49687E1
USRE49687E1 US17/165,794 US201517165794A USRE49687E US RE49687 E1 USRE49687 E1 US RE49687E1 US 201517165794 A US201517165794 A US 201517165794A US RE49687 E USRE49687 E US RE49687E
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
halogen
compound
substituted
carbocycle
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
US17/165,794
Inventor
Jolanta Grembecka
Tomasz Cierpicki
Dmitry Borkin
Jonathan Pollock
Hongzhi Miao
Duxin Sun
Liansheng Li
Tao Wu
Jun Feng
Pingda Ren
Yi Liu
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
University of Michigan
Kura Oncology Inc
Original Assignee
University of Michigan
Kura Oncology Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by University of Michigan, Kura Oncology Inc filed Critical University of Michigan
Priority to US17/165,794 priority Critical patent/USRE49687E1/en
Assigned to KURA ONCOLOGY, INC. reassignment KURA ONCOLOGY, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: REN, PINGDA, FENG, JUN, LI, LIANSHENG, LIU, YI, WU, TAO
Assigned to THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN reassignment THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BORKIN, DMITRY, POLLOCK, JONATHAN, CIERPICKI, TOMASZ, GREMBECKA, JOLANTA, MIAO, Hongzhi, SUN, DUXIN
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of USRE49687E1 publication Critical patent/USRE49687E1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/53—Organo-phosphine oxides; Organo-phosphine thioxides
    • C07F9/5325—Aromatic phosphine oxides or thioxides (P-C aromatic linkage)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6558—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system
    • C07F9/65583—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system each of the hetero rings containing nitrogen as ring hetero atom

Definitions

  • Fusion of MLL with one of 60 partner genes forms a chimeric oncogene which upregulates HOX genes resulting in a blockage of blood cell differentiation that ultimately leads to acute leukemia (Eguchi et al. Int J Hematol., 2003. 78(5): p. 390-401., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • Patients with leukemias harboring MLL translocations have a very poor prognosis (35% five year survival) and it is clear that novel therapeutic strategies are urgently needed to treat these leukemias (Slany. Hematol Oncol., 2005. 23(1): p. 1-9., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • Menin is a critical cofactor in MLL-associated leukemias.
  • Menin is a tumor-suppressor protein encoded by the Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia (MEN) gene.
  • MEN Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia
  • Menin is a ubiquitously expressed nuclear protein that is engaged in interactions with a cohort of transcription factors, chromatin modifying proteins, and DNA processing and repair proteins (Agarwal et al. Horm Metab Res., 2005. 37(6): p. 369-74., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • the biological function of menin remains unclear and is context dependent. It functions as a tumor suppressor in endocrine organs (Marx. Nat Rev Cancer., 2005. 5(5): p.
  • Menin is also required to maintain oncogenic transformation induced by other MLL translocations, including MLL-ENL, MLL-GAS7 and MLL-AF6 (Yokoyama et al., Cell., 2005.123(2): p. 207-18., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), demonstrating that menin functions as a general oncogenic cofactor in MLL-related leukemias and implies the interaction of menin with MLL fusions and MLL is a valuable target for molecular therapy.
  • the leukemogenic activity of MLL fusion oncoproteins is dependent on association with menin. Therefore, selective targeting of this interaction could provide an attractive therapeutic approach to develop novel drugs for leukemias with translocations of MLL gene and other leukemias with upregulation of HOX genes.
  • the present disclosure provides compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with its upstream or downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins.
  • Compounds of the disclosure may be used in methods for the treatment of a wide variety of cancers and other diseases associated with one or more of MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and menin.
  • a compound of the disclosure covalently binds menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
  • a compound of the disclosure interacts non-covalently with menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
  • the compounds of the disclosure are represented by a structure of Formula (1) or (2):
  • R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, and R8 are each independently selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, amine, thioalkyl, halogen, ketone, amide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof; wherein R6 can be present at one or more of the positions of the benzyl and/or pyrrole portion of the indole ring that are not otherwise occupied by a substituent;
  • R3 is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkyl, ketone, amide, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof;
  • Y is N or C(R a ), wherein R a is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted alkyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amino, cyano, sulfonyl, aldehyde, non-aromatic heterocycle, and aromatic ring;
  • L is present or absent, and if present it is selected from alkylene, oxalkylene and aminoalkylene;
  • R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl.
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R 1 is selected from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 .
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy. In particular embodiments, R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In particular embodiments, R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl.
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen, for example, R 4 is hydrogen.
  • R 5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R 5 is hydrogen.
  • R 6 for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), R 6 , at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkyl.
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from halogen, methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, for example, R 6 , at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy.
  • s is 0. In certain embodiments, s is 1.
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R 8 is cyano.
  • Y is N.
  • Y is C(R a ) and R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, amino, cyano, alkyl, alcohol, heteroalkyl, and substituted alkyl, such as R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl.
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, substituted alkyl, e.g., —CH 2 OH, and cyano.
  • the compounds of the disclosure are represented by a structure of Formula (3B):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 5a , R 8 , and R a are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted
  • R 3 is selected from selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , and —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 ; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO
  • R 6 is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR 30 , —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl;
  • Y is N or C(R a );
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
  • R 7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
  • the functional group of R 7 covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin, such as cysteine 329 or cysteine 334.
  • the compound is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • R 5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R 5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R 5 and R 5a are not hydrogen. R 5a may be selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N
  • s is 0, 1, or 2, for example, s is 0 or 1.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O,
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 .
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 ; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 )
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S
  • R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O)
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and
  • Y is N.
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N
  • R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C 3-10 carbocycle.
  • R 7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C 3-12 carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • V is absent or selected from a C 3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • R 32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituent
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR 30 , —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl;
  • R 21 is a moiety comprising an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl; an alpha, beta-unsaturated sulfonyl; an epoxide; an aldehyde; sulfonyl fluoride; a halomethylcarbonyl, a dihalomethylcarbonyl, or a trihalomethylcarbonyl.
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • L 1 is selected from a bond; and C 1-6 alkylene, C 1-6 heteroalkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, and C 2-6 alkynylene, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • R 22 and R 23 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substitu
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , and —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 ; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O)
  • R 32 is as described above.
  • L 1 is selected from a bond, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene, such as methylene, ethylene or propylene; wherein L 1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , and —N(R 20 ) 2 .
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R) 2 , —P(O
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen, and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O) 2 , —P(O) 2 , —P(O) 2 ,
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen, —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , and —N(R 20 ) 2 .
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, and —CN.
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C 3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is selected from a bond; or alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • R 32 at each occurrence on G is selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ,
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR 30 , —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl.
  • G is alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is selected from optionally substituted C 1-10 alkylene.
  • G is selected from methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups, for example, G is selected from:
  • G is heteroalkylene optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is C 3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is a saturated C 3-10 carbocycle or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups, for example, G is selected from:
  • V is selected from a 3-8 membered saturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated carbocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from:
  • V is a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from azetidine, oxetane, piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, and homopiperazine, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from:
  • V is selected from an unsaturated, aromatic, or heteroaromatic ring.
  • V is selected from phenyl, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene, dihydrothiophene, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole, dihydropyrrole, thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole, isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, in
  • V is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups. In certain embodiments, V is a heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, pyrrole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optional
  • V is absent.
  • the compounds of the disclosure are selected from Scaffold 1 or Scaffold 2:
  • R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R8, each independently comprise or consist of: H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g.
  • alkene e.g., CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH ⁇ CHCH 3 , etc.
  • alkyne e.g., C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 C ⁇ CH, etc.
  • amine alkylamine
  • primary amine e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.
  • secondary amine e.g., secondary amine
  • —SO 2 CH 3 group —SO 2 NH 2 group, sulfonyl group, dialkylphosphine oxide (e.g., —PO(CH 3 ) 2 ), a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic
  • any of the H atoms, R6, and R8 on the indole of the scaffold may be replaced with one of: halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, etc.), hydroxyl, alcohol (e.g., methanol, ethanol, etc.), alkyl (C 1 -C 5 ), alkoxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, etc), amine (e.g. NH 2 , methylamine, ethylamine, etc), cyano group (e.g., CN, methyl carbonitrile, ethyl carbonitrile, etc.), an amide (e.g.
  • R6 can be present on either the benzyl and/or pyrrole portion of the indole ring and wherein R6 can be present at one or more of the positions of the benzyl and/or pyrrole portion of the indole ring that are not otherwise occupied by a substituent; and wherein Y is N or C, and wherein when Y is C the Y position may be substituted with R a , with R a consisting of or comprising a hydrogen, an alkyl (e.g., branched (e.g., isopropyl), straight chain (e.g., propyl), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl)), heteroalkyl (e.g., methyl propyl ether), alkyl-substituted
  • L is present or absent, and if present it comprises alkylene (e.g. methylene, —CH 2 —, ethylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, propylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —, etc), aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 ) or oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH 2 —O—CH 2 ) groups; and
  • alkylene e.g. methylene, —CH 2 —, ethylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, propylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —, etc
  • aminoalkylene e.g. —NH—, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2
  • oxalkylene e.g. —O—, —CH 2 —O—CH 2
  • R7 comprises:
  • alkyl group e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), hal
  • —SO 2 CH 3 group sulfonyl group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor) connected directly or through a linker (e.g.
  • a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members, e.g. piperazine, piperidine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, etc.
  • a linker e.g.
  • methyl, ethyl, propyl with the indole nitrogen, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, or a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, an electrophilic group such as any electrophilic group capable of covalently and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups, and/or combinations thereof;
  • G when present, comprises alkylene (e.g. methylene, —CH 2 —, ethylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, propylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —, etc), branched alkylene (e.g. —CH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )—, etc.), aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 ), oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH 2 —O—CH 2 ), haloalkylene groups; heteroalkyl; hydroxyalkyl (e.g.
  • alkylaminoalkyl e.g. —CH 2 —CH(NHCH 2 ), etc.-, etc.
  • carbocycle cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, etc.
  • alkylcycloalkyl e.g. methylcyclopropyl, methylcyclobuthyl, methylcyclopenthyl, etc.
  • hydoxycycloalkyl e.g.
  • hydroxycyclopropyl dihydroxycyclopropyl, hydroxycyclobuthyl, dihydroxycyclobuthyl, hydroxycyclopenthyl, etc), alcoxycycloalkyl, hydroxalkylycycloalkyl (e.g. hydroxymethylcyclopropyl, hydroxymethylcyclobuthyl), disubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g. methyl-hydroxy-substituted cycloaklyl), aminocycloalkyl (e.g.
  • aminocyclopropyl diaminocyclopenthyl, aminocyclobuthyl, diaminocyclobuthyl, aminocyclopenthyl, etc.
  • alkylaminocycloalkyl e.g. methylaminocyclopropyl, methylaminocyclobuthyl, etc.
  • substituted carbocycle heterocycle (e.g., aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, etc); substituted non-aromatic heterocycle (e.g., hydroxy azetidine, etc), and/or combinations thereof;
  • V is selected from a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring; wherein V may be optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups;
  • R12 when present, comprises H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.)), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trihal
  • haloethane e.g. fluoroethane
  • halomethane e.g., fluoromethane
  • dihalomethane e.g., difluoromethane
  • trihalomethane e.g., trifluoromethane
  • alkene e.g., CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH ⁇ CHCH 3 , etc.
  • alkyne e.g., C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 C ⁇ CH, etc.
  • hydroxyl e.g. —OH
  • hydroxyalkyl e.g.
  • alkylamine e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group), e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group),
  • —SO 2 alkyl e.g., —SO 2 CH 3 , —SO 2 ethyl, —SO 2 propyl, —SO 2 cyclopropyl, etc.
  • —SO 2 NH 2 e.g., —SO 2 NHalkyl (e.g., —SO 2 NHmethyl, —SO 2 NHethyl, —SO 2 NHpropyl, —SO 2 NHcyclopropyl, etc.
  • SO 2 Ndialkyl e.g., —SO 2 N-nm, wherein n and m are independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopropyl, etc.
  • dialkylphosphine oxide e.g., —PO(CH 3 ) 2
  • a carbocyclic ring an aromatic ring
  • a substituted aromatic ring e.g., branched aromatic ring
  • a and D when present, independently comprise C (CH) or N;
  • E, J, X, and Z when present, independently comprise C (CH), N, S, or O;
  • Q, R, T when present, independently comprises C (CH) or N
  • U when present independently comprises O, N or S
  • W when present, comprises alkylene (e.g. methylene, —CH 2 —, ethylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, propylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —, etc), aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 ), oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH 2 —O—CH 2 ) groups;
  • alkylene e.g. methylene, —CH 2 —, ethylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, propylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, etc
  • aminoalkylene e.g. —NH—, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2
  • oxalkylene e.g. —O—, —CH 2 —O—CH 2
  • H atoms of R7 when present, may independently be replaced with a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, etc.), alcohol (e.g., OH, methanol, ethanol, etc.), alkyl (C1-C5), cycloalkyl (C1-C7), haloalkyl, alkene (C1-C5), alkyne (C1-C5), alkoxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, etc), amine (e.g.
  • NH 2 methylamine, ethylamine, etc), ester (methyl carboxylate, ethyl carboxylate etc.) cyano group (e.g., CN, methyl carbonitrile, ethyl carbonitrile, etc.), an amide (e.g. CONH 2 , acetamide, etc), —SO 2 CH 3 group, —SO 2 alkyl, sulfonamide (e.g. SO 2 NH 2 , SO 2 NHCH 3 , SO 2 NHCH 2 CH 3 etc.) —COOH, etc.;
  • R9 when present, comprises:
  • alkyl group e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), hal
  • halogen-substituted alkene group e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene
  • alkyne e.g., C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 C ⁇ CH, etc.
  • alkoxy group e.g., ether, etc.
  • amine, alkylamine e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen
  • —SO 2 CH 3 group sulfonyl group, amide group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring,
  • R10 when present, is selected from: H atom, halogen (e.g., Cl, Br, F, I), alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), alkene (e.g., CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH ⁇ CHCH 3 , etc.), alkyne (e.g., C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 C ⁇ CH, etc.), amine (e.g., NH 2 , CH 2 NH 2 , CH 2 NHMe, CH 2 NMe 2 , CH 2 NHEt, CH 2 NEt 2 , etc.), alcohol (e.g., OH, CH 2 OH, CH 2 CH 2 OH, etc.), thiol (e.g., SH, CH2SH, CH2CH2SH, etc.), O-alkyl (e.g., O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-propyl), N
  • halogen-substituted alkene group e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene, etc., alkyl substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc.
  • substituted alkyne e.g. halogen substituted alkyne group, e.g.
  • chloroalkyne, fluoroalkyne, etc., alkyl substituted alkyne, amino substituted alkyne, etc.), nitrile (e.g., CN, CH 2 CN, CH 2 CH 2 CN, etc.), aromatic ring (e.g., C3-C6), heteroaryl (e.g., C3-C6), non-aromatic heterocycle (e.g., C3-C6), carbocycle (e.g., C3-C7), CH ⁇ CHCH 2 N(CH 3 ) n with n 0-3, an electrophilic group such as any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups, any suitable hydrocarbon (e.g., alkane, alkene, alkyne, and combinations thereof) capped by R11 (e.g., CH ⁇ CHCH 2 R11, C ⁇ CCH 2 R11), and any suitable combinations thereof (e.g., CH ⁇ CHCH
  • R11 when present, is selected from H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., tri
  • —SO 2 CH 3 group sulfonyl group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring
  • R 1 -R 8 , L, and Y on compounds of Scaffold 1 and Scaffold 2 of the disclosure include one or more functional groups or a combination of two or more functional groups.
  • Functional groups of the disclosure include, for example, halogens, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes, aromatic rings, heteroaromatic rings, non-aromatic rings, haloalkanes, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, carboxylic acids, ethers, amides, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, azides, cyanates, cyano, nitriles, thiols, sulfides, sulfoxides, sulfones, sulfonamides, sulfinic acids, thiocyanate, and phosphates.
  • Examples of alcohols include hydroxy, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclic alcohols (e.g., cyclohexanol), and aromatic alcohols (e.g., phenol).
  • aldehydes include methanal, ethanal, propanal, butanal, pentanal, and hexanal.
  • ketones include methyl methyl ketone (acetone), methyl ethyl ketone (butanone), and propyl ethyl ketone (pentanone).
  • carboxylates examples include methanoate, ethanoate, propanote, butanoate, pentanoate, and hexanoate.
  • Carboxylic acids examples include methanoic acid, ethanoic acid, propanoic acid, butanoic acid, pentanoic acid, and hexanoic acid.
  • ethers include methoxymethyl, i.e., —CH 2 —O—CH 3 , and ethylmethoxy, i.e., —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 3 .
  • amides include —C(O)NH 2 , —CH 2 C(O)NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) 2 CONH 2 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NHCH 3 , —(CH 2 ) n NHC(O)CH 3 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NH(CH 2 ) m CH 3 , —(CH 2 ) n NHC(O)(CH 2 ) m CH 3 , where n and m are independently selected from 0-10.
  • Examples of primary amines include —NH 2 , —CH 2 —NH 2 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH 2 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH 2 and cyclopropyl-NH 2 .
  • Examples of secondary amines include —NH—CH 3 , —NHCH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , and —(CH 2 ) n —NH—CH 3 , where n is 0-10.
  • Examples of tertiary amines include —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —N(CH 2 —CH 3 ) 2 , —N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , and —CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 .
  • Examples of azides include —CH 2 N 3 , —(CH 2 ) 2 N 3 , and —(CH 2 ) n N 3 , where n is selected from 0-10.
  • Examples of cyanates include —CH 2 OCN, —(CH 2 ) 2 OCN, and —(CH 2 ) n OCN, where n is selected from 0-10.
  • Examplary cyano or nitrile groups include —CN, —CH 2 CN), —(CH 2 ) 2 CN, and (CH 2 ) n CN, wherein n is selected from 0 to 10.
  • Examples of thiols include —CH 2 SH, —(CH 2 ) 2 SH, and —(CH 2 ) n SH, where n is selected from 0 to 10.
  • Examples of sulfides include —CH 2 —S—CH 3 , —CH 2 —S—CH 2 CH 3 , and —(CH 2 ) n —S—(CH 2 ) m CH 3 , where n and m are independently selected from 0-10.
  • Examples of sulfoxides include —CH 2 S(O)CH 3 , —CH 2 S(O)CH 2 CH 3 , —(CH 2 ) n S(O)(CH 2 ) m CH 3 , where n and m are independently selected from 0-10.
  • Examples of sulfones include —CH 2 SO 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 SO 2 CH 2 CH 3 , and —(CH 2 ) n SO 2 (CH 2 ) m CH 3 , where n and m are independently selected from 0-10.
  • sulfonamides include —SO 2 NH 2 , —CH 2 SO 2 NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) 2 SO 2 NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) n SO 2 NH 2 , —CH 2 SO 2 NHCH 3 , —(CH 2 ) n SO 2 NH(CH 2 ) m CH 3 , where n and m are independently selected from 0-10.
  • sulfinic acids include —SO 2 H, —CH 2 SO 2 H, —(CH 2 ) 2 SO 2 H, and —(CH 2 ) n SO 2 H, wherein n is selected from 0 to 10.
  • Examples of thiocyanates include —SCN, —CH 2 SCN, —(CH 2 ) 2 SCN, and —(CH 2 ) n SCN, wherein n is selected from 0 to 10.
  • Examples of phosphates include —OP( ⁇ O)(OH) 2 , —CH 2 OP( ⁇ O)(OH) 2 , —(CH 2 ) 2 OP( ⁇ O)(OH) 2 , and —(CH 2 ) n OP( ⁇ O)(OH) 2 , wherein n is selected from 0 to 10.
  • a compound or salt of Scaffold (1) or Scaffold (2) is selected from Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J):
  • R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and Y are as defined above with respect to Scaffold 1 and Scaffold 2 and s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • Y of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is N.
  • Y of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is C(R a ) and R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, amino, cyano, alkyl, alcohol, heteroalkyl, and substituted alkyl, such as R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl.
  • R1 and R2 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl.
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R 1 is selected from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, such as R 1 is —CH 2 CF 3 or —CH 2 CHF 2 .
  • R1 comprises or consists of monohaloethane, dihaloethane or trihaloethane (e.g., monofluoroethane, difluoroethane and trifluoroethane) group.
  • R2 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy, such as R2 is hydrogen.
  • R2 is H or another R2 substituent described herein.
  • R3 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, such as R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R3 comprises or consists of an alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, etc.), amine (e.g., NH 2 , NH-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH 2 -Ph, etc.), NH-alcohol (e.g., NH—CH 2 —CH 2 —OH), etc.), an alcohol (e.g., methanol, ethanol, butanol, propanol, CH 2 CHOHCH 2 OH, etc.), a heterocyclic ring, or an alkyl-heterocyclic ring (e.g., ethyl-morpholine, propyl-indole, etc.).
  • R3 is fused in a ring with R2.
  • R4 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
  • R4 comprises or consists of amine (e.g. —NH 2 ), NH—(CH 2 ) 1-6 -phenyl, NH—(CH 2 ) 1-6 -(substituted aromatic ring), aminomethyl, aminoakyl N-formylpyrrolidine, aminoakyl N-sulfonylpyrrolidine, or —CH 2 —OH.
  • amine e.g. —NH 2
  • NH—(CH 2 ) 1-6 -phenyl NH—(CH 2 ) 1-6 -(substituted aromatic ring
  • aminomethyl aminoakyl N-formylpyrrolidine
  • aminoakyl N-sulfonylpyrrolidine aminoakyl N-sulfonylpyrrolidine
  • R5 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R5 is hydrogen.
  • R5 is —CH 2 —OH.
  • R6 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is independently selected, at each occurrence, from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R6 is independently selected, at each occurrence, from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkyl.
  • R6 is an alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, etc.), cycloalkane (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, etc.), halogen (e.g., Br, F, Cl, I, etc.), haloalkane (e.g., monohaloalkane, dihaloalkane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihaloalkane (e.g., trichloroethane)), alkene (e.g. CH ⁇ CH 2 , etc.), alkyne (e.g.
  • alkyl e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, etc.
  • cycloalkane e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, etc.
  • amine e.g., NH 2 , NH-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH 2 -Ph, etc.) alkyl-amine (e.g., (CH 2 ) 1-6 —NH 2 )), O-alkyl (e.g., OCH 3 , OCH 2 CH 3 , etc.), NH-alcohol (e.g., NH—CH 2 —CH 2 —OH), etc.), hydroxy (e.g.
  • R6 is present on either the benzyl and/or pyrrole portions of the indole ring. In some embodiments R6 on indole ring is present at more than one position on the benzyl and/or pyrrole portions of the indole ring. In some embodiments, R7 comprises a non-aromatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring (e.g., 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-member ring).
  • R7 comprises a linker between the heterocyclic ring of R7 and the scaffold (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, etc.).
  • the linker of R7 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more hydrogen and/or carbons replaced by O, S, or N) attached to the rest of the compound through an alkyl (e.g. ethyl, propyl, etc) linker.
  • alkyl group e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.
  • heteroalkyl group e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more hydrogen and/or carbons replaced by O, S, or N
  • R7 comprises an electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups.
  • R7 comprises a 4-member, 5-member or 6-member heterocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R7 comprises a 1,4-substituted, heterocyclic, 6-member ring (e.g., attached to the rest of the compound at the 1 position and substituted at the 4 position). In some embodiments, the 1,4-substituted, heterocyclic ring comprises N or C at the 1 position. In some embodiments, the 1,4-substituted, heterocyclic ring comprises N or C at the 4 position.
  • R7 comprises a pyridine ring (e.g., with the N of the pyridine ring at the 1 or 4 position), or pyrazine (e.g., with the N at the 1 and 4 positions).
  • R7 comprises a piperidine ring (e.g., with the N of the pyridine ring at the 1 or 4 position), or piperazine (e.g., with the N at the 1 and 4 positions).
  • the heterocyclic ring is bridged (e.g., linker moiety (e.g., alkylene (e.g., methylene ethylene, etc.), heteroalkyl (e.g., O-methyl, NH-methyl, S-methyl, etc.), 0, NH, S, etc.) bridging between positions 2 and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 5, or 3 and 6 of a six-membered heterocyclic ring).
  • linker moiety e.g., alkylene (e.g., methylene ethylene, etc.), heteroalkyl (e.g., O-methyl, NH-methyl, S-methyl, etc.), 0, NH, S, etc.) bridging between positions 2 and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 5, or 3 and 6 of a six-membered heterocyclic ring).
  • R7 comprises a linker between the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 and the scaffold (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, etc.).
  • the linker of R7 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more hydrogen and/or carbons replaced by O, S, or N).
  • R7 comprises a substituent on the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7.
  • R7 comprises a 5-member heterocyclic ring (See, e.g., Compounds 26, 29, 30, etc.) with O and/or S at any of the 2, 3, 4, and/or 5 positions and C and N present at the 1, 2, 3, 4, and/or 5 positions.
  • R7 comprises a 3- or 4-substituted heterocyclic 5-member ring (e.g., attached to the rest of the compound at the 1 position and substituted at the 3 or 4 positions).
  • R7 comprises a 2,4-substituted heterocyclic 5-member ring (e.g., attached to the rest of the compound at the 1 position and substituted at the 2 and 4 positions; See, e.g., Compound 30).
  • heterocyclic ring comprises N or C at the 1 position.
  • R7 comprises a linker between the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 and the scaffold (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, etc.).
  • the linker of R7 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more carbons replaced by O, S, or N).
  • R7 comprises a substituent on the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7.
  • substituents at the R7 5-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle include: NHC(O)CH ⁇ CH 2 , C(O)CH ⁇ CH 2 , etc., an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more carbons replaced by O, S, or N), haloalkane, alkene (e.g., CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH ⁇ CHCH 3 , etc.), substituted alkene (e.g.
  • halogen-substituted alkene group e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene, etc., alkyl substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc.
  • alkyne e.g., C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 C ⁇ CH, etc.
  • substituted alkyne e.g. halogen substituted alkyne group, e.g. chloroalkyne, fluoroalkyne, etc., alkyl substituted alkyne, amino substituted alkyne, etc.
  • R7 comprises a 4-member heterocyclic ring (See, e.g., Compound 28) with O and/or S at any of the 2, 3, and/or 4 positions and C or N at the 1, 2, 3, and/or 4 positions.
  • heterocyclic ring comprises N or C at the 1 or 3 positions.
  • R7 comprises a linker between the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 and the scaffold (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, etc.).
  • the linker of R7 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more carbons replaced by O, S, or N).
  • R7 comprises a substituent on the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 (See, e.g., Compound 28).
  • substituents at the R7 4-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle include: NHC(O)CH ⁇ CH 2 , C(O)CH ⁇ CH 2 , an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.
  • halogen substituted alkane (choloroalkane, fluoroalkane), alkene (e.g., CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH ⁇ CHCH 3 , etc.), substituted alkene (e.g. halogen-substituted alkene group, e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene, etc., alkyl substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc.), alkyne (e.g., C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 C ⁇ CH, etc.), substituted alkyne (e.g. halogen substituted alkyne group, e.g. chloroalkyne, fluoroalkyne, etc., alkyl substituted alkyne, amino substituted alkyne, etc.).
  • alkyne e.g., C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 C ⁇ CH, etc.
  • R7 comprises a substituent (e.g., R9) at the 4-position of the 6-member heterocyclic ring.
  • R9 comprises an electrophilic group capable of irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups.
  • Suitable substituents comprise COR 10 , SO 2 R 10 , NHCOR10, NHSO 2 R10 wherein R10 is selected from the functional groups: alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), alkene (e.g., ethylene, methylethylene, ethylenemethyl, etc.), substituted alkene (e.g. halogen substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc), alkyne (e.g., acetylene, methylacetylene, acetylenemethyl, etc.), substituted alkyne (e.g.
  • R11 is selected from H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.
  • alkyl group
  • —SO 2 CH 3 group sulfonyl group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring
  • the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 (e.g., 4-member ring, 5-member ring, 6-member ring, etc.) is further substituted (e.g., at the 2, 3, 5, and/or 6 positions). Additional substituents substituted (e.g., at the 2, 3, 5, and/or 6 positions) may comprise: alkyl groups (e.g.
  • halogens e.g., F, Cl, Br, I
  • alcohols e.g., OH, CH 2 OH, CH 2 CH 2 OH, etc.
  • carboxylic acids e.g., COOH, CH 2 COOH, etc.
  • amides CONH 2 , CH 2 CONH 2 , NHCO-alkyl, NHCO-alkene (e.g., NHCOCH ⁇ CH2), NHCOCH ⁇ CHCH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 (See, e.g., Compound 27), etc.
  • amines e.g., NH 2 , CH 2 NH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 , etc.
  • alkyl halides e.g., CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 F, CH 2 CHF 2 , CH 2 CF 3 , or the same substituents with Cl, Br, or
  • R8 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R8 is cyano.
  • R8 comprises or consists of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane (e.g., methyl cyclopropane), cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, etc.), a primary alcohol (e.g., OH, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.), a secondary alcohol, a substituted or non-substituted heteroaromatic ring (e.g., pyrazole, triazole (e.g., 1,2,4 triazole, 1,2,3 triazole (e.g., alkyl-substituted triazole)), isoxazole), isopropylisopropanolamine (CH 2 CHOHCH 2 NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 ), sulfonamide,
  • a substituted alkyl, substituted aromatic ring, substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring or substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring of any of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and Y has one or more substituents independently selected from: halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR 30 , —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl.
  • V is selected from a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring. V may be optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups, such as with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R12 groups.
  • V is a 3-7 membered saturated ring, such as a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or 3-7 membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle.
  • V is a 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, such as a 6 membered aryl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, or 3-7 membered cycloalkenyl.
  • V is a 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, such as a 8-10 membered fused bicyclic ring.
  • the fused bicyclic ring includes one or more heteroatoms such as one or more atoms selected from N, O, and S.
  • the fused bicyclic ring includes two heteroatoms such as two nitrogen atoms.
  • Each of the rings of the fused bicyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated. In particular embodiments, both rings of the fused bicyclic ring are saturated.
  • Non-limiting examples of V comprising a fused bicyclic ring include
  • V is a 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring, such as a 7-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring.
  • the fused bicyclic ring includes one or more heteroatoms such as one or more atoms selected from N, O, and S.
  • the fused bicyclic ring includes two heteroatoms such as two nitrogen atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of V comprising a spiro bicyclic ring include
  • R12 comprises or consists of: H, alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), cycloalkyl, halogen, halogen substituted alkyl, primary alcohol (e.g. —OH, methanol, ethanol, etc.), a secondary alcohol, amide (e.g., CONH 2 ), methylcarboxamido (e.g., CH 2 CONH 2 , CH 2 CONH—C 1-6 ), sulfonamide, alkyl substituted sulfonamide (e.g.
  • R 12 are present at multiple positions of the ring.
  • the substituted indole ring is: cyano substituted (e.g., 1-carbonitrile, 2-carbonitrile, etc.), methyl-carbonitrile substituted (e.g., 4-methyl-carbonitrile, etc.), methylcyclopropane substituted (e.g., 1-methylcyclopropane), halo-substituted (e.g., 3-halo (e.g., 3-fluoro, 4-fluoro, 6-fluoro, etc.)), alkyl substituted (e.g., 1-alkyl (e.g., 1-methyl, 1-ethyl, 1-propyl, etc.)), alcohol-substituted (e.g., OH substituted (e.g., 6-OH), methanol substituted (e.g., 1-methanol), ethanol substituted (e.g., 1-ethanol), etc.), O-methyl substituted (e.g., 4-O-methyl, 6-O-methyl, etc.), alkoxy substituted (e.g
  • heterocyclic aromatic ring (or ring system) substituted e.g., imidazole
  • amine substituted e.g., NH 2 , methylamine, ethylamine (e.g., 1-ethylamine, etc.), aminomethyl, etc.
  • dihydroxy substituted e.g., 1,2-propanediol, etc.
  • amide substituted e.g., 1-propanamide
  • acetamide substituted 1-methyl 1,2,3-triazole substituted, 1-ethyl imidazole substituted, non-aromatic heterocycle substituted, carboxamido substituted (e.g., 1-carboxamido), sulfonyl substituted (e.g., 1-sulfonyl methyl (SO 2 CH 3 )), ether substituted (e.g., isopropanol methyl ether (CH 2 CHOHCH 2 CH 3 )), keto-substi
  • compositions comprising one or more of compounds 1-264 of Table 1, or salt thereof are provided.
  • a compound is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • covalent binders of menin display a functional group (e.g., at the R7 position, at the R9 position, at the R10 position, at the position R12, etc.) that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
  • a functional group e.g., at the R7 position, at the R9 position, at the R10 position, at the R12 position, etc. covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin.
  • covalent binding of the compound to menin properly positions and/or orients the compound (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2) to inhibit the menin/MLL interaction.
  • covalent binders of menin display a functional group (e.g., at the R9 position, at the R10 position, at the R12 position, etc.) comprising:
  • R10 is selected from the functional groups: alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), alkene (e.g., ethylene, methylethylene, ethylenemethyl, etc.), alkyne (e.g., acetylene, methylacetylene, acetylenemethyl, etc.), O-alkyl (e.g., O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-propyl), N-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH-propyl), S-alkyl (e.g., S-methyl, S-ethyl, S-propyl), alcohol (e.g., OH, CH 2 OH, CH 2 CH 2 OH, etc.), thiol (e.g., SH, CH 2 SH, CH 2 CH 2 SH, etc.), amine (e.g., NH 2 , CH 2 NH 2 , CH 2
  • halogen-substituted alkene group e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene, etc., alkyl substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc.
  • substituted alkyne e.g. halogen substituted alkyne group, e.g.
  • —SO 2 CH 3 group sulfonyl group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring
  • R11 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R11a is H, cyano or C 1 -C 6 alkyl or R11a joins with R11b to form a carbocycle.
  • R11b is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl or R11b joins with R11a to form a carbocycle.
  • R11c may be H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • compounds of the disclosure include one or more electrophilic groups such as one, two or three electrophilic groups.
  • compounds of the disclosure include a single electrophilic group.
  • the single electrophilic group is R9 or R12.
  • the compounds of the disclosure include two or more electrophilic groups, such as R9 and R12 are electrophilic groups.
  • a compound is capable of inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL without covalent binding to menin or MLL.
  • amine e.g., NH 2 , NH-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH 2 -Ph, etc., NH-alcohol (e.g., NH—CH 2 —CH 2 —OH),
  • a noncovalent inhibitor comprises a compound of Scaffold 1 or Scaffold 2:
  • R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R8 are defined as above; wherein R7 comprises:
  • G when present, comprises alkylene (e.g. methylene, —CH 2 —, ethylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —, propylene, —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —, etc), branched alkylene (e.g. —CH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )—, etc.), aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 ), oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH 2 —O—CH 2 ), haloalkylene groups; or heteroalkyl; hydroxyalkyl (e.g.
  • alkylhydroxyalkyl e.g. —CH 2 —CH(CH 2 OH), etc.
  • alkoxyalkyl e.g. —CH 2 —CH(OCH 3 ), etc.
  • aminoalkyl OR alkylamine e.g.
  • alkylaminoalkyl e.g. —CH 2 —CH(NHCH 2 ), etc.
  • alkylaminoalkyl e.g. —CH 2 —CH(NHCH 2 ), etc.
  • alkylaminoalkyl e.g. —CH 2 —CH(NHCH 3 )—, etc.
  • carbocycle cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, etc.
  • alkylcycloalkyl e.g. methylcyclopropyl, methylcyclobuthyl, methylcyclopenthyl, etc.
  • hydoxycycloalkyl e.g.
  • hydroxycyclopropyl dihydroxycyclopropyl, hydroxycyclobuthyl, dihydroxycyclobuthyl, hydroxycyclopenthyl, etc), alcoxycycloalkyl, hydroxalkylycycloalkyl (e.g. hydroxymethylcyclopropyl, hydroxymethylcyclobuthyl), disubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g. methyl-hydroxy-substituted cycloaklyl), aminocycloalkyl (e.g.
  • aminocyclopropyl diaminocyclopenthyl, aminocyclobuthyl, diaminocyclobuthyl, aminocyclopenthyl, etc.
  • alkylaminocycloalkyl e.g. methylaminocyclopropyl, methylaminocyclobuthyl, etc.
  • substituted carbocycle aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle (aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, etc) or combinations thereof;
  • a and D independently comprise C or N;
  • E, J, X and Z independently comprise C, N, S, or O;
  • U when present independently comprises O, N or S
  • W when present comprises CH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 , or CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 , aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 ), oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH 2 —O—CH 2 ) groups;
  • aminoalkylene e.g. —NH—, —CH 2 —NH—CH 2
  • oxalkylene e.g. —O—, —CH 2 —O—CH 2
  • H atoms on of R7 may be independently replaced with a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, etc.), alcohol (e.g., OH, methanol, ethanol, etc.), alkyl (C 1 -C 5 ), alkoxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, etc), amine (e.g.
  • a halogen e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, etc.
  • alcohol e.g., OH, methanol, ethanol, etc.
  • alkyl C 1 -C 5
  • alkoxy e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, etc
  • amine e.g.
  • NH 2 methylamine, ethylamine, etc), ester (methyl carboxylate, ethyl carboxylate etc.) cyano group (e.g., CN, methyl carbonitrile, ethyl carbonitrile, etc.), an amide (e.g. CONH 2 , acetamide, etc), —SO 2 CH 3 group, sulfonamide (e.g. SO 2 NH 2 , SO 2 NHCH 3 , SO 2 NHCH 2 CH 3 etc.) —COOH, etc.;
  • V when present, comprises a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, or 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring; wherein V may be optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups;
  • R12 when present, comprises H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.)), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trihal
  • haloethane e.g. fluoroethane
  • halomethane e.g., fluoromethane
  • dihalomethane e.g., difluoromethane
  • trihalomethane e.g., trifluoromethane
  • alkene e.g., CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 , CH ⁇ CHCH 3 , etc.
  • alkyne e.g., C ⁇ CH, C ⁇ CCH 3 , CH 2 C ⁇ CH, etc.
  • hydroxyl e.g. —OH
  • hydroxyalkyl e.g.
  • alkylamine e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group), e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group),
  • —SO 2 alkyl e.g., —SO 2 CH 3 , —SO 2 ethyl, —SO 2 propyl, —SO 2 cyclopropyl, etc.
  • —SO 2 NH 2 e.g., —SO 2 NHalkyl (e.g., —SO 2 NHmethyl, —SO 2 NHethyl, —SO 2 NHpropyl, —SO 2 NHcyclopropyl, etc.
  • SO 2 Ndialkyl e.g., —SO 2 N-nm, wherein n and m are independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopropyl, etc.
  • dialkylphosphine oxide e.g., —PO(CH 3 ) 2
  • a carbocyclic ring an aromatic ring
  • a substituted aromatic ring e.g., branched aromatic ring
  • R9 is selected from the functional groups: alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), alkene (e.g., ethylene, methylethylene, ethylenemethyl, etc.), alkyne (e.g., acetylene, methylacetylene, acetylenemethyl, etc.), O-alkyl (e.g., O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-propyl), N-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH-propyl), S-alkyl (e.g., S-methyl, S-ethyl, S-propyl), alcohol (e.g., OH, CH 2 OH, CH 2 CH 2 OH, etc.), thiol (e.g., SH, CH 2 SH, CH 2 CH 2 SH, etc.), amine (e.g., NH 2 , CH 2 NH 2 , CH 2
  • the disclosure further provides pharmaceutical compositions of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1) (2), (3), and Scaffold 1 and 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • the disclosure provides methods for the treatment of a disease, comprising administering a pharmaceutical composition of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1) (2), (3), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), and Scaffold 1 and 2 to a subject suffering from said disease.
  • the disease may be leukemia, hematologic malignancies, solid tumor cancer, glioma, or diabetes.
  • the leukemia is AML, ALL, Mixed Lineage Leukemia or leukemias with Partial Tandem Duplications of MLL.
  • the disclosure provides methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with MLL in a sample, comprising administering the compound or salt of any one of Formulas Formulas (1) (2), (3), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), and Scaffold 1 and 2 to said sample comprising MLL and menin.
  • MLL may be selected from one or more of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication.
  • the disclosure provides a method of treating a disease mediated by chromosomal rearrangement on chromosome 11q23, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas Formulas (1) (2), (3), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), and Scaffold 1 and 2.
  • the disease is mediated by menin.
  • the compound or salt of any one of Formulas Formulas (1) (2), (3), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), and Scaffold 1 and 2 covalently binds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • kits for screening compounds effective in the treatment of diseases or conditions dependent on the interaction of menin with MLL1, MLL2, and/or MLL fusion proteins comprising assaying one or more compounds for inhibition of the interaction between MLL (or MLL fusion protein) and menin.
  • the screening is performed in vitro.
  • the screening is performed in vivo.
  • the assaying comprises a fluorescence polarization assay.
  • the assaying comprises a time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer assay.
  • the assaying comprises a nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) methods.
  • the assaying comprises cellular assays and/or animal (e.g., mice) studies.
  • FIG. 1 depicts the crystal structure of menin in complex with Compound 3, demonstrating covalent binding of the compound to a Cys residue on menin (covalent bond indicated by arrow).
  • FIG. 2 depicts (a) a comparison of GI 50 (growth inhibition) values in MLL leukemia cells and control cell lines (non-MLL leukemia cells) measured for Compound 3 in the MTT cell viability assay; and (b) data from a MTT cell viability assay upon treatment of MLL-AF9 transformed murine bone marrow cells (BMC) and K562 control cell line (panel c) with Compound 3.
  • BMC MLL-AF9 transformed murine bone marrow cells
  • K562 control cell line panel c
  • FIG. 3 depicts in vivo xenograft studies with MV4; 11 cells (harboring MLL-AF4 fusion protein) injected subcutaneously into CB17 SCID mice. Treatment with Compound 3 (once daily, i.p., 25 mg/kg) was initiated when tumors reached ⁇ 100 mm 3 volume and resulted in strong reduction of tumor volume (mean values and s.d. are shown).
  • FIG. 4 depicts (a) the survival of MLL-AF9 mice administered compound 3 (10 mg/kg) in bone marrow transplantation model; and (b) the survival of MLL-AF9 mice administered compound 8 (15 mg/kg) in bone marrow transplantation model.
  • Treatment (b.i.d., i.p.) was initiated 5 days after transplantation of mice with MLL-AF9 transformed cells and continued for 10 days.
  • FIG. 5 depicts cellular activity of menin-MLL inhibitors in MLL leukemia cell lines (MLL-AF9 BMC, MV4;11, KOPN-8 and MOLM13) and in control cell line (HM-2 and REH) demonstrating selectivity towards MLL fusion transformed cells.
  • Growth inhibition (GI 50 ) is provided after 7 days of treatment with menin-MLL inhibitors measured in MTT cell viability assay. (ND is not determined).
  • FIG. 6 depicts (a) growth inhibition, GI 50 , induced by treatment (7 days) with the menin-MLL inhibitor (compound 101) in NP glioma cells; and (b) growth inhibition, GI 50 , induced by treatment (7 days) with the menin-MLL inhibitor (compound 101) in NP_H3.3K27M (harboring the K27M mutation) glioma cells. Growth inhibition was measured in the MTT cell viability assay.
  • FIG. 7 depicts: A. the pharmacokinetic profile for compound 101 in C57BL/6 mice after i.v. (15 mg/kg) or oral (30 mg/kg) administration of the compound, and B. In vivo xenograft studies with MV4;11 cells (harboring MLL-AF4 fusion protein) injected subcutaneously into CB17 SCID mice. Treatment with Compound 101 (i.p., 40 mg/kg q.d. and 30 mg/kg b.i.d.) was initiated when tumors reached ⁇ 100 mm 3 volume (mean values and s.e.m are shown).
  • FIG. 8 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1).
  • FIG. 9 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • FIG. 10 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • substituents should be interpreted in light of IUPAC and/or a modified format in which functional groups within a substituent are read in the order in which they branch from the scaffold or main structure.
  • methyl-sulfonyl-propanol refers to CH 2 SO 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH or:
  • a methyl-amine substituent is:
  • system refers a group of objects, compounds, methods, and/or devices that form a network for performing a desired objective.
  • sample refers to anything capable of being subjected to the compositions and methods provided herein.
  • the sample may be in vitro or in vivo.
  • samples are “mixture” samples, which samples from more than one subject or individual.
  • the methods provided herein comprise purifying or isolating the sample.
  • the sample is purified or unpurified protein.
  • a sample may be from a clinical or research setting.
  • a sample may comprise cells, fluids (e.g. blood, urine, cytoplasm, etc.), tissues, organs, lysed cells, whole organisms, etc.
  • a sample may be derived from a subject.
  • a sample may comprise one or more partial or whole subjects.
  • the term “subject” refers to any animal including, but not limited to, humans, non-human primates, bovines, equines, felines, canines, pigs, rodents (e.g., mice), and the like.
  • the terms “subject” and “patient” may be used interchangeably, wherein the term “patient” generally refers to a human subject seeking or receiving treatment or preventative measures from a clinician or health care provider.
  • the terms “subject at risk for cancer” or “subject at risk for leukemia” refer to a subject with one or more risk factors for developing cancer and/or leukemia.
  • Risk factors include, but are not limited to, gender, age, genetic predisposition, environmental exposure, and previous incidents of cancer, preexisting non-cancer diseases, and lifestyle.
  • the terms “characterizing cancer in a subject” and “characterizing leukemia in a subject” refer to the identification of one or more properties of a cancer and/or leukemia sample in a subject, including but not limited to, the presence of benign, pre-cancerous or cancerous tissue or cells and the stage of the cancer (e.g., leukemia). Cancers (e.g., leukemia) may be characterized by identifying cancer cells with the compositions and methods of the present invention.
  • test agent and “candidate agent” refer to any chemical entity, pharmaceutical, drug, peptide, antibody, etc. that is a candidate for use to treat or prevent a disease, illness, sickness, or disorder of bodily function (e.g., cancer).
  • Test agents e.g., test compounds
  • a test agent e.g., test compound
  • an effective amount refers to the amount of a compound (e.g., a compound having a structure presented above or elsewhere described herein) sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results.
  • An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, applications or dosages and is not limited to or intended to be limited to a particular formulation or administration route.
  • co-administration refers to the administration of at least two agent(s) (e.g., a compound having a structure presented above or elsewhere described herein) or therapies to a subject. In some embodiments, the co-administration of two or more agents/therapies is concurrent. In other embodiments, a first agent/therapy is administered prior to a second agent/therapy.
  • a first agent/therapy is administered prior to a second agent/therapy.
  • the appropriate dosage for co-administration can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. In some embodiments, when agents/therapies are co-administered, the respective agents/therapies are administered at lower dosages than appropriate for their administration alone. Thus, co-administration is especially desirable in embodiments where the co-administration of the agents/therapies lowers the requisite dosage of a known potentially harmful (e.g., toxic) agent(s).
  • covalently reacts refers to the interaction between two chemical moities, e.g., a nucleophile and an electrophile, that results in a covalent bond between said moieties.
  • composition refers to the combination of an active agent with a carrier, inert or active, making the composition especially suitable for diagnostic or therapeutic use in vivo, in vivo or ex vivo.
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to any of the standard pharmaceutical carriers, such as a phosphate buffered saline solution, water, emulsions (e.g., such as an oil/water or water/oil emulsions), and various types of wetting agents.
  • the compositions also can include stabilizers and preservatives.
  • stabilizers and adjuvants See e.g., Martin, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Ed., Mack Publ. Co., Easton, Pa. [1975]).
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to any pharmaceutically acceptable salt (e.g., acid or base) of a compound of the present invention which, upon administration to a subject, is capable of providing a compound of this invention or an active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • salts of the compounds of the present invention may be derived from inorganic or organic acids and bases.
  • acids include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, nitric, perchloric, fumaric, maleic, phosphoric, glycolic, lactic, salicylic, succinic, toluene-p-sulfonic, tartaric, acetic, citric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, formic, benzoic, malonic, naphthalene-2-sulfonic, benzenesulfonic acid, and the like.
  • Other acids such as oxalic, while not in themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be employed in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts.
  • bases include, but are not limited to, alkali metals (e.g., sodium) hydroxides, alkaline earth metals (e.g., magnesium), hydroxides, ammonia, and compounds of formula NW 4 + , wherein W is C 1-4 alkyl, and the like.
  • salts include, but are not limited to: acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, flucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
  • salts of the compounds of the present invention are contemplated as being pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • salts of acids and bases that are non-pharmaceutically acceptable may also find use, for example, in the preparation or purification of a pharmaceutically acceptable compound.
  • instructions for administering said compound to a subject includes instructions for using the compositions contained in a kit for the treatment of conditions (e.g., providing dosing, route of administration, decision trees for treating physicians for correlating patient-specific characteristics with therapeutic courses of action).
  • alkyl refers to a moiety consisting of carbon and hydrogen containing no double or triple bonds.
  • An alkyl may be linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof, and may contain from one to fifty carbon atoms, such as straight chain or branched C 1 -C 20 alkane.
  • alkyl groups include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl isomers (e.g. n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, etc.) cyclobutyl isomers (e.g.
  • an alkyl group contains carbon and hydrogen atoms only.
  • alkylene or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing no unsaturation, and preferably having from one to twelve carbon atoms, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, and the like.
  • the alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond.
  • the points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain.
  • an alkylene comprises one to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 10 alkylene). In certain embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 5 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to five carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 5 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to four carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 4 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to three carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 3 alkylene).
  • an alkylene comprises one to two carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 2 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one carbon atom (i.e., C 1 alkylene). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
  • alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 12 alkenyl).
  • an alkenyl comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 8 alkenyl).
  • an alkenyl comprises two to six carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 6 alkenyl).
  • an alkenyl comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 4 alkenyl).
  • alkenyl is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, for example, ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), prop-1-enyl (i.e., allyl), but-1-enyl, pent-1-enyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, and the like.
  • an alkenyl group is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
  • alkenylene or “alkenylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms.
  • the alkenylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond.
  • the points of attachment of the alkenylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain.
  • an alkenylene comprises two to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 10 alkenylene).
  • an alkenylene comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 8 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to five carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 5 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 4 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to three carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 3 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two carbon atom (i.e., C 2 alkenylene). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylene chain is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
  • alkynyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 12 alkynyl). In certain embodiments, an alkynyl comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 8 alkynyl). In other embodiments, an alkynyl comprises two to six carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 6 alkynyl).
  • an alkynyl comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 4 alkynyl).
  • the alkynyl is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, for example, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like.
  • an alkynyl group is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
  • alkynylene or “alkynylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms.
  • the alkynylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond.
  • the points of attachment of the alkynylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain.
  • an alkynylene comprises two to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 10 alkynylene).
  • an alkynylene comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 8 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to five carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 5 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 4 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to three carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 3 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two carbon atom (i.e., C 2 alkynylene). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynylene chain is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
  • amine or “amino” includes primary, secondary, and tertiary amines wherein each non-hydrogen group on nitrogen may be selected from alkyl, aryl, and the like.
  • Amines include but are not limited to —NH 2 , —NH-phenyl, —NH—CH 3 , —NH—CH 2 CH 3 , and —N(CH 3 )benzyl.
  • amide or “amido” includes C- and N-amide groups, i.e., —C(O)NR 2 , and —NRC(O)R groups, respectively, where R can be H, alkyl, aryl, etc.
  • Amide groups therefore include but are not limited to —C(O)NH 2 , —NHC(O)H, —C(O)NHCH 2 CH 3 , —NHC(O)CH 3 , —C(O)N(CH 2 CH 3 )phenyl.
  • linear alkyl refers to a chain of carbon and hydrogen atoms (e.g., ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.).
  • a linear alkyl group may be referred to by the designation —(CH 2 ) q CH 3 , where q is 0-49.
  • C 1-12 alkyl or a similar designation, refers to alkyl having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, propyl isomers (e.g. n-propyl, isopropyl, etc.), butyl isomers, cyclobutyl isomers (e.g.
  • C x-y when used in conjunction with a chemical moiety, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or carbocycle is meant to include groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain or ring.
  • C x-y alkyl refers to substituted or unsubstituted saturated hydrocarbon groups, including straight-chain alkyl and branched-chain alkyl groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain, including haloalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, etc.
  • C x-y alkenyl and C x-y alkynyl refer to substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
  • C x-y carbocycle refers to a substituted or unsubstituted carbocycle, that contain from x to y ring carbons.
  • branched alkyl refers to a chain of carbon and hydrogen atoms, without double or triple bonds, that contains a fork, branch, and/or split in the chain (e.g., 3,5-dimethyl-2-ethylhexane, 2-methyl-pentane, 1-methyl-cyclobutane, ortho-diethyl-cyclohexane, etc.).
  • Branching refers to the divergence of a carbon chain
  • substitution refers to the presence of non-carbon/non-hydrogen atoms in a moiety.
  • a branched alkyl group contains carbon and hydrogen atoms only.
  • Carbocycle refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon.
  • Carbocycle includes monocyclic, bicyclic and polycyclic rings, wherein bicyclic or polycyclic rings may include fused, or spiro rings.
  • Carbocycle may include 3- to 10-membered monocyclic rings, 6- to 12-membered bicyclic rings, and 6- to 12-membered bridged rings.
  • Each ring of a bicyclic or polycyclic carbocycle may be selected from saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic rings.
  • an aromatic carbocycle e.g., phenyl
  • a saturated or unsaturated ring e.g., cyclohexane, cyclopentane, or cyclohexene.
  • the carbocycle is an aromatic carbocycle.
  • the carbocycle is a cycloalkyl.
  • the carbocycle is a cycloalkenyl.
  • Exemplary carbocycles include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, adamantyl, phenyl, indanyl, and naphthyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a carbocycle is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a completely saturated mono- or multi-cyclic hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Cycloalkyl groups of the present application may range from three to ten carbons (C 3 to C 10 ). A cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted, substituted, branched, and/or unbranched. Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
  • the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from those indicated above with regard to substitution of an alkyl group unless otherwise indicated. Unless specified otherwise (e.g., substituted cycloalkyl group, heterocyclyl, cycloalkoxy group, halocycloalkyl, cycloalkylamine, thiocycloalkyl, etc.), an alkyl group contains carbon and hydrogen atoms only.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to a stable unsaturated non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which includes fused or bridged ring systems, preferably having from three to twelve carbon atoms and comprising at least one double bond.
  • a cycloalkenyl comprises three to ten carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkenyl comprises five to seven carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkenyl may be attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond.
  • Examples of monocyclic cycloalkenyls include, e.g., cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and cyclooctenyl.
  • cycloalkenyl is meant to include cycloalkenyl radicals that are optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
  • heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, wherein one or more carbon atoms are independently replaced by one or more heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, silicon, or combinations thereof).
  • the alkyl group containing the non-carbon substitution(s) may be a linear alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl (e.g., cycloheteroalkyl), or combinations thereof.
  • Non-carbons may be at terminal locations (e.g., 2-hexanol) or integral to an alkyl group (e.g., diethyl ether).
  • heteroalkyl group may be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Representative heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to —OCH 2 OMe, —OCH 2 CH 2 OMe, or —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 NH 2 .
  • heteroalkylene refers to an alkyl radical as described above where one or more carbon atoms of the alkyl is replaced with a heteroatom, e.g., O, N or S.
  • Heteroalkylene or “heteroalkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent heteroalkyl chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heteroalkylene group may be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Representative heteroalkylene groups include, but are not limited to —OCH 2 CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 O—, or —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 O—.
  • substituted refers to moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons or substitutable heteroatoms, e.g., NH, of the structure. It will be understood that “substitution” or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
  • substituted refers to moieties having substituents replacing two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom, such as substituting the two hydrogen atoms on a single carbon with an oxo, imino or thioxo group.
  • substituted is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds.
  • the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic substituents of organic compounds.
  • the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
  • the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
  • substituents include, for example: halogen, hydroxy, oxo ( ⁇ O), thioxo ( ⁇ S), cyano (—CN), nitro (—NO 2 ), imino ( ⁇ N—H), oximo ( ⁇ N—OH), hydrazino ( ⁇ N—NH 2 ), —R b —OR a , —R b —OC(O)—R a , —R b —OC(O)—OR a , —R b —OC(O)—N(R a ) 2 , —R b —N(R a ) 2 , —R b —C(O)R a , —R b —C(O)OR a , —R b —C(O)OR a , —R b —C(O)OR a , —R b —C(O)OR a , —R b —C(O
  • Substituent groups may be selected from, but are not limited to: alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, mercaptyl, cyano, halo, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, perhaloalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
  • haloalkyl or “haloalkane” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halogen radicals, for example, trifluoromethyl, dichloromethyl, bromomethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1-fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethyl, and the like.
  • the alkyl part of the fluoroalkyl radical is optionally further substituted.
  • halogen substituted alkanes include halomethane (e.g., chloromethane, bromomethane, fluoromethane, iodomethane), di- and trihalomethane (e.g., trichloromethane, tribromomethane, trifluoromethane, triiodomethane), 1-haloethane, 2-haloethane, 1,2-dihaloethane, 1-halopropane, 2-halopropane, 3-halopropane, 1,2-dihalopropane, 1,3-dihalopropane, 2,3-dihalopropane, 1,2,3-trihalopropane, and any other suitable combinations of alkanes (or substituted alkanes) and halogens (e.g., Cl, Br, F, I, etc.).
  • each halogen may be independently
  • aromatic ring refers to aromatic carbocycles and aromatic heterocycles.
  • exemplary aromatic rings include furan, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, pyrrole, indole, isoindole, thiophene, benzothiophene, benzo[c]thiophene, imidazole, benzimidazole, purine, pyrazole, indazole, oxazole, benzooxazole, isoxazole, benzisoxazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, benzene, napthalene, pyridine, quinolone, isoquinoline, pyrazine, quinoxaline, pyrimidine, quinazoline, pyridazine, cinnoline, phthalazine, triazine (e.g., 1,2,3-triazine; 1,2,4-triazine; 1,3,5 triazine), and
  • heteroaryl or “heteroaromatic” refer to monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring systems, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and contains at least one heteroatom, for example, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • Each ring of the heteroaromatic ring systems may contain 3 to 7 ring atoms.
  • Exemplary heteroaromatic monocyclic ring systems include 5- to 7-membered rings whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms, for example, one or two heteroatoms.
  • Heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, and the like.
  • suitable substituents on a heteroaryl group are generally selected from halogen; —R, —OR, —SR, —NO 2 , —CN, —N(R) 2 , —NRC(O)R, —NRC(S)R, —NRC(O)N(R) 2 , —NRC(S)N(R) 2 , —NRCO 2 R, —NRNRC(O)R, —NRNRC(O)N(R) 2 , —NRNRCO 2 R, —C(O)C(O)R, —C(O)CH 2 C(O)R, —CO 2 R, —C(S)R, —C(O)N(R) 2 , —C(S)N(R) 2 , —OC(O)N(R) 2 , —OC(O)R, —C(O)N(OR)R, —C(NOR)R, —S(O)
  • heteroaryl groups include benzofuranyl, benzofurazanyl, benzoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzthiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzazepinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzo[1,3]dioxole, benzo[b]furyl, benzo[b]thienyl, cinnolinyl, furazanyl, furyl, furopyridinyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, indolin-2-one, indazolyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, oxazolyl, oxaindolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, phthalazin
  • heterocycle refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring comprising one or more heteroatoms.
  • exemplary heteroatoms include N, O, Si, P, B, and S atoms.
  • Heterocycles include monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic rings, wherein bicyclic or polycyclic rings may include fused, or spiro rings.
  • bicyclic and polycyclic rings at least one ring of the bicyclic or polycyclic ring comprises one or more heteroatoms.
  • Heterocycles may include 3- to 10-membered monocyclic rings, 6- to 12-membered bicyclic rings, and 6- to 12-membered bridged rings.
  • Each ring of a bicyclic or polycyclic heterocycle may be selected from saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic rings, as valence permits.
  • a heterocycle e.g., pyridyl
  • heterocyclic is selected from heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkenyl.
  • non-aromatic heterocycle refers to a cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl, as defined herein, wherein one or more of the ring carbons are replaced by a moiety selected from —O—, —N ⁇ , —NR—, —C(O)—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O) 2 —, wherein R is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl or a nitrogen protecting group, with the proviso that the ring of said group does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of non-aromatic heterocycles include morpholino, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-2-one, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidinylone, 1,4-dioxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-8-yl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, azepanyl, hexahydro-1,4-diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl
  • a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring is aziridine, thiirane, oxirane, oxaziridine, dioxirane, azetidine, oxetan, thietane, diazetidine, dioxetane, dithietane, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, oxazolidine, isoxazolidine, thiazolidine, isothiazolidine, dioxolane, dithiolane, piperdine, oxane, thiane, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, dioxane, dithiane, trioxane, thithiane, azepane, oxepane, thiepane, homopiperazine, or azocane.
  • electrophile refers to any moiety capable of reacting with a nucleophile (e.g., a moiety having a lone pair of electrons, a negative charge, a partial negative charge and/or an excess of electrons, for example a —SH group).
  • Electrophiles typically are electron poor or comprise atoms which are electron poor.
  • an electrophile contains a positive charge or partial positive charge, has a resonance structure which contains a positive charge or partial positive charge, or is a moiety in which delocalization or polarization of electrons results in one or more atoms which contain a positive charge or partial positive charge.
  • the electrophile comprises conjugated double bonds, for example an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carbonyl or ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated thiocarbonyl compound.
  • the electrophile is capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups.
  • the electrophile is capable of forming an irreversible covalent bond with a menin protein, such as position 329 of a menin protein.
  • MLL fusion protein refers to a protein with a fragment (e.g., N-terminal fragment) of MLL fused with a partner protein.
  • a partner protein include 11q23, 11q23.3, 11q24, 1p13.1, 1p32 (EPS15), 21q22, 9p13.3, 9p22 (MLLT3/AF9), ABI1, ABI2, ACACA, ACTN4, AFF1/AF4, AFF3/LAF4, AFF4/AF5, AKAP13, AP2A2, ARHGEF12, ARHGEF17, BCL9L, BTBD18, BUD13, C2CD3, CASC5, CASP8AP2, CBL, CEP164, CEP170B, CREBBP, DCP1A, DCPS, EEFSEC/SELB, ELL, EPS15, FLNA, FNBP1, FOXO3, GAS7, GMPS, KIAA1524, LAMC3, LOC100131626, MAML2, ME2, MLLT1/
  • MLL fusion proteins may be created through the joining of a gene that codes for an MLL protein and a gene that codes for a partner protein creating a fusion gene. Translation of this fusion gene may result in a single or multiple polypeptides with functional properties derived from each of the original proteins.
  • the present disclosure provides compounds for modulating the interaction of menin with proteins such as MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins.
  • the disclosure provides compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with its upstream or downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins.
  • Compounds of the disclosure may be used in methods for the treatment of a wide variety of cancers and other diseases associated with one or more of MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and menin.
  • a compound of the disclosure covalently binds menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
  • a compound of the disclosure interacts non-covalently with menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
  • a compound of the disclosure may be used in methods for treating a wide variety of diseases associated with MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and menin.
  • a compound of the disclosure covalently binds menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
  • a compound of the disclosure interacts non-covalently with menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
  • compounds of the disclosure covalently bond with menin and inhibit the interaction of menin with MLL. Such bonding may lead to an increase in the affinity of the compound for menin, which is an advantageous property in many applications, including therapeutic and diagnostic uses.
  • the compounds of the disclosure comprise electrophilic groups capable of reacting with a nucleophilic group present in a menin protein. Suitable electrophilic groups are described throughout the application, while suitable nucleophilic groups include, for example, cysteine moieties present in the binding domain of a menin protein. Without wishing to be bound by theory, a cysteine residue in the menin binding domain may react with the electrophilic group of a compound of the disclosure, leading to formation of a conjugate product.
  • the compounds of the disclosure are capable of covalently bonding to the cysteine residue at position 329 of a menin isoform 2 or cysteine 334 in menin isoform 1.
  • the disclosure provides a conjugate of a compound of the disclosure with a menin protein.
  • the disclosure provides a conjugate of a compound of the invention with menin, bound at the cysteine residue 329 of menin isoform 2 or cysteine 334 in menin isoform 1.
  • provided herein is a compound having a structure of Formula (1) or (2):
  • R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, and R8 are each independently selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, amine, thioalkyl, halogen, ketone, amide, cyano, sulfonyl, dialkylphosphine oxide, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof; wherein R6 can be present at one or more of the positions of the benzyl and/or pyrrole portion of the indole ring that are not otherwise occupied by a substituent;
  • R3 is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkyl, ketone, amide, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof;
  • Y is N or C(R a ), wherein R a is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted alkyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amino, cyano, sulfonyl, aldehyde, heterocycle, and aromatic ring;
  • L is present or absent, and if present it is selected from alkylene, oxalkylene and aminoalkylene;
  • R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
  • the functional group covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin. In certain embodiments, the functional group covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin selected from cysteine 329, cysteine 241, and/or cysteine 230 on menin. In certain embodiments, the functional group covalently reacts with cysteine 329.
  • a compound of Formula (1) or (2) is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • the R 1 -R 8 , L, and Y of the above scaffolds each independently include one or any combination of the following moieties: halogens, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes, aromatic rings, heteroaromatic rings, non-aromatic rings, haloalkanes, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, carboxylic acids, ethers, amides, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, azides, cyanates, cyano, thiols, sulfides, sulfoxides, sulfones, sulfonamides, sulfinic acids, thiocyanate, and phosphates.
  • moieties halogens, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes, aromatic rings, heteroaromatic rings, non-aromatic rings, haloalkanes, alcohols
  • the above listed functional groups or combinations thereof are attached at the A, D, E, G, J, L, M, Y, Q, R, T, U, W, X, Z and/or R positions, e.g., R1-R11, in any suitable combinations.
  • a compound or salt described herein has a structure of Formula (1):
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1A):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1B):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1C):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1D):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1E):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1F):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1G):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1H):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1I):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1J):
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl.
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 .
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 .
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy. In particular embodiments, R 2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 and R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In particular embodiments, R 3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 , R 2 is hydrogen and R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl.
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen such as R 4 is hydrogen.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen and R 4 is hydrogen.
  • R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R 5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 , R 2 is hydrogen, R 3 is hydrogen, R 4 is hydrogen, and R 5 is hydrogen.
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkyl.
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from halogen, methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, for example, R 6 , at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy.
  • s is 0.
  • s is 1.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 , at each occurrence is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy and s is 0 or 1.
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R 8 is cyano.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 8 is cyano.
  • Y is N.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 8 is cyano and Y is N.
  • Y is C(R a ) and R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, amino, cyano, alkyl, alcohol, heteroalkyl, and substituted alkyl, for example, R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In particular embodiments, R a is selected from hydrogen, substituted alkyl, e.g, —CH 2 OH, and cyano.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 8 is cyano
  • Y is C(R a ) and R a is selected from hydrogen, —CH 2 OH and cyano.
  • R 7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin, for example, as one or more of cysteine 329, cysteine 241, and cysteine 230 on menin.
  • a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) comprises a functional group that is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • R 7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with cysteine 329.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 8 is cyano
  • Y is C(R a )
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, —CH 2 OH and cyano
  • R 7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with cysteine 329 or R 7 comprises a functional group that is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, such as R 1 is —CH 2 CF 3 or —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy, such as R 2 is hydrogen; and
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, for example, R 1 is —CH 2 CF 3 or —CH 2 CHF 2 ; R 3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, for example, R 3 is hydrogen; and R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl,
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy, for example, R 2 is hydrogen;
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, for example, R 3 is hydrogen; and
  • R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R 5 is hydrogen.
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, for example, R 1 is —CH 2 CF 3 or —CH 2 CHF 2 ; R 3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, for example, R 3 is hydrogen; and R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, for example, R 1 is —CH 2 CF 3 or —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R 8 is cyano; and R 7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with cyste
  • the substituents on the substituted alkyl, substituted aromatic ring, substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, and substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring described with respect to any of variables R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 8 are independently selected from one or more of: halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR 30 , —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membere
  • R7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene
  • a and D are independently selected from CH and N;
  • W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene
  • H atoms on the ring structure of R7 is optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl, alkoxy, amine, cyano, an amide, —SO 2 CH 3 , or —COOH;
  • R9 is selected from:
  • R10 is selected from optionally substituted alkane, optionally substituted alkene, and optionally substituted alkyne, wherein the substituents are independently selected from alkoxy, amine, a halogen, a ketone, an amide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
  • R10 is selected from optionally substituted alkene and optionally substituted alkyne, for example, from optionally substituted C2 alkene and optionally substituted C2 alkyne.
  • R7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, or heteroalkylene;
  • a and D are independently selected from CH and N;
  • E, J, X, and Z are independently selected from CH 2 , NH, S, and O;
  • M is (—CH 2 —) n , wherein n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
  • Q, R, and T are independently selected from CH and N;
  • U is selected from O, NH, and S;
  • W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene
  • H atoms on the ring structure of R7 when present, is optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl, alkoxy, amine, cyano, an amide, —SO 2 CH 3 , sulfonamide, or COOH;
  • R9 when present, is selected from:
  • R10 when present, is selected from: alkene optionally substituted with R11, alkyne optionally substituted with R11, and any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups;
  • R11 is selected from alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amine, thioalkyl, halogen, ketone, amide, alkylamide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
  • R7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from alkylene, branched alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, haloalkylene, heteroalkylene, hydroxyalkyl, alkylhydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylamine, alkylaminoalkyl, carbocycle, alkylcycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, hydroxyalkylcycloalkyl, disubstituted cycloalkyl, aminocycloalkyl, alkylaminocycloalkyl, substituted carbocycle, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle;
  • V is selected from a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups;
  • R12 at each occurrence is selected from alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alkene, alkyne, hydroxyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amine, alkylamine, a halogen, a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, cyano, methyl carbonitrile, —SO 2 alkyl, —SO 2 NH 2 , —SO 2 NHalkyl, —SO 2 Ndialkyl, sulfonyl, dialkylphosphine oxide, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof;
  • a and D are independently selected from CH and N;
  • E, J, X, and Z are independently selected from CH 2 , NH, S, and O;
  • M is (—CH 2 —) n and n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
  • Q, R, T are independently selected from CH and N;
  • U is selected from O, NH, and S;
  • W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene
  • H atoms of R7 is independently optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl (C1-C5), cycloalkyl (C1-C7), haloalkyl, alkene (C1-C5), alkyne (C1-C5), alkoxy, amine, ester, cyano, amide, —SO 2 alkyl, sulfonamide, or COOH;
  • R9 is selected from:
  • R10 is selected from alkene optionally substituted with R11 and alkyne optionally substituted with R11;
  • R11 is selected from H, alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amine, halogen, ketone, amide, alkylamide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • L 1 is selected from a bond; and C 1-6 alkylene, C 1-6 heteroalkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, and C 2-6 alkynylene, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • R 22 and R 23 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substitu
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , and —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 ; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O)
  • R 32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituent
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR, —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C 3
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl.
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • L 1 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 are as defined above.
  • L 1 is a bond.
  • L 1 is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene.
  • L 1 is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , and —N(R 20 ) 2 .
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S,
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ,
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN.
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen, and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S,
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen; —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , and —N(R 20 ) 2 .
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, and —CN.
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • G is a bond.
  • G is alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups, wherein:
  • R 32 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substitu
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR, —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C 3
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl.
  • G is selected from methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups, for example, from:
  • G is a heteroalkylene optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is a heterocycle or carbocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is a saturated carbocycle or saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is selected from:
  • V is selected from a 3-8 membered saturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated carbocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from:
  • V is a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from azetidine, oxetane, piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, and homopiperazine, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from:
  • V is a bicyclic heterocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from
  • V is selected from an unsaturated, aromatic, or heteroaromatic ring.
  • V is selected from phenyl, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene, dihydrothiophene, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole, dihydropyrrole, thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole, isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benziso
  • V is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups. In some embodiments, V is a heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, pyrrole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally
  • V is absent.
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 8 is cyano
  • Y is C(R a );
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, —CH 2 OH and cyano;
  • R 7 is selected from
  • G is selected from alkylene; and R 9 is selected from:
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 8 is cyano
  • Y is C(R a );
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, —CH 2 OH and cyano;
  • R 7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, or heteroalkylene; and R 9 is selected from:
  • R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 8 is cyano
  • Y is C(R a );
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, —CH 2 OH and cyano;
  • R 7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from alkylene, branched alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, haloalkylene, heteroalkylene, hydroxyalkyl, alkylhydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylamine, alkylaminoalkyl, carbocycle, alkylcycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, hydroxyalkylcycloalkyl, disubstituted cycloalkyl, aminocycloalkyl, alkylaminocycloalkyl, substituted carbocycle, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle; V and R 12 are as described above; and R 9 is selected from:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 5a , R 8 , and R a are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted
  • R 3 is selected from selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , and —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 ; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO
  • R 6 is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR 30 , —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl;
  • Y is N or C(R a );
  • L is absent or selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
  • R 7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3A):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3B):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3C):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3D):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3E):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3F):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3G):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3H):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3I):
  • a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3J):
  • R 7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
  • R 7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with any one or more isoforms of menin, for example, isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1), isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3) of menin.
  • R 7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with menin, wherein the menin protein shares 60% or more, 70% or more, 75% or more, 80% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or even 99% sequence identity with isoform 1(SEQ ID NO: 1), isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • R 7 comprises an electrophilic group that is suseptible to nuclephilic attack from a residue on menin. Included in the present disclosure are all electrophilic moieties that are known by one of skill in the art to bind to nuclephilic residues, for example, any electrophilic moiety known to bind to cysteine residues.
  • R 7 comprises a moiety other than an electrophile wherein the moiety is capable of binding or covalently reacting with a residue on menin.
  • R 7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin, for example, one or more of cysteine 329, cysteine 241, and cysteine 230.
  • R 7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with cysteine 329 in menin isoform 2 or cysteine 334 in menin isoform 1.
  • a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J) is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • the disclosure provides a compound represented by the structure of Formula (4):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , and R a are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with
  • R 3 is selected from selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , and —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 ; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO
  • R 6 is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR 30 , —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl;
  • Y is N or C(R a );
  • L is absent or selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene
  • s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
  • R 7a is -G-V-R 9a ;
  • G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C 3-12 carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • V is absent or selected from a C 3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • R 9a is selected from hydrogen and R 32 ;
  • R 32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituent
  • R 5a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R 5 and R 5a are not hydrogen.
  • R 5 and R 5a together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, come together to form a C 3-10 carbocycle or a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein the C 3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 ,
  • R 5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R
  • R 5a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ,
  • R 5a is hydrogen.
  • R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O)
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN.
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 .
  • R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen and R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2
  • R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen;
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 ; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 ,
  • R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen;
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen; and
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , for example, R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
  • R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen;
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen;
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , for example, R 3 is
  • R 6 at each occurrence, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)
  • R 6 is independently selected from halogen, —OR 20 , and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN.
  • s is 0, 1, or 2, for example, s is 0 or 1.
  • R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen;
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen;
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , for example, R 3 is hydrogen;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N
  • R 8 is —CN.
  • R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen;
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen;
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , for example, R 3 is hydrogen;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20
  • Y is N.
  • Y is C(R a ) and R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S
  • Y is C(R a ) and R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —CN, C 3-10 carbocycle,
  • R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen;
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen;
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 ,
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C 3-10 carbocycle.
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen; and
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 8 is —CN.
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ; R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , for example, R 3 is hydrogen; and R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 8 is —CN.
  • R 5 and R 5a are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —CN and C 1-6 alkyl, for example, R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 2 is hydrogen; and
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , for example, R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 5 and R 5a are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —CN and C 1-6 alkyl, for example, R 5 and R 5a are each hydrogen; R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ; and R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , and —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , for example, R 5 and R 5a are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —
  • R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R 1 is selected from —CH 2 CF 3 and —CH 2 CHF 2 ;
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , and —CN, for example, R 8 is —CN; and Y is C(R a ); and R a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —CN and C 1-6 alkyl, for example, R a is hydrogen.
  • R 7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C 3-12 carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • V is absent or selected from a C 3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • R 32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituent
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR 30 , —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl;
  • R 21 is a moiety comprising an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl; an alpha, beta-unsaturated sulfonyl; an epoxide; an aldehyde; sulfonyl fluoride; a halomethylcarbonyl, a dihalomethylcarbonyl, or a trihalomethylcarbonyl.
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • L 1 is selected from a bond; and C 1-6 alkylene, C 1-6 heteroalkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, and C 2-6 alkynylene, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • R 22 and R 23 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substitu
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , and —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 ; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O)
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • R 21 is selected from a moiety comprising an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl and an alpha, beta-unsaturated sulfonyl, wherein the alpha-position of the alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl or alpha, beta-unsaturated sulfonyl is substituted with an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Exemplary electron withdrawing group include —CN, —CF 3 , —C(O)alkyl, —SO 3 H, etc.
  • R 21 is selected from
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • L 1 is a bond.
  • L 1 is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene.
  • L 1 is selected from methylene, ethylene or propylene.
  • L 1 is optionally substituted C 1-6 heteroalkylene.
  • L 1 is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , and —N(R 20 ) 2 .
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ),
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN.
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen, and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S,
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen; —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , and —N(R 20 ) 2 .
  • R 22 and R 23 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocyclic ring.
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, and —CN.
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • R 21 is selected from:
  • R 21 is a moiety with 5 to 50 atoms, for example, R 21 is a moiety with 7 to 40 atoms. In some embodiments, R 21 is a moiety with 5-150, 5-100, 5-90, 5-80, 5-70, 5-60, 5-50, 5-40, 5-30, 5-150, 5-100, 5-90, 5-80, 5-70, 5-60, 5-50, 5-40, or 5-40 atoms.
  • V is selected from a 3-8 membered saturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated carbocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from:
  • V is a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from azetidine, oxetane, piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, and homopiperazine, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from:
  • V is a bicyclic heterocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • V is selected from
  • V is selected from an unsaturated, aromatic, or heteroaromatic ring.
  • V is selected from phenyl, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene, dihydrothiophene, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole, dihydropyrrole, thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole, isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benziso
  • V is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups. In some embodiments, V is a heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, pyrrole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally
  • V is absent.
  • G is a bond.
  • G is alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is selected from methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups, for example, G is selected from:
  • G is a heteroalkylene optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is a C 3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups.
  • G is a saturated C 3-10 carbocycle or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups, for example, G is selected from:
  • R7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene
  • a and D are independently selected from CH and N;
  • W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene
  • H atoms on the ring structure of R7 is optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl, alkoxy, amine, cyano, an amide, —SO 2 CH 3 , or —COOH;
  • R9 is selected from:
  • R10 is selected from optionally substituted alkane, optionally substituted alkene, and optionally substituted alkyne, wherein the substituents are independently selected from alkoxy, amine, a halogen, a ketone, an amide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
  • R10 is selected from optionally substituted alkene and optionally substituted alkyne, for example, R1 is selected from optionally substituted C2 alkene and optionally substituted C2 alkyne.
  • R7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, or heteroalkylene;
  • a and D are independently selected from CH and N;
  • E, J, X, and Z are independently selected from CH 2 , NH, S, and O;
  • M is (—CH 2 —) n , wherein n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
  • Q, R, and T are independently selected from CH and N;
  • U is selected from O, NH, and S;
  • W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene
  • H atoms on the ring structure of R7 when present, is optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl, alkoxy, amine, cyano, an amide, —SO 2 CH 3 , sulfonamide, or COOH;
  • R9 when present, is selected from:
  • R10 when present, is selected from: alkene optionally substituted with R11, alkyne optionally substituted with R11, and any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups;
  • R11 is selected from alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amine, thioalkyl, halogen, ketone, amide, alkylamide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
  • R7 is selected from:
  • G is selected from alkylene, branched alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, haloalkylene, heteroalkylene, hydroxyalkyl, alkylhydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylamine, alkylaminoalkyl, carbocycle, alkylcycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, hydroxyalkylcycloalkyl, disubstituted cycloalkyl, aminocycloalkyl, alkylaminocycloalkyl, substituted carbocycle, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle;
  • V is selected from a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups;
  • R12 at each occurrence is selected from alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alkene, alkyne, hydroxyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amine, alkylamine, a halogen, a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, cyano, methyl carbonitrile, —SO 2 alkyl, —SO 2 NH 2 , —SO 2 NHalkyl, —SO 2 Ndialkyl, sulfonyl, dialkylphosphine oxide, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof;
  • a and D are independently selected from CH and N;
  • E, J, X, and Z are independently selected from CH 2 , NH, S, and O;
  • M is (—CH 2 —) n and n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
  • Q, R, T are independently selected from CH and N;
  • U is selected from O, NH, and S;
  • W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene
  • H atoms of R7 is independently optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl (C1-C5), cycloalkyl (C1-C7), haloalkyl, alkene (C1-C5), alkyne (C1-C5), alkoxy, amine, ester, cyano, amide, —SO 2 alkyl, sulfonamide, or COOH;
  • R9 is selected from:
  • R10 is selected from alkene optionally substituted with R11 and alkyne optionally substituted with R11;
  • R11 is selected from H, alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amine, halogen, ketone, amide, alkylamide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • L 1 is selected from a bond; and C 1-6 alkylene, C 1-6 heteroalkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, and C 2-6 alkynylene, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more R 32 groups;
  • R 22 and R 23 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substitu
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , and —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 ; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O)
  • R 32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), —P(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 20 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 20 ) 2 , and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituent
  • R 20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 30 , —SR 30 , —N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )C(O)R 30 , —C(O)R 30 , —C(O)OR, —C(O)N(R 30 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 30 , —S(O) 2 R 30 , —S(O) 2 N(R 30 ) 2 , —N(R 30 )S(O) 2 R 30 , —NO 2 , —P(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , —P(O)(R 30 ) 2 , —OP(O)(OR 30 ) 2 , and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C 3
  • R 30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl.
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • L 1 is a bond.
  • L 1 is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkylene.
  • L 1 is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , and —N(R 20 ) 2 .
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen; and C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ N(R 20 ), and —CN.
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen, and —CN; C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )C(O)R 20 , —C(O)R 20 , —C(O)OR 20 , —C(O)N(R 20 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 20 , —S(O) 2 R 20 , —S(O) 2 N(R 20 ) 2 , —N(R 20 )S(O) 2 R 20 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, ⁇ S,
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen; —CN; and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , and —N(R 20 ) 2 .
  • R 22 and R 23 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocyclic ring.
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR 20 , —SR 20 , —N(R 20 ) 2 , —NO 2 , ⁇ O, and —CN.
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • R 9 is selected from:
  • the compounds described herein may in some cases exist as diastereomers, enantiomers, or other stereoisomeric forms.
  • the compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Separation of stereoisomers may be performed by chromatography or by the forming diastereomeric and separation by recrystallization, or chromatography, or any combination thereof. (Jean Jacques, Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, “Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions”, John Wiley And Sons, Inc., 1981, herein incorporated by reference for this disclosure). Stereoisomers may also be obtained by stereoselective synthesis.
  • compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the formulas described herein.
  • divalent variables or groups described herein such as variables V and G or any other divalent groups in any of the formulas described herein, e.g., Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) may be attached in the orientation in which they are depicted or they may be attached in the reverse orientation.
  • G may be depicted in the specification as
  • G may be oriented in the following structure:
  • V may be depicted in the specification as
  • V may be oriented in the following structure
  • compositions described herein include the use of amorphous forms as well as crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs).
  • the compounds described herein may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity are included in the scope of the present disclosure.
  • the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like.
  • the solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
  • compounds or salts described herein may be prodrugs.
  • a “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug.
  • An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound described herein, which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial.
  • a further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety.
  • a prodrug upon in vivo administration, is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
  • a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
  • a pharmaceutically active compound is modified such that the active compound will be regenerated upon in vivo administration.
  • the prodrug can be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug.
  • prodrugs of the compound are designed.
  • the compounds described herein may be labeled isotopically (e.g. with a radioisotope) or by other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, photoactivatable or chemiluminescent labels.
  • isotopically-labeled compounds In general, isotopically-labeled compounds are identical to those recited in the various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number most common in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into the present compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, for example, 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, 35 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, respectively.
  • isotopically-labeled compounds described herein for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2 H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • the compounds described herein are metabolized upon administration to an organism in need to produce a metabolite that is then used to produce a desired effect, including a desired therapeutic effect.
  • compositions described herein may be formed as, and/or used as, pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • pharmaceutical acceptable salts include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts, formed by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid, such as, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with an organic acid, such as, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethaned
  • compounds described herein may coordinate with an organic base, such as, but not limited to, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, dicyclohexylamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine.
  • compounds described herein may form salts with amino acids such as, but not limited to, arginine, lysine, and the like.
  • Acceptable inorganic bases used to form salts with compounds that include an acidic proton include, but are not limited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like.
  • a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs.
  • Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates of compounds described herein can be conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein.
  • the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
  • compounds described herein such as compounds of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) are in various forms, including but not limited to, amorphous forms, milled forms and nano-particulate forms.
  • compounds described herein include crystalline forms, also known as polymorphs. Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound.
  • Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
  • the screening and characterization of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, polymorphs and/or solvates may be accomplished using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to, thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, spectroscopy, vapor sorption, and microscopy.
  • Thermal analysis methods address thermo chemical degradation or thermo physical processes including, but not limited to, polymorphic transitions, and such methods are used to analyze the relationships between polymorphic forms, determine weight loss, to find the glass transition temperature, or for excipient compatibility studies.
  • Such methods include, but are not limited to, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry (MDCS), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), and Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis (TG/IR).
  • DSC Differential scanning calorimetry
  • MDCS Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry
  • TGA Thermogravimetric analysis
  • TG/IR Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis
  • X-ray diffraction methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal and powder diffractometers and synchrotron sources.
  • the various spectroscopic techniques used include, but are not limited to, Raman, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR (liquid and solid state).
  • the various microscopy techniques include, but are not limited to, polarized light microscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) with Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDX), Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy with EDX (in gas or water vapor atmosphere), IR microscopy, and Raman microscopy.
  • compounds or salts of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) are combined with one or more additional agents to form pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen.
  • a pharmaceutical composition refers to a mixture of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) described herein, with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients.
  • the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism.
  • therapeutically effective amounts of compounds described herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder, or condition to be treated.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • a therapeutically effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors.
  • the compounds or salts of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) can be used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures (as in combination therapy).
  • compositions described herein can be administered to a subject by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes.
  • parenteral e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular
  • intranasal e.g., buccal
  • topical e.g., topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes.
  • compositions described herein which include a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), can be formulated into any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions, aerosols, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulations, lyophilized formulations, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, and capsules.
  • Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the drug may be provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation.
  • compositions including a compound described herein may be manufactured in a conventional manner, such as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
  • compositions will include at least one compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), as an active ingredient in free-acid or free-base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form.
  • compositions provided herein may also include one or more preservatives to inhibit microbial activity.
  • Suitable preservatives include quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride.
  • compositions for oral use can be obtained by mixing one or more solid excipients with one or more of the compounds or salts of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets, pills, or capsules.
  • Suitable excipients include, for example, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose; or others such as: polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP or povidone) or calcium phosphate.
  • disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
  • suitable coatings For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • compositions that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • stabilizers may be added.
  • the solid dosage forms disclosed herein may be in the form of a tablet, (including a suspension tablet, a fast-melt tablet, a bite-disintegration tablet, a rapid-disintegration tablet, an effervescent tablet, or a caplet), a pill, a powder (including a sterile packaged powder, a dispensable powder, or an effervescent powder), a capsule (including both soft or hard capsules, e.g., capsules made from animal-derived gelatin or plant-derived HPMC, or “sprinkle capsules”), solid dispersion, solid solution, bioerodible dosage form, multiparticulate dosage forms, pellets, granules, or an aerosol.
  • a tablet including a suspension tablet, a fast-melt tablet, a bite-disintegration tablet, a rapid-disintegration tablet, an effervescent tablet, or a caplet
  • a pill including a sterile packaged powder, a dispensable powder, or an
  • the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a powder. In still other embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a tablet, including but not limited to, a fast-melt tablet. Additionally, pharmaceutical formulations of the compounds described herein may be administered as a single capsule or in multiple capsule dosage form. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is administered in two, or three, or four, capsules or tablets.
  • solid dosage forms e.g., tablets, effervescent tablets, and capsules
  • solid dosage forms are prepared by mixing particles of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) described herein, with one or more pharmaceutical excipients to form a bulk blend composition.
  • compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the particles of the compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) described herein, are dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms, such as tablets, pills, and capsules.
  • the individual unit dosages may also include film coatings, which disintegrate upon oral ingestion or upon contact with diluent.
  • These formulations can be manufactured by conventional pharmacological techniques.
  • the pharmaceutical solid dosage forms described herein can include a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) described herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as a compatible carrier, binder, filling agent, suspending agent, flavoring agent, sweetening agent, disintegrating agent, dispersing agent, surfactant, lubricant, colorant, diluent, solubilizer, moistening agent, plasticizer, stabilizer, penetration enhancer, wetting agent, anti-foaming agent, antioxidant, preservative, or one or more combination thereof.
  • a compatible carrier such as a compatible carrier, binder, filling agent, suspending agent, flavoring agent, sweetening agent, disintegrating agent, dispersing agent, surfactant, lubricant, colorant,
  • a film coating is provided around the formulation of the compound described herein.
  • some or all of the particles of the compound described herein are coated.
  • some or all of the particles of the compound described herein are microencapsulated.
  • the particles of the compound described herein are not microencapsulated and are uncoated.
  • Suitable carriers for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, sodium chloride, tricalcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol and the like.
  • Suitable filling agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, lactose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose powder, dextrose, dextrates, dextran, starches, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethycellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylmethycellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (HPMCAS), sucrose, xylitol, lactitol, mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride, polyethylene glycol, and the like.
  • disintegrants are often used in the formulation, especially when the dosage forms are compressed with binder. Disintegrants help rupturing the dosage form matrix by swelling or capillary action when moisture is absorbed into the dosage form.
  • Suitable disintegrants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, natural starch such as corn starch or potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or Amijel®, or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel® or Explotab®, a cellulose such as a wood product, methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avicel®, Avicel® PH101, Avicel® PH102, Avicel® PH105, Elcema® P100, Emcocel®, Vivacel®, Ming Tia®, and Solka-Floc®, methylcellulose, croscarmellose, or a cross-linked cellulose, such as cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Ac-Di-Sol®), cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, or cross-linked croscarmellose, a cross-linked starch such as sodium starch glycolate, a cross-linked polymer such as crospovidone, a cross-linked polyvinylpyrrol
  • Binders impart cohesiveness to solid oral dosage form formulations: for powder filled capsule formulation, they aid in plug formation that can be filled into soft or hard shell capsules and for tablet formulation, they ensure the tablet remaining intact after compression and help assure blend uniformity prior to a compression or fill step.
  • Materials suitable for use as binders in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose (e.g., Methocel®), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (e.g.
  • binder levels of 20-70% are used in powder-filled gelatin capsule formulations. Binder usage level in tablet formulations varies whether direct compression, wet granulation, roller compaction, or usage of other excipients such as fillers which itself can act as moderate binder. In some embodiments, formulators determine the binder level for the formulations, but binder usage level of up to 70% in tablet formulations is common.
  • Suitable lubricants or glidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, stearic acid, calcium hydroxide, talc, corn starch, sodium stearyl fumerate, alkali-metal and alkaline earth metal salts, such as aluminum, calcium, magnesium, zinc, stearic acid, sodium stearates, magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, waxes, Stearowet®, boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, a polyethylene glycol or a methoxypolyethylene glycol such as CarbowaxTM, PEG 4000, PEG 5000, PEG 6000, propylene glycol, sodium oleate, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl benzoate, magnesium or sodium lauryl sulfate, and the like.
  • stearic acid calcium hydroxide, talc, corn
  • Suitable diluents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, sugars (including lactose, sucrose, and dextrose), polysaccharides (including dextrates and maltodextrin), polyols (including mannitol, xylitol, and sorbitol), cyclodextrins and the like.
  • Suitable wetting agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, oleic acid, glyceryl monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, quaternary ammonium compounds (e.g., Polyquat 10®), sodium oleate, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium stearate, sodium docusate, triacetin, vitamin E TPGS and the like.
  • quaternary ammonium compounds e.g., Polyquat 10®
  • Suitable surfactants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polysorbates, polaxomers, bile salts, glyceryl monostearate, copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, e.g., Pluronic® (BASF), and the like.
  • Suitable suspending agents for use in the solid dosage forms described here include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidone, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone K12, polyvinylpyrrolidone K17, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 5400 to about 7000, vinyl pyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S630), sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulosics, such as,
  • Suitable antioxidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, e.g., butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), sodium ascorbate, and tocopherol.
  • BHT butylated hydroxytoluene
  • sodium ascorbate sodium ascorbate
  • tocopherol sodium ascorbate
  • additives used in the solid dosage forms described herein there is considerable overlap between additives used in the solid dosage forms described herein.
  • the above-listed additives should be taken as merely exemplary, and not limiting, of the types of additives that can be included in solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
  • one or more layers of the pharmaceutical formulation are plasticized.
  • a plasticizer is generally a high boiling point solid or liquid. Suitable plasticizers can be added from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight (w/w) of the coating composition.
  • Plasticizers include, but are not limited to, diethyl phthalate, citrate esters, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, acetylated glycerides, triacetin, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate, dibutyl sebacate, stearic acid, stearol, stearate, and castor oil.
  • Compressed tablets are solid dosage forms prepared by compacting the bulk blend of the formulations described above.
  • compressed tablets which are designed to dissolve in the mouth will include one or more flavoring agents.
  • the compressed tablets will include a film surrounding the final compressed tablet.
  • the film coating aids in patient compliance (e.g., Opadry® coatings or sugar coating). Film coatings including Opadry® typically range from about 1% to about 3% of the tablet weight.
  • the compressed tablets include one or more excipients.
  • a capsule may be prepared, for example, by placing the bulk blend of the formulation of the compound described above, inside of a capsule.
  • the formulations non-aqueous suspensions and solutions
  • the formulations are placed in a soft gelatin capsule.
  • the formulations are placed in standard gelatin capsules or non-gelatin capsules such as capsules comprising HPMC.
  • the formulation is placed in a sprinkle capsule, wherein the capsule may be swallowed whole or the capsule may be opened and the contents sprinkled on food prior to eating.
  • the therapeutic dose is split into multiple (e.g., two, three, or four) capsules.
  • the entire dose of the formulation is delivered in a capsule form.
  • the particles of the compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), and one or more excipients are dry blended and compressed into a mass, such as a tablet, having a hardness sufficient to provide a pharmaceutical composition that substantially disintegrates within less than about 30 minutes, less than about 35 minutes, less than about 40 minutes, less than about 45 minutes, less than about 50 minutes, less than about 55 minutes, or less than about 60 minutes, after oral administration, thereby releasing the formulation into the gastrointestinal fluid.
  • dosage forms may include microencapsulated formulations.
  • one or more other compatible materials are present in the microencapsulation material.
  • Exemplary materials include, but are not limited to, pH modifiers, erosion facilitators, anti-foaming agents, antioxidants, flavoring agents, and carrier materials such as binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, and diluents.
  • Materials useful for the microencapsulation described herein include materials compatible with compounds described herein, which sufficiently isolate the compound from other non-compatible excipients.
  • Effervescent powders are also prepared in accordance with the present disclosure.
  • Effervescent salts have been used to disperse medicines in water for oral administration.
  • Effervescent salts are granules or coarse powders containing a medicinal agent in a dry mixture, usually composed of sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. When such salts are added to water, the acids and the base react to liberate carbon dioxide gas, thereby causing “effervescence.”
  • Examples of effervescent salts include, e.g., the following ingredients: sodium bicarbonate or a mixture of sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. Any acid-base combination that results in the liberation of carbon dioxide can be used in place of the combination of sodium bicarbonate and citric and tartaric acids, as long as the ingredients were suitable for pharmaceutical use and result in a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
  • the formulations described herein which include a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), are solid dispersions.
  • Methods of producing such solid dispersions include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,343,789, 5,340,591, 5,456,923, 5,700,485, 5,723,269, and U.S. patent publication no. 2004/0013734.
  • the formulations described herein are solid solutions.
  • Solid solutions incorporate a substance together with the active agent and other excipients such that heating the mixture results in dissolution of the drug and the resulting composition is then cooled to provide a solid blend which can be further formulated or directly added to a capsule or compressed into a tablet.
  • Methods of producing such solid solutions include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,151,273, 5,281,420, and 6,083,518.
  • pharmaceutical formulations include particles of the compounds or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), and at least one dispersing agent or suspending agent for oral administration to a subject.
  • the formulations may be a powder and/or granules for suspension, and upon admixture with water, a substantially uniform suspension is obtained.
  • Liquid formulation dosage forms for oral administration can be aqueous suspensions selected from the group including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous oral dispersions, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, gels, and syrups. See, e.g., Singh et al., Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 2nd Ed., pp. 754-757 (2002).
  • aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein can remain in a homogenous state, as defined in The USP Pharmacists' Pharmacopeia (2005 edition, chapter 905), for at least 4 hours.
  • the homogeneity should be determined by a sampling method consistent with regard to determining homogeneity of the entire composition.
  • an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 1 minute.
  • an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 45 seconds.
  • an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 30 seconds. In still another embodiment, no agitation is necessary to maintain a homogeneous aqueous dispersion.
  • compositions described herein may include sweetening agents such as, but not limited to, acacia syrup, acesulfame K, alitame, anise, apple, aspartame, banana, Bavarian cream, berry, black currant, butterscotch, calcium citrate, camphor, caramel, cherry, cherry cream, chocolate, cinnamon, bubble gum, citrus, citrus punch, citrus cream, cotton candy, cocoa, cola, cool cherry, cool citrus, cyclamate, cylamate, dextrose, eucalyptus, eugenol, fructose, fruit punch, ginger, glycyrrhetinate, glycyrrhiza (licorice) syrup, grape, grapefruit, honey, isomalt, lemon, lime, lemon cream, monoammonium glyrrhizinate (MagnaSweet®), maltol, mannitol, maple, marshmallow, menthol, mint cream, mixed berry, neohe
  • the pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS).
  • SEDDS self-emulsifying drug delivery systems
  • Emulsions are dispersions of one immiscible phase in another, usually in the form of droplets.
  • emulsions are created by vigorous mechanical dispersion.
  • SEDDS as opposed to emulsions or microemulsions, spontaneously form emulsions when added to an excess of water without any external mechanical dispersion or agitation.
  • An advantage of SEDDS is that only gentle mixing is required to distribute the droplets throughout the solution. Additionally, water or the aqueous phase can be added just prior to administration, which ensures stability of an unstable or hydrophobic active ingredient.
  • the SEDDS provides an effective delivery system for oral and parenteral delivery of hydrophobic active ingredients.
  • SEDDS may provide improvements in the bioavailability of hydrophobic active ingredients.
  • Methods of producing self-emulsifying dosage forms include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,858,401, 6,667,048, and 6,960,563.
  • compositions and formulations are prepared with suitable nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients.
  • suitable carriers is highly dependent upon the exact nature of the nasal dosage form desired, e.g., solutions, suspensions, ointments, or gels.
  • Nasal dosage forms generally contain large amounts of water in addition to the active ingredient. Minor amounts of other ingredients such as pH adjusters, emulsifiers or dispersing agents, preservatives, surfactants, gelling agents, or buffering and other stabilizing and solubilizing agents may also be present.
  • the nasal dosage form should be isotonic with nasal secretions.
  • the compounds described herein may be in a form as an aerosol, a mist or a powder.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions described herein are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges of, such as, by way of example only, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound described herein and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • buccal formulations that include compounds described herein may be administered using a variety of formulations which include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,229,447, 4,596,795, 4,755,386, and 5,739,136.
  • the buccal dosage forms described herein can further include a bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier that also serves to adhere the dosage form to the buccal mucosa.
  • the buccal dosage form is fabricated so as to erode gradually over a predetermined time period, wherein the delivery of the compound is provided essentially throughout.
  • buccal drug delivery avoids the disadvantages encountered with oral drug administration, e.g., slow absorption, degradation of the active agent by fluids present in the gastrointestinal tract and/or first-pass inactivation in the liver.
  • bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier virtually any such carrier can be used, so long as the desired drug release profile is not compromised, and the carrier is compatible with the compounds described herein, and any other components that may be present in the buccal dosage unit.
  • the polymeric carrier comprises hydrophilic (water-soluble and water-swellable) polymers that adhere to the wet surface of the buccal mucosa.
  • polymeric carriers useful herein include acrylic acid polymers and co, e.g., those known as “carbomers” (Carbopol®, which may be obtained from B.F. Goodrich, is one such polymer).
  • Carbopol® which may be obtained from B.F. Goodrich, is one such polymer.
  • Other components may also be incorporated into the buccal dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, disintegrants, diluents, binders, lubricants, flavoring, colorants, preservatives, and the like.
  • the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, or gels formulated in a conventional manner.
  • Transdermal formulations described herein may be administered using a variety of devices including but not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,598,122, 3,598,123, 3,710,795, 3,731,683, 3,742,951, 3,814,097, 3,921,636, 3,972,995, 3,993,072, 3,993,073, 3,996,934, 4,031,894, 4,060,084, 4,069,307, 4,077,407, 4,201,211, 4,230,105, 4,292,299, 4,292,303, 5,336,168, 5,665,378, 5,837,280, 5,869,090, 6,923,983, 6,929,801 and 6,946,144.
  • transdermal dosage forms described herein may incorporate certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are conventional in the art.
  • the transdermal formulations described herein include at least three components: (1) a formulation of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4); (2) a penetration enhancer; and (3) an aqueous adjuvant.
  • transdermal formulations can include additional components such as, but not limited to, gelling agents, creams and ointment bases, and the like.
  • the transdermal formulation can further include a woven or non-woven backing material to enhance absorption and prevent the removal of the transdermal formulation from the skin.
  • the transdermal formulations described herein can maintain a saturated or supersaturated state to promote diffusion into the skin.
  • Formulations suitable for transdermal administration of compounds described herein may employ transdermal delivery devices and transdermal delivery patches and can be lipophilic emulsions or buffered, aqueous solutions, dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer or an adhesive. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. Still further, transdermal delivery of the compounds described herein can be accomplished by means of iontophoretic patches and the like. Additionally, transdermal patches can provide controlled delivery of the compounds described herein. The rate of absorption can be slowed by using rate-controlling membranes or by trapping the compound within a polymer matrix or gel. Conversely, absorption enhancers can be used to increase absorption.
  • transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound to the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • Formulations suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous injection may include physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents, or vehicles including water, ethanol, polyols (propyleneglycol, polyethylene-glycol, glycerol, cremophor and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • Formulations suitable for subcutaneous injection may also contain additives such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispensing agents. Prevention of the growth of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • compounds described herein may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally recognized in the field.
  • appropriate formulations may include aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, preferably with physiologically compatible buffers or excipients. Such excipients are generally recognized in the field.
  • Parenteral injections may involve bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in a form suitable for parenteral injection as a sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • compositions provided herein also include an mucoadhesive polymer, selected from among, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer), poly(methylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.
  • an mucoadhesive polymer selected from among, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer), poly(methylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.
  • the compounds described herein may be administered topically and are formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments.
  • Such pharmaceutical compounds can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • the compounds described herein may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG, and the like.
  • a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter is first melted.
  • an agent such as a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), is administered in an amount effective for amelioration of, or prevention of the development of symptoms of, the disease or disorder (i.e., a therapeutically effective amount).
  • a therapeutically effective amount can be an amount that is capable of at least partially preventing or reversing a disease or disorder.
  • the dose required to obtain an effective amount may vary depending on the agent, formulation, disease or disorder, and individual to whom the agent is administered.
  • Determination of effective amounts may also involve in vitro assays in which varying doses of agent are administered to cells in culture and the concentration of agent effective for ameliorating some or all symptoms is determined in order to calculate the concentration required in vivo. Effective amounts may also be based in in vivo animal studies.
  • An agent can be administered prior to, concurrently with and subsequent to the appearance of symptoms of a disease or disorder.
  • an agent is administered to a subject with a family history of the disease or disorder, or who has a phenotype that may indicate a predisposition to a disease or disorder, or who has a genotype which predisposes the subject to the disease or disorder.
  • compositions described herein are provided as pharmaceutical and/or therapeutic compositions.
  • the pharmaceutical and/or therapeutic compositions of the present invention can be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration can be topical (including ophthalmic and to mucous membranes including vaginal and rectal delivery), pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal), oral or parenteral.
  • Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular, administration.
  • Compositions and formulations for topical administration can include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional carriers; aqueous, powder, or oily bases; thickeners; and the like can be necessary or desirable.
  • Compositions and formulations for oral administration include powders or granules, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, sachets or tablets.
  • compositions and formulations for parenteral, intrathecal or intraventricular administration can include sterile aqueous solutions that can also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives such as, but not limited to, penetration enhancers, carrier compounds and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
  • Pharmaceutical and/or therapeutic compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, solutions, emulsions, and liposome containing formulations. These compositions can be generated from a variety of components that include, but are not limited to, preformed liquids, self-emulsifying solids and self-emulsifying semisolids.
  • the pharmaceutical and/or therapeutic formulations which can conveniently be presented in unit dosage form, can be prepared according to conventional techniques well known in the pharmaceutical/nutriceutical industries. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredients with the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredients with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • the compositions of the present invention can be formulated into any of many possible dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas.
  • compositions of the present invention can also be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non-aqueous, oil-based, or mixed media.
  • Suspensions can further contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran.
  • the suspension can also contain stabilizers.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated and used as foams.
  • Pharmaceutical foams include formulations such as, but not limited to, emulsions, microemulsions, creams, jellies and liposomes. While basically similar in nature these formulations vary in the components and the consistency of the final product.
  • the pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
  • the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compound.
  • the unit dosage may be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation.
  • Non-limiting examples are packaged tablets or capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules.
  • Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers.
  • multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition.
  • formulations for parenteral injection may be presented in unit dosage form, which include, but are not limited to ampoules, or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • Dosing and administration regimes are tailored by the clinician, or others skilled in the pharmacological arts, based upon well-known pharmacological and therapeutic considerations including, but not limited to, the desired level of therapeutic effect, and the practical level of therapeutic effect obtainable. Generally, it is advisable to follow well-known pharmacological principles for administrating chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., it is generally advisable to not change dosages by more than 50% at time and no more than every 3-4 agent half-lives). For compositions that have relatively little or no dose-related toxicity considerations, and where maximum efficacy is desired, doses in excess of the average required dose are not uncommon. This approach to dosing is commonly referred to as the “maximal dose” strategy.
  • the compounds are administered to a subject at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, more preferably at about 0.1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, even more preferably at about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
  • the effective amount may be less than when the agent is used alone. Dosing may be once per day or multiple times per day for one or more consecutive days.
  • the present disclosure provides compounds and methods for modulating the interaction of menin with its upstream or downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins.
  • the disclosure provides compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication.
  • Inhibition of the interaction of menin and one or more MLL proteins may be assessed and demonstrated by a wide variety of ways known in the art.
  • Non-limiting examples include a showing of any one of (a) a decrease in menin binding to one or more MLL proteins or MLL protein fragments; (b) a decrease in cell proliferation and/or cell viability; (c) an increase in cell differentiation; (d) a decrease in the levels of downstream targets of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, e.g., Hoxa9 and Meis1; and (e) decrease in tumor volume and/or tumor volume growth rate. Kits and commercially available assays can be utilized for determining one or more of the above.
  • the disclosure provides compounds and methods for treating a subject suffering from a disease, comprising administering a compound or salt described herein, for example, a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), to the subject.
  • the disease is selected from a disease associated with menin, MLL, MLL1, MLL2, and/or MLL fusion proteins (e.g., cancer).
  • the disease is mediated by menin.
  • the disease is leukemia, hematologic malignancies, solid tumor cancer, glioma, or diabetes.
  • the leukemia is Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), Acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), Mixed Lineage Leukemia or leukemias with Partial Tandem Duplications of MLL.
  • the compound covalently binds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • the disclosure provides a method for treating cancer in a subject, comprising administering a compound or salt described herein, for example, a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), to the subject.
  • the cancer is mediated by a MLL fusion protein.
  • the cancer is leukemia, breast cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, or a brain tumor.
  • the cancer is leukemia.
  • the disclosure provides method of treating a disease in a subject, wherein the method comprises determining if the subject has a MLL fusion protein and if the subject is determined to have a MLL fusion protein, then administering to the subject a therapeutically effective dose of a compound or salt described herein, for example, a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
  • a compound or salt described herein for example, a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
  • MLL fusion proteins have been identified in hematological malignancies, e.g., cancers that affect blood, bone marrow and/or lymph nodes. Accordingly, certain embodiments are directed to administration of a compound or salt described herein, for example, a compound or salt of any of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), to a subject with a hematological malignancy.
  • Such malignancies include, but are not limited to, leukemias and lymphomas.
  • the presently disclosed compounds can be used for treatment of diseases such as ALL, AML, Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Acute monocytic leukemia (AMoL), hairy cell leukemia, and/or other leukemias.
  • diseases such as ALL, AML, Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Acute monocytic leukemia (AMoL), hairy cell leukemia, and/or other leukemias.
  • the compounds or salts of the disclosure can be used for treatment of lymphomas such as all subtypes of Hodgkins lymphoma or non-Hodgkins lymphoma.
  • Determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a MLL fusion protein can be undertaken by assessing the nucleotide sequence encoding the MLL fusion protein, by assessing the amino acid sequence of the MLL fusion protein, or by assessing the characteristics of a putative MLL fusion protein.
  • PCR-RFLP polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length polymorphism
  • PCR-SSCP polymerase chain reaction-single strand conformation polymorphism
  • MASA mutant allele-specific PCR amplification
  • the MLL fusion protein is identified using a direct sequencing method of specific regions, e.g., exon 2 and/or exon 3, in the MLL or fusion partner gene, for example. This technique will identify all possible mutations in the region sequenced.
  • Methods for detecting a MLL fusion protein are known by those of skill in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, detection of a MLL fusion protein using a binding agent, e.g., an antibody, specific for the fusion protein, protein electrophoresis and Western blotting, and direct peptide sequencing.
  • a binding agent e.g., an antibody, specific for the fusion protein
  • protein electrophoresis and Western blotting e.g., Western blotting
  • direct peptide sequencing e.g., direct peptide sequencing.
  • Methods for determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a MLL fusion protein can use a variety of samples.
  • the sample is taken from a subject having a tumor or cancer.
  • the sample is taken from a subject having a cancer or tumor.
  • the sample is a fresh tumor/cancer sample.
  • the sample is a frozen tumor/cancer sample.
  • the sample is a formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded sample.
  • the sample is processed to a cell lysate.
  • the sample is processed to DNA or RNA.
  • the disclosure provides a method of inhibiting the interaction of menin with MLL in a sample, comprising administering the compound or salt described herein to said sample comprising MLL and menin.
  • the MLL is selected from one or more of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication.
  • the method comprises treating a disease mediated by chromosomal rearrangement on chromosome 11q23, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • the disease is mediated by menin.
  • the disclosure provides methods for treating a disease by administering a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), to a subject suffering from the disease, wherein the compound binds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication.
  • the compound covalently binds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin and MLL.
  • the disclosure also relates to a method of treating a hyperproliferative disorder in a mammal that comprises administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
  • the method relates to the treatment of cancer such as acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers, e.g., Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myleoproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, extrahepatic duct
  • cancer such
  • the method relates to the treatment of a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin, e.g., psoriasis, restenosis, or prostate, e.g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH).
  • a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin, e.g., psoriasis, restenosis, or prostate, e.g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH).
  • the method relates to the treatment of leukemia, hematologic malignancy, solid tumor cancer, prostate cancer, e.g., castration-resistant prostate cancer, breast cancer, Ewing's sarcoma, bone sarcoma, primary bone sarcoma, T-cell prolymphocyte leukemia, glioma, glioblastoma, liver cancer, e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma, or diabetes.
  • the leukemia comprises A
  • the disclosure relates to methods for treatment of lung cancers, the methods comprise administering an effective amount of any of the above described compound or salt or pharmaceutical composition thereof to a subject in need thereof.
  • the lung cancer is a non-small cell lung carcinoma (NSCLC), for example adenocarcinoma, squamous-cell lung carcinoma or large-cell lung carcinoma.
  • the lung cancer is a small cell lung carcinoma.
  • Other lung cancers treatable with the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, glandular tumors, carcinoid tumors and undifferentiated carcinomas.
  • Subjects that can be treated with compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, hydrate or derivative of the compounds, according to the methods of this invention include, for example, subjects that have been diagnosed as having acute myeloid leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers, e.g., Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocy
  • subjects that are treated with the compounds of the invention include subjects that have been diagnosed as having a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin, e.g., psoriasis, restenosis, or prostate, e.g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH).
  • a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin, e.g., psoriasis, restenosis, or prostate, e.g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH).
  • the invention further provides methods of modulating the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, by contacting the menin with an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
  • Modulation can be inhibiting or activating protein activity of menin, one or more of its binding partners, and/or one or more of the downstream targets of menin or one or more of its binding partners.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, by contacting menin with an effective amount of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication by contacting menin with an effective amount of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I),
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, by contacting a cell, tissue, or organ that expresses menin, MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication.
  • proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting protein activity in subject including but not limited to rodents and mammals, e.g., humans, by administering into the subject an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
  • the percentage modulation exceeds 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
  • the percentage of inhibiting exceeds 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
  • the disclosure provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, in a cell by contacting the cell with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in the cell.
  • proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL proteins in a tissue by contacting the tissue with an amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL proteins in the tissue.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in an organism by contacting the organism with an amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in the organism.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in an animal by contacting the animal with an amount of a compound or salt of the disclosure sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in the animal.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in a mammal by contacting the mammal with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in the mammal.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in a human by contacting the human with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL Proteins in the human.
  • the invention also provides methods of treating a disease mediated by menin interaction with one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication by administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
  • compositions containing the compounds or salts thereof described herein can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments.
  • the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease. Amounts effective for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • compositions containing the compounds or salts thereof described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition.
  • a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition is defined to be a “prophylactically effective amount or dose.”
  • dose a pharmaceutically effective amount or dose.
  • the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like.
  • effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • the administration of the compounds may be administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient's life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease.
  • the administration of the compounds may be given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered may be temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a “drug holiday”).
  • the length of the drug holiday can vary between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days.
  • the dose reduction during a drug holiday may be from about 10% to about 100%, including, by way of example only, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100%.
  • a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, can be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. Patients can, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms.
  • the amount of a given agent that will correspond to such an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease and its severity, the identity (e.g., weight) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be determined in a manner recognized in the field according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated.
  • doses employed for adult human treatment will typically be in the range of about 0.02- about 5000 mg per day, in some embodiments, about 1-about 1500 mg per day.
  • the desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered simultaneously (or over a short period of time) or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LD 50 and ED 50 .
  • Compounds exhibiting high therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with minimal toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the present invention also provides methods for combination therapies in which an agent known to modulate other pathways, or other components of the same pathway, or even overlapping sets of target enzymes are used in combination with a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
  • such therapy includes but is not limited to the combination of one or more compounds of the invention with chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic antibodies, and radiation treatment, to provide a synergistic or additive therapeutic effect.
  • compositions described herein and, in embodiments where combinational therapy is employed, other agents do not have to be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, have to be administered by different routes.
  • the determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition, is well within the knowledge of the clinician.
  • the initial administration can be made according to established protocols recognized in the field, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the clinician.
  • another therapeutic agent such as a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), is nausea, then it may be appropriate to administer an anti-nausea agent in combination with the initial therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced).
  • the benefit experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit.
  • the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
  • the particular choice of compounds used will depend upon the diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgment of the condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment protocol.
  • the compounds may be administered concurrently (e.g., simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of the disease, disorder, or condition, the condition of the patient, and the actual choice of compounds used.
  • the determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within the knowledge of the physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
  • Therapeutically-effective dosages can vary when the drugs are used in treatment combinations. Methods for experimentally determining therapeutically-effective dosages of drugs and other agents for use in combination treatment regimens are described in the literature. For example, the use of metronomic dosing, i.e., providing more frequent, lower doses in order to minimize toxic side effects, has been described extensively in the literature. Combination treatment further includes periodic treatments that start and stop at various times to assist with the clinical management of the patient.
  • dosages of the co-administered compounds will of course vary depending on the type of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the disease being treated and so forth.
  • the compound provided herein may be administered either simultaneously with the biologically active agent(s), or sequentially. If administered sequentially, the attending physician will decide on the appropriate sequence of administering protein in combination with the biologically active agent(s).
  • the multiple therapeutic agents may be administered in any order or even simultaneously.
  • the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills).
  • One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may vary from more than zero weeks to less than four weeks.
  • the combination methods, compositions and formulations are not to be limited to the use of only two agents; the use of multiple therapeutic combinations are also envisioned.
  • the dosage regimen to treat, prevent, or ameliorate the condition(s) for which relief is sought can be modified in accordance with a variety of factors. These factors include the disorder or condition from which the subject suffers, as well as the age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject. Thus, the dosage regimen actually employed can vary widely and therefore can deviate from the dosage regimens set forth herein.
  • the pharmaceutical agents which make up the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a combined dosage form or in separate dosage forms intended for substantially simultaneous administration.
  • the pharmaceutical agents that make up the combination therapy may also be administered sequentially, with either therapeutic compound being administered by a regimen calling for two-step administration.
  • the two-step administration regimen may call for sequential administration of the active agents or spaced-apart administration of the separate active agents.
  • the time period between the multiple administration steps may range from, a few minutes to several hours, depending upon the properties of each pharmaceutical agent, such as potency, solubility, bioavailability, plasma half-life and kinetic profile of the pharmaceutical agent. Circadian variation of the target molecule concentration may also determine the optimal dose interval.
  • the compounds described herein also may be used in combination with procedures that may provide additional or synergistic benefit to the patient.
  • patients are expected to find therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit in the methods described herein, wherein pharmaceutical composition of a compound disclosed herein and/or combinations with other therapeutics are combined with genetic testing to determine whether that individual is a carrier of a mutant gene that is known to be correlated with certain diseases or conditions.
  • the compounds described herein and combination therapies can be administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease, and the timing of administering the composition containing a compound can vary.
  • the compounds can be used as a prophylactic and can be administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in order to prevent the occurrence of the disease.
  • the compounds and compositions can be administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms.
  • the administration of the compounds can be initiated within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, preferably within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, more preferably within the first 6 hours of the onset of the symptoms, and most preferably within 3 hours of the onset of the symptoms.
  • the initial administration can be via any route practical, such as, for example, an intravenous injection, a bolus injection, infusion over about 5 minutes to about 5 hours, a pill, a capsule, transdermal patch, buccal delivery, and the like, or combination thereof.
  • a compound is preferably administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease, such as, for example, from 1 day to about 3 months.
  • the length of treatment can vary for each subject, and the length can be determined using the known criteria.
  • the compound or a formulation containing the compound can be administered for at least 2 weeks, preferably about 1 month to about 5 years.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be used in combination with Notch inhibitors and/or c-Myb inhibitors.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be used in combination with MLL-WDR5 inhibitors and/or Dotl 1 inhibitors.
  • chemotherapeutics are presently known in the art and can be used in combination with the compounds of the invention.
  • the chemotherapeutic is selected from the group consisting of mitotic inhibitors, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, intercalating antibiotics, growth factor inhibitors, cell cycle inhibitors, enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, biological response modifiers, anti-hormones, angiogenesis inhibitors, and anti-androgens.
  • Non-limiting examples are chemotherapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, and non-peptide small molecules such as Gleevec® (Imatinib Mesylate), Velcade® (bortezomib), Casodex (bicalutamide), Iressa® (gefitinib), and Adriamycin as well as a host of chemotherapeutic agents.
  • Non-limiting examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclosphosphamide (CYTOXANTM); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphaoramide and trimethylolomelamine; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosureas such as car
  • chemotherapeutic cell conditioners are anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens including for example tamoxifen, (NolvadexTM), raloxifene, aromatase inhibiting 4(5)-imidazoles, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY 117018, onapristone, and toremifene (Fareston); and anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; chlorambucil; gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitomycin C; mitoxantrone; vincristine; vinorelbine; navelbine;
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be used in combination with commonly prescribed anti-cancer drugs such as Herceptin®, Avastin®, Erbitux®, Rituxan®, Taxol®, Arimidex®, Taxotere®, ABVD, AVICINE, Abagovomab, Acridine carboxamide, Adecatumumab, 17-N-Allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin, Alpharadin, Alvocidib, 3-Aminopyridine-2-carboxaldehyde thiosemicarbazone, Amonafide, Anthracenedione, Anti-CD22 immunotoxins, Antineoplastic, Antitumorigenic herbs, Apaziquone, Atiprimod, Azathioprine, Belotecan, Bendamustine, BIBW 2992, Biricodar, Brostallicin, Bryostatin, Buthionine sulfoximine, CBV (chemotherapy), Calyculin
  • This invention further relates to a method for using the compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein, in combination with radiation therapy for inhibiting abnormal cell growth or treating the hyperproliferative disorder in the mammal.
  • Techniques for administering radiation therapy are known in the art, and these techniques can be used in the combination therapy described herein.
  • the administration of the compound of the invention in this combination therapy can be determined as described herein.
  • Radiation therapy can be administered through one of several methods, or a combination of methods, including without limitation external-beam therapy, internal radiation therapy, implant radiation, stereotactic radiosurgery, systemic radiation therapy, radiotherapy and permanent or temporary interstitial brachytherapy.
  • brachytherapy refers to radiation therapy delivered by a spatially confined radioactive material inserted into the body at or near a tumor or other proliferative tissue disease site.
  • the term is intended without limitation to include exposure to radioactive isotopes (e.g., At-211, I-131, I-125, Y-90, Re-186, Re-188, Sm-153, Bi-212, P-32, and radioactive isotopes of Lu).
  • Suitable radiation sources for use as a cell conditioner of the present invention include both solids and liquids.
  • the radiation source can be a radionuclide, such as I-125, I-131, Yb-169, Ir-192 as a solid source, I-125 as a solid source, or other radionuclides that emit photons, beta particles, gamma radiation, or other therapeutic rays.
  • the radioactive material can also be a fluid made from any solution of radionuclide(s), e.g., a solution of I-125 or I-131, or a radioactive fluid can be produced using a slurry of a suitable fluid containing small particles of solid radionuclides, such as Au-198, Y-90.
  • the radionuclide(s) can be embodied in a gel or radioactive micro spheres.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be used in combination with an amount of one or more substances selected from anti-angiogenesis agents, signal transduction inhibitors, antiproliferative agents, glycolysis inhibitors, or autophagy inhibitors.
  • Anti-angiogenesis agents such as MMP-2 (matrix-metalloproteinase 2) inhibitors, MMP-9 (matrix-metalloprotienase 9) inhibitors, and COX-11 (cyclooxygenase 11) inhibitors, can be used in conjunction with a compound of the invention and pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
  • Anti-angiogenesis agents include, for example, rapamycin, temsirolimus (CCI-779), everolimus (RAD001), sorafenib, sunitinib, and bevacizumab.
  • Examples of useful COX-II inhibitors include CELEBREXTM (alecoxib), valdecoxib, and rofecoxib.
  • WO 96/33172 published Oct. 24, 1996), WO 96/27583 (published Mar. 7, 1996), European Patent Application No. 97304971.1 (filed Jul. 8, 1997), European Patent Application No. 99308617.2 (filed Oct. 29, 1999), WO 98/07697 (published Feb. 26, 1998), WO 98/03516 (published Jan. 29, 1998), WO 98/34918 (published Aug. 13, 1998), WO 98/34915 (published Aug. 13, 1998), WO 98/33768 (published Aug. 6, 1998), WO 98/30566 (published Jul. 16, 1998), European Patent Publication 606,046 (published Jul.
  • MMP-2 and MMP-9 inhibitors are those that have little or no activity inhibiting MMP-1. More preferred, are those that selectively inhibit MMP-2 and/or AMP-9 relative to the other matrix-metalloproteinases (e.g., MAP-1, MMP-3, MMP-4, MMP-5, MMP-6, MMP-7, MMP-8, MMP-10, MMP-11, MMP-12, and MMP-13).
  • MMP inhibitors useful in the invention are AG-3340, RO 32-3555, and RS 13-0830.
  • Autophagy inhibitors include, but are not limited to chloroquine, 3-methyladenine, hydroxychloroquine (PlaquenilTM), bafilomycin A1, 5-amino-4-imidazole carboxamide riboside (AICAR), okadaic acid, autophagy-suppressive algal toxins which inhibit protein phosphatases of type 2A or type 1, analogues of cAMP, and drugs which elevate cAMP levels such as adenosine, LY204002, N6-mercaptopurine riboside, and vinblastine.
  • antisense or siRNA that inhibits expression of proteins including but not limited to ATG5 (which are implicated in autophagy), may also be used.
  • the compounds described herein are formulated or administered in conjunction with liquid or solid tissue barriers also known as lubricants.
  • tissue barriers include, but are not limited to, polysaccharides, polyglycans, seprafilm, interceed and hyaluronic acid.
  • medicaments which are administered in conjunction with the compounds described herein include any suitable drugs usefully delivered by inhalation for example, analgesics, e.g., codeine, dihydromorphine, ergotamine, fentanyl or morphine; anginal preparations, e.g., diltiazem; antiallergics, e.g., cromoglycate, ketotifen or nedocromil; anti-infectives, e.g., cephalosporins, penicillins, streptomycin, sulphonamides, tetracyclines or pentamidine; antihistamines, e.g., methapyrilene; anti-inflammatories, e.g., beclomethasone, flunisolide, budesonide, tipredane, triamcinolone acetonide or fluticasone; antitussives, e.g., noscapine; broncho
  • the medicaments are used in the form of salts (e.g., as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts) or as esters (e.g., lower alkyl esters) or as solvates (e.g., hydrates) to optimize the activity and/or stability of the medicament.
  • salts e.g., as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts
  • esters e.g., lower alkyl esters
  • solvates e.g., hydrates
  • exemplary therapeutic agents useful for a combination therapy include but are not limited to agents as described above, radiation therapy, hormone antagonists, hormones and their releasing factors, thyroid and antithyroid drugs, estrogens and progestins, androgens, adrenocorticotropic hormone; adrenocortical steroids and their synthetic analogs; inhibitors of the synthesis and actions of adrenocortical hormones, insulin, oral hypoglycemic agents, and the pharmacology of the endocrine pancreas, agents affecting calcification and bone turnover: calcium, phosphate, parathyroid hormone, vitamin D, calcitonin, vitamins such as water-soluble vitamins, vitamin B complex, ascorbic acid, fat-soluble vitamins, vitamins A, K, and E, growth factors, cytokines, chemokines, muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists; anticholinesterase agents; agents acting at the neuromuscular junction and/or autonomic ganglia; catecholamines, sympathomimetic drugs,
  • Therapeutic agents can also include agents for pain and inflammation such as histamine and histamine antagonists, bradykinin and bradykinin antagonists, 5-hydroxytryptamine (serotonin), lipid substances that are generated by biotransformation of the products of the selective hydrolysis of membrane phospholipids, eicosanoids, prostaglandins, thromboxanes, leukotrienes, aspirin, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents, analgesic-antipyretic agents, agents that inhibit the synthesis of prostaglandins and thromboxanes, selective inhibitors of the inducible cyclooxygenase, selective inhibitors of the inducible cyclooxygenase-2, autacoids, paracrine hormones, somatostatin, gastrin, cytokines that mediate interactions involved in humoral and cellular immune responses, lipid-derived autacoids, eicosanoids, ⁇ -adrenergic agonists, ipratropium,
  • Additional therapeutic agents contemplated herein include diuretics, vasopressin, agents affecting the renal conservation of water, rennin, angiotensin, agents useful in the treatment of myocardial ischemia, anti-hypertensive agents, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, ⁇ -adrenergic receptor antagonists, agents for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, and agents for the treatment of dyslipidemia.
  • therapeutic agents contemplated include drugs used for control of gastric acidity, agents for the treatment of peptic ulcers, agents for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease, prokinetic agents, antiemetics, agents used in irritable bowel syndrome, agents used for diarrhea, agents used for constipation, agents used for inflammatory bowel disease, agents used for biliary disease, agents used for pancreatic disease.
  • Therapeutic agents used to treat protozoan infections drugs used to treat Malaria, Amebiasis, Giardiasis, Trichomoniasis, Trypanosomiasis, and/or Leishmaniasis, and/or drugs used in the chemotherapy of helminthiasis.
  • therapeutic agents include antimicrobial agents, sulfonamides, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole quinolones, and agents for urinary tract infections, penicillins, cephalosporins, and other, ⁇ -lactam antibiotics, an agent comprising an aminoglycoside, protein synthesis inhibitors, drugs used in the chemotherapy of tuberculosis, mycobacterium avium complex disease, and leprosy, antifungal agents, antiviral agents including nonretroviral agents and antiretroviral agents.
  • anti-receptor tyrosine kinase antibodies cetuximab, panitumumab, trastuzumab
  • anti CD20 antibodies rituximab, tositumomab
  • other antibodies such as alemtuzumab, bevacizumab, and gemtuzumab.
  • therapeutic agents used for immunomodulation such as immunomodulators, immunosuppressive agents, tolerogens, and immunostimulants are contemplated by the methods herein.
  • therapeutic agents acting on the blood and the blood-forming organs hematopoietic agents, growth factors, minerals, and vitamins, anticoagulant, thrombolytic, and antiplatelet drugs.
  • a compound of the present invention For treating renal carcinoma, one may combine a compound of the present invention with sorafenib and/or avastin.
  • a compound of the present invention For treating an endometrial disorder, one may combine a compound of the present invention with doxorubincin, taxotere (taxol), and/or cisplatin (carboplatin).
  • doxorubincin for treating an endometrial disorder, one may combine doxorubincin, taxotere (taxol), and/or cisplatin (carboplatin).
  • cisplatin carboxyribonitride
  • doxorubincin taxotere
  • doxorubincin taxotere
  • doxorubincin taxotere
  • doxorubincin topotecan
  • tamoxifen for treating renal carcinoma, one may combine a compound of the present invention with sorafenib and/or avastin.
  • a compound of the present invention For treating breast cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine (capecitabine), tamoxifen, letrozole, tarceva, lapatinib, PD0325901, avastin, herceptin, OSI-906, and/or OSI-930.
  • taxotere taxotere
  • gemcitabine gemcitabine
  • tamoxifen letrozole
  • tarceva lapatinib
  • PD0325901 avastin
  • herceptin herceptin
  • OSI-906 herceptin
  • OSI-930 for treating lung cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine, cisplatin, pemetrexed, Tarceva, PD0325901, and/or avastin.
  • the compounds described herein can be used in combination with the agents disclosed herein or other suitable agents, depending on the condition being treated. Hence, in some embodiments the one or more compounds of the invention will be co-administered with other agents as described above.
  • the compounds described herein are administered with the second agent simultaneously or separately.
  • This administration in combination can include simultaneous administration of the two agents in the same dosage form, simultaneous administration in separate dosage forms, and separate administration. That is, a compound described herein and any of the agents described above can be formulated together in the same dosage form and administered simultaneously. Alternatively, a compound of the invention and any of the agents described above can be simultaneously administered, wherein both the agents are present in separate formulations.
  • a compound of the present invention can be administered just followed by and any of the agents described above, or vice versa.
  • a compound of the invention and any of the agents described above are administered a few minutes apart, or a few hours apart, or a few days apart.
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with another therapeutic agent effective in treating leukemia and/or other cancers.
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL), for example: ABITREXATE (Methotrexate), ADRIAMYCIN PFS (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride), ADRIAMYCIN RDF (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride), ARRANON (Nelarabine), Asparaginase Erwinia chrysanthemi, CERUBIDINE (Daunorubicin Hydrochloride), CLAFEN (Cyclophosphamide), CLOFARABINE, CLOFAREX (Clofarabine), CLOLAR (Clofarabine), Cyclophosphamide, Cytarabine, CYTOSAR-U (Cytarabine), CYTOXAN (C ALL), for example: ABI
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML), for example: ADRIAMYCIN PFS (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride), ADRIAMYCIN RDF (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride), Arsenic Trioxide, CERUBIDINE (Daunorubicin Hydrochloride), CLAFEN (Cyclophosphamide), Cyclophosphamide, Cytarabine, CYTOSAR-U (Cytarabine), CYTOXAN (Cyclophosphamide), Daunorubicin Hydrochloride, Doxorubicin Hydrochloride, NEOSAR (Cyclophosphamide), RUBIDOMYCIN (Daunorubicin Hydrochloride), TARABINE PFS (Cytarabine), TRISENOX (Arsenic Trioxide), VINCASAR PFS
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia (CLL), for example: Alemtuzumab, AMBOCHLORIN (Chlorambucil), AMBOCLORIN (Chlorambucil), ARZERRA (Ofatumumab), Bendamustine Hydrochloride, CAMPATH (Alemtuzumab), CHLORAMBUCILCLAFEN (Cyclophosphamide), Cyclophosphamide, CYTOXAN (Cyclophosphamide), FLUDARA (Fludarabine Phosphate), Fludarabine Phosphate, LEUKERAN (Chlorambucil), LINFOLIZIN (Chlorambucil), NEOSAR (Cyclophosphamide), Ofatumumab, TREANDA (Bendamustine Hydrochloride), etc.
  • CLL Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia (CML), for example: BOSULIF (Bosutinib), Bosutinib, CLAFEN (Cyclophosphamide), Cyclophosphamide, Cytarabine, CYTOSAR-U (Cytarabine), CYTOXAN (Cyclophosphamide), Dasatinib, GLEEVEC (Imatinib Mesylate), ICLUSIG (Ponatinib Hydrochloride), Imatinib Mesylate, NEOSAR (Cyclophosphamide), Nilotinib, Omacetaxine Mepesuccinate, Ponatinib Hydrochloride, SPRYCEL (Dasatinib), SYNRIBO (Omacetaxine Mepesuccinate), TARABINE PFS (Cytarabine), TASIGNA (N
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Meningeal Leukemia, for example: CYTARABINE, CYTOSAR-U (Cytarabine), TARABINE PFS (Cytarabine), etc.
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more alkylating agents (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, nitrogen mustard N-oxide, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, thiotepa, ranimustine, nimustine, temozolomide, altretamine, apaziquone, brostallicin, bendamustine, carmustine, estramustine, fotemustine, glufosfamide, mafosfamide, bendamustin, mitolactol, cisplatin, carboplatin, eptaplatin, lobaplatin, nedaplatin, oxaliplatin, and satraplatin.
  • alkylating agents e.g., for the treatment of cancer
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more anti-metabolites (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurineriboside, mercaptopurine, 5-fluorouracil, tegafur, doxifluridine, carmofur, cytarabine, cytarabine ocfosfate, enocitabine, gemcitabine, fludarabin, 5-azacitidine, capecitabine, cladribine, clofarabine, decitabine, eflornithine, ethynylcytidine, cytosine arabinoside, hydroxyurea, melphalan, nelarabine, nolatrexed, ocfosf[iota]te, disodium premetrexed, pentostatin, pelitrexol, raltitrexed, tri
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more hormonal therapy agents (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, exemestane, Lupron, anastrozole, doxercalciferol, fadrozole, formestane, abiraterone acetate, finasteride, epristeride, tamoxifen citrate, fulvestrant, Trelstar, toremifene, raloxifene, lasofoxifene, letrozole, sagopilone, ixabepilone, epothilone B, vinblastine, vinflunine, docetaxel, and paclitaxel;
  • hormonal therapy agents e.g., for the treatment of cancer
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more cytotoxic topoisomerase inhibiting agents (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, aclarubicin, doxorubicin, amonafide, belotecan, camptothecin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, 9-aminocamptothecin, diflomotecan, irinotecan, topotecan, edotecarin, epimbicin, etoposide, exatecan, gimatecan, lurtotecan, mitoxantrone, pirambicin, pixantrone, rubitecan, sobuzoxane, tafluposide;
  • cytotoxic topoisomerase inhibiting agents selected from, for example, aclarubicin, doxorubicin, amonafide, belotecan, camptothecin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, 9-amin
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more anti-angiogenic compounds (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, acitretin, aflibercept, angiostatin, aplidine, asentar, axitinib, recentin, bevacizumab, brivanib alaninat, cilengtide, combretastatin, DAST, endostatin, fenretinide, halofuginone, pazopanib, ranibizumab, rebimastat, removab, revlimid, sorafenib, vatalanib, squalamine, sunitinib, telatinib, thalidomide, ukrain, and vitaxin.
  • one or more anti-angiogenic compounds selected from, for example, acitretin, aflibercept, angiostatin, aplidine, asentar
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more antibodies (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, trastuzumab, cetuximab, bevacizumab, rituximab, ticilimumab, ipilimumab, lumiliximab, catumaxomab, atacicept, oregovomab, and alemtuzumab.
  • antibodies e.g., for the treatment of cancer
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more VEGF inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, sorafenib, DAST, bevacizumab, sunitinib, recentin, axitinib, aflibercept, telatinib, brivanib alaninate, vatalanib, pazopanib, and ranibizumab.
  • VEGF inhibitors e.g., for the treatment of cancer
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more EGFR inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, cetuximab, panitumumab, vectibix, gefitinib, erlotinib, and Zactima.
  • one or more EGFR inhibitors selected from, for example, cetuximab, panitumumab, vectibix, gefitinib, erlotinib, and Zactima.
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more HER2 inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, lapatinib, tratuzumab, and pertuzumab; CDK inhibitor is selected from roscovitine and flavopiridol;
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more proteasome inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, bortezomib and carfilzomib.
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more serine/threonine kinase inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer), for example, MEK inhibitors and Raf inhibitors such as sorafenib.
  • serine/threonine kinase inhibitors e.g., for the treatment of cancer
  • MEK inhibitors e.g., MEK inhibitors
  • Raf inhibitors such as sorafenib.
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, dasatinib, nilotibib, DAST, bosutinib, sorafenib, bevacizumab, sunitinib, AZD2171, axitinib, aflibercept, telatinib, imatinib mesylate, brivanib alaninate, pazopanib, ranibizumab, vatalanib, cetuximab, panitumumab, vectibix, gefitinib, erlotinib, lapatinib, tratuzumab and pertuzumab.
  • tyrosine kinase inhibitors selected from, for example, dasatinib, nilotibib, DAST, bosutinib, sor
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more androgen receptor antagonists (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, nandrolone decanoate, fluoxymesterone, Android, Prostaid, andromustine, bicalutamide, flutamide, apocyproterone, apoflutamide, chlormadinone acetate, Androcur, Tabi, cyproterone acetate, and nilutamide.
  • one or more androgen receptor antagonists e.g., for the treatment of cancer
  • one or more androgen receptor antagonists selected from, for example, nandrolone decanoate, fluoxymesterone, Android, Prostaid, andromustine, bicalutamide, flutamide, apocyproterone, apoflutamide, chlormadinone acetate, Androcur, Tabi, cyproterone acetate, and nilutamide.
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more aromatase inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, anastrozole, letrozole, testolactone, exemestane, aminoglutethimide, and formestane.
  • one or more aromatase inhibitors e.g., for the treatment of cancer
  • a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more other anti-cancer agents including, e.g., alitretinoin, ampligen, atrasentan bexarotene, borte-zomib, bosentan, calcitriol, exisulind, fotemustine, ibandronic acid, miltefosine, mitoxantrone, 1-asparaginase, procarbazine, dacarbazine, hydroxycarbamide, pegaspargase, pentostatin, tazaroten, velcade, gallium nitrate, canfosfamide, compactsin, and tretinoin.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may be used in combination with chemotherapy (e.g., cytotoxic agents), anti-hormones and/or targeted therapies such as other kinase inhibitors, mTOR inhibitors and angiogenesis inhibitors.
  • kits and articles of manufacture are also provided.
  • such kits comprise a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the container(s) comprising one of the separate elements to be used in a method described herein.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes.
  • the containers are formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • Packaging materials for use in packaging pharmaceutical products include those found in, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,323,907, 5,052,558 and 5,033,252.
  • Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment.
  • the container(s) includes a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), optionally in a composition or in combination with another agent as disclosed herein.
  • the container(s) optionally have a sterile access port (for example the container is an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • kits optionally comprising a compound with an identifying description or label or instructions relating to its use in the methods described herein.
  • a kit typically includes one or more additional containers, each with one or more of various materials (such as reagents, optionally in concentrated form, and/or devices) desirable from a commercial and user standpoint for use of a compound described herein.
  • materials include, but not limited to, buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes; carrier, package, container, vial and/or tube labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts with instructions for use.
  • a set of instructions will also typically be included.
  • a label is optionally on or associated with the container.
  • a label is on a container when letters, numbers or other characters forming the label are attached, molded or etched into the container itself, a label is associated with a container when it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the container, e.g., as a package insert.
  • a label is used to indicate that the contents are to be used for a specific therapeutic application.
  • the label indicates directions for use of the contents, such as in the methods described herein.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is presented in a pack or dispenser device which contains one or more unit dosage forms containing a compound provided herein.
  • the pack for example, contains metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device is accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the pack or dispenser is accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration.
  • a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration.
  • Such notice for example, is the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert.
  • compositions containing a compound provided herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier are prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
  • the compounds of Table 1 were analyzed by LC-MS and TLC under the following conditions.
  • the LC-MS conditions for procedure A are as follows: Phenomenex Kinetex 2.6 u C18 column dimensions 3.0 mm ⁇ 50 mm; temperature—60° C.; solvent A—0.1% TFA in water; solvent B—0.1% TFA in MeCN; gradient program—5% to 100% B/6 min; and UV wavelength: 254 nm.
  • the LC-MS conditions for procedure B are as follows: Shimadzu VP-ODS 150LX2.0 5 u column; temperature—40° C.; solvent A—0.1% HOOH in water; solvent B—acetonitrile; flow rate ⁇ 0.2 mL/min; gradient program—80% A and 20% B/0.1 min., 10% A and 90% B/5.0 min., 0% A and 100% B/5.1 min., and 0% A and 100% B/8.0 min.
  • the TLC conditions are as follows: pre-coated Silica Gel 60 F 254 plates; and DCM:MeOH:NH 3 H 2 O, 20:1:0.1.
  • 6-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (5.7 g) was added to POCl 3 (16 mL) with one drop of DMF. The heterogeneous mixture was refluxed for 3 h, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was quenched with ice and saturated ammonia solution and extracted with chloroform. Combined extracts were evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a short silica gel column. The column was eluted with hexane-ethyl acetate (5:1) to afford 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (5.9 g).
  • Boc-intermediate was dissolved in 4M HCl in dioxane (40 mL) and stirred for 2 h. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated to afford N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (5.3 g), which was used in later steps without purification.
  • reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and concentrated ammonia in water (40 mL) was added dropwise. The heterogeneous mixture was stirred for another 3 h and filtered off to obtain the carboxamide.
  • Compound 20 was synthesized starting with 4-methyl-1-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (2 ⁇ 50 mL). The organic phase was evaporated and dissolved in acetonitrile (4 mL). Et 3 N-3HF (0.7 mL) was added and mixture was stirred for 1 h at 50° C. Reaction mixture was concentrated and purified using column chromatography eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) to afford pure 5-formyl-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (369 mg).
  • Methanesulfonic anhydride (Ms 2 O) (662 mg, 3.81 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of 5-formyl-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (290 mg, 1.27 mmol) and DIPEA (1.1 mL) in THF (6.3 mL). After stirring for 10 minutes, the mixture was diluted with saturated bicarbonate solution and stirred for 20 minutes, and the product was filtered off and thoroughly dried.
  • reaction mixture was purified using preparative thin-layer chromatography (pTLC) eluting with DCM:MeOH:NH 3 *H 2 O (20:1:0.1). After washing the product from silica gel with methanol, it was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.5 mL) and tin chloride (0.03 mL, 0.26 mmol). After stirring for 15 minutes, volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was quenched with ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. Combined organic fractions were dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated.
  • pTLC preparative thin-layer chromatography
  • Compound 18 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-3-carboxylate. Compound 18 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating.
  • Compound 22 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl (R)-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate.
  • Compound 22 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating.
  • Compound 23 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate. Compound 23 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating.
  • Compound 24 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate. Compound 24 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating.
  • Compound 25 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl piperidin-4-ylcarbamate. Compound 25 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating.
  • Compound 28 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl azetidin-3-ylcarbamate. Compound 28 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating.
  • Compound 32 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl (R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylcarbamate. Compound 32 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with its upstream or downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins. Compounds of the disclosure may be used in methods for the treatment of a wide variety of cancers and other diseases associated with one or more of MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and menin.

Description

CROSS-REFERENCE
This application is a reissue of application Ser. No. 15/509,989, filed on Mar. 9, 2017, issued as U.S. Pat. No. 10,246,464 on Apr. 2, 2019, which is the U.S. National Stage filing under 35 U.S.C. § 371 of International Application No. PCT/US2015/048957, filed Sep. 8, 2015, which claims the benefit of U.S. provisional application No. 62/048,036, filed Sep. 9, 2014, U.S. provisional application No. 62/095,588, filed Dec. 22, 2014, U.S. provisional application No. 62/171,124, filed Jun. 4, 2015, and U.S. provisional application No. 62/214,681, filed Sep. 4, 2015, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
This invention was made with government support under R01 CA160467 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
SEQUENCE LISTING
The instant application contains a Sequence Listing, which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Jan. 25, 2021, is named 47535-706_998SL.txt and is 16,032 bytes in size.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Chromosomal translocations that affect the proto-oncogene Mixed Lineage Leukemia (MLL) occur in aggressive human acute leukemias, both in children and adults (Sorensen et al., J Clin Invest., 1994.93(1): p. 429-37., Cox, et al., Am J Clin Pathol., 2004. 122(2): p. 298-306., herein incorporated by reference in their entireties). They are particularly common in infants with acute myeloblastic leukemia (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) and constitute up to 80% of all infant acute leukemia cases. Fusion of MLL with one of 60 partner genes forms a chimeric oncogene which upregulates HOX genes resulting in a blockage of blood cell differentiation that ultimately leads to acute leukemia (Eguchi et al. Int J Hematol., 2003. 78(5): p. 390-401., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Patients with leukemias harboring MLL translocations have a very poor prognosis (35% five year survival) and it is clear that novel therapeutic strategies are urgently needed to treat these leukemias (Slany. Hematol Oncol., 2005. 23(1): p. 1-9., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Menin is a critical cofactor in MLL-associated leukemias. Menin is a tumor-suppressor protein encoded by the Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia (MEN) gene. Menin is a ubiquitously expressed nuclear protein that is engaged in interactions with a cohort of transcription factors, chromatin modifying proteins, and DNA processing and repair proteins (Agarwal et al. Horm Metab Res., 2005. 37(6): p. 369-74., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). The biological function of menin remains unclear and is context dependent. It functions as a tumor suppressor in endocrine organs (Marx. Nat Rev Cancer., 2005. 5(5): p. 367-75., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) but has an oncogenic role in myeloid cells (Yokoyama et al., Cell., 2005.123(2): p. 207-18., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Association of menin with oncogenic MLL fusion proteins constitutively upregulates expression of HOX genes and impairs proliferation and differentiation of hematopoietic cells leading to leukemia development. Myeloid cells transformed with oncogenic MLL-AF9 fusion protein require menin for efficient proliferation (Chen et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA., 2006.103(4): p. 1018-23., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Menin is also required to maintain oncogenic transformation induced by other MLL translocations, including MLL-ENL, MLL-GAS7 and MLL-AF6 (Yokoyama et al., Cell., 2005.123(2): p. 207-18., herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), demonstrating that menin functions as a general oncogenic cofactor in MLL-related leukemias and implies the interaction of menin with MLL fusions and MLL is a valuable target for molecular therapy. The leukemogenic activity of MLL fusion oncoproteins is dependent on association with menin. Therefore, selective targeting of this interaction could provide an attractive therapeutic approach to develop novel drugs for leukemias with translocations of MLL gene and other leukemias with upregulation of HOX genes.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present disclosure provides compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with its upstream or downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins. Compounds of the disclosure may be used in methods for the treatment of a wide variety of cancers and other diseases associated with one or more of MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and menin. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure covalently binds menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure interacts non-covalently with menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
In certain embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure are represented by a structure of Formula (1) or (2):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00001
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00002
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, and R8 are each independently selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, amine, thioalkyl, halogen, ketone, amide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof; wherein R6 can be present at one or more of the positions of the benzyl and/or pyrrole portion of the indole ring that are not otherwise occupied by a substituent;
R3 is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkyl, ketone, amide, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof;
Y is N or C(Ra), wherein Ra is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted alkyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amino, cyano, sulfonyl, aldehyde, non-aromatic heterocycle, and aromatic ring;
L is present or absent, and if present it is selected from alkylene, oxalkylene and aminoalkylene; and
R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R1 is selected from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl. In particular embodiments, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), R2 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy. In particular embodiments, R2 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In particular embodiments, R3 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen, for example, R4 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), R5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R5 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkyl. In particular embodiments, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from halogen, methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, for example, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy. In certain embodiments, s is 0. In certain embodiments, s is 1.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R8 is cyano.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), Y is N.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (1), or (2), Y is C(Ra) and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, amino, cyano, alkyl, alcohol, heteroalkyl, and substituted alkyl, such as Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In particular embodiments, Ra is selected from hydrogen, substituted alkyl, e.g., —CH2OH, and cyano.
In certain embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure are represented by a structure of Formula (3B):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00003
    • or a salt thereof, wherein:
R1, R2, R4, R5, R5a, R8, and Ra are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or R5 and R5a together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R1, R2, R4, R5, R5a, R8, and Ra is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R3 is selected from selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —S(O)2R20, and —S(O)2N(R20)2; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R3 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R6 is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, 13 S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R6 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle;
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
Y is N or C(Ra);
s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4; and
R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), the functional group of R7 covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin, such as cysteine 329 or cysteine 334. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), the compound is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R5 and R5a are not hydrogen. R5a may be selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), s is 0, 1, or 2, for example, s is 0 or 1.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, for example, R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN. In particular embodiments, R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R2 is selected from hydrogen halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R3 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, for example, R3 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, for example, R4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, for example, R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, —OR20, and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN, for example R8 is —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), Y is N. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), Y is C(Ra) and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, for example, Y is C(Ra) and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, for example, Ra is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of Formula (3B), R20, at each occurrence, is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00004
    • wherein:
G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C3-12 carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
V is absent or selected from a C3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
R32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle;
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl; and
R21 is a moiety comprising an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl; an alpha, beta-unsaturated sulfonyl; an epoxide; an aldehyde; sulfonyl fluoride; a halomethylcarbonyl, a dihalomethylcarbonyl, or a trihalomethylcarbonyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00005
wherein:
L1 is selected from a bond; and C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, and C2-6 alkynylene, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
R22 and R23 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R22 and R23 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl; or R22 and R23, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a carbocyclic ring;
R24 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, and —S(O)2N(R20)2; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R24 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl; and
R32 is as described above.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), L1 is selected from a bond, optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene, such as methylene, ethylene or propylene; wherein L1 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO2, ═O, ═S, —OR20, —SR20, and —N(R20)2.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), R23 is selected from hydrogen; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R23 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), R22 is selected from hydrogen, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R22 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R22 is selected from hydrogen, —CN; and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, and —N(R20)2.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), R24 is selected from hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, ═O, and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00006
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00007
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00008
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2) and (3B), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00009
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2) and (3B), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00010
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), G is selected from a bond; or alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, R32 at each occurrence on G is selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle; and
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), G is alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, G is selected from optionally substituted C1-10 alkylene. In particular embodiments, G is selected from methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, for example, G is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00011
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), G is heteroalkylene optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), G is C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), G is a saturated C3-10 carbocycle or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, for example, G is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00012
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), V is selected from a 3-8 membered saturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, V is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated carbocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00013
and any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, V is a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from azetidine, oxetane, piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, and homopiperazine, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00014
any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), V is selected from an unsaturated, aromatic, or heteroaromatic ring. In particular embodiments, V is selected from phenyl, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene, dihydrothiophene, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole, dihydropyrrole, thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole, isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In more particular embodiments, V is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, V is a heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, pyrrole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, such as V is selected from
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00015
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), and (3B), V is absent.
In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure are selected from Scaffold 1 or Scaffold 2:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00016
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00017
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R8, each independently comprise or consist of: H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), dihaloethane (e.g. difluroethane), haloethane (e.g. fluoroethane), halomethane (e.g., fluoromethane), dihalomethane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihalomethane (e.g., trifluoromethane), etc.), alkene (e.g., CH═CH2, CH2CH═CH2, CH═CHCH3, etc.), alkyne (e.g., C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2C≡CH, etc.), hydroxyl, alkoxy group (e.g., ether, etc.), amine, alkylamine (e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group, cycloalkoxy group, cycloalkylamine, etc.), a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, and At), a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, a cyano group, methyl carbonitrile (e.g. CH2CN), —SO2CH3 group, —SO2NH2 group, sulfonyl group, dialkylphosphine oxide (e.g., —PO(CH3)2), a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, or a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, and/or combinations thereof; and
wherein any of the H atoms, R6, and R8 on the indole of the scaffold may be replaced with one of: halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, etc.), hydroxyl, alcohol (e.g., methanol, ethanol, etc.), alkyl (C1-C5), alkoxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, etc), amine (e.g. NH2, methylamine, ethylamine, etc), cyano group (e.g., CN, methyl carbonitrile, ethyl carbonitrile, etc.), an amide (e.g. CONH2, acetamide, etc), —SO2CH3 group, and dialkylphosphine oxide (e.g., —PO(CH3)2); wherein R6 can be present on either the benzyl and/or pyrrole portion of the indole ring and wherein R6 can be present at one or more of the positions of the benzyl and/or pyrrole portion of the indole ring that are not otherwise occupied by a substituent; and wherein Y is N or C, and wherein when Y is C the Y position may be substituted with Ra, with Ra consisting of or comprising a hydrogen, an alkyl (e.g., branched (e.g., isopropyl), straight chain (e.g., propyl), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl)), heteroalkyl (e.g., methyl propyl ether), alkyl-substituted aryl (e.g., ethylbenzene), substituted alkyl (e.g., halo-substituted alkyl (e.g., trihalomethyl group (e.g., trifluoromethyl group), monohaloalkyl group (e.g. monofluoroethyl group), dihaloalkyl group (e.g. difluoroethyl group), trihaloethyl group (e.g., trifluoroethyl group), trihalopropyl (e.g., trifluoropropyl ((CH2)2CF3), trihalobutyl group (e.g., trifluorobutyl group ((CH2)3CF3)), trihaloisopropyl (e.g., trifluoroisopropyl, 1-fluoro, 2-trifluoro, ethane, 1-trifluoro, 2-ethanol), alcohol (e.g., (CH2)nOH, wherein n=0-10), alkoxy (e.g., (CH2)n—OR, wherein n=0-10, wherein R is alkyl, (CH2)n-aryl, (CH2)n-aromatic, (CH2)n-non-aromatic heterocycle, substituted or non-substituted aryl, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle with one or more N, S, O, etc.), amino (e.g., alkyl amine, amino alkyl, etc.), cyano, sulfonyl, methoxy, aldehyde, non-aromatic heterocycle, aromatic, combinations thereof, etc.;
wherein L is present or absent, and if present it comprises alkylene (e.g. methylene, —CH2—, ethylene, —CH2—CH2—, propylene, —CH2—CH2—CH2—, etc), aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH2—NH—CH2) or oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH2—O—CH2) groups; and
wherein R7 comprises:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00018
H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), halomethane (e.g., fluoromethane), dihalomethane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihalomethane (e.g., trifluoromethane), etc.), alkene (e.g., CH═CH2, CH2CH═CH2, CH═CHCH3, etc.), alkyne (e.g., C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2C≡CH, etc.), alkoxy group (e.g., ether, etc.), amine, alkylamine (e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group, cycloalkoxy group, cycloalkylamine, etc.), a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, a cyano group, methyl carbonitrile (e.g. CH2CN), —SO2CH3 group, sulfonyl group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor) connected directly or through a linker (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl) with the indole nitrogen, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members, e.g. piperazine, piperidine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, etc.) connected directly or through a linker (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl) with the indole nitrogen, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, or a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, an electrophilic group such as any electrophilic group capable of covalently and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups, and/or combinations thereof;
wherein G, when present, comprises alkylene (e.g. methylene, —CH2—, ethylene, —CH2—CH2—, propylene, —CH2—CH2—CH2—, etc), branched alkylene (e.g. —CH(CH3)—CH2—, —CH2—CH(CH3)—, etc.), aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH2—NH—CH2), oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH2—O—CH2), haloalkylene groups; heteroalkyl; hydroxyalkyl (e.g. —CH(OH)—, —CH(OH)—CH2—, —CH(OH)—CH2—, CH2—CH(OH)—, —CH2—CH(OH)—CH2, —CH(OH)—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH(OH)—, etc.), alkylhydroxyalkyl (e.g. —CH2—CH(CH2OH), etc.), alkoxyalkyl (e.g. —CH2—CH(OCH3), etc.), aminoalkyl or alkylamine (e.g. —CH(NH2)—, —CH(NH2)—CH2—, —CH2—CH(NH2)—, etc.), alkylaminoalkyl (e.g. —CH2—CH(NHCH2), etc.)-, etc.), carbocycle (cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, etc.), alkylcycloalkyl (e.g. methylcyclopropyl, methylcyclobuthyl, methylcyclopenthyl, etc.), hydoxycycloalkyl (e.g. hydroxycyclopropyl, dihydroxycyclopropyl, hydroxycyclobuthyl, dihydroxycyclobuthyl, hydroxycyclopenthyl, etc), alcoxycycloalkyl, hydroxalkylycycloalkyl (e.g. hydroxymethylcyclopropyl, hydroxymethylcyclobuthyl), disubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g. methyl-hydroxy-substituted cycloaklyl), aminocycloalkyl (e.g. aminocyclopropyl, diaminocyclopenthyl, aminocyclobuthyl, diaminocyclobuthyl, aminocyclopenthyl, etc.), alkylaminocycloalkyl (e.g. methylaminocyclopropyl, methylaminocyclobuthyl, etc.), substituted carbocycle, heterocycle (e.g., aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, etc); substituted non-aromatic heterocycle (e.g., hydroxy azetidine, etc), and/or combinations thereof;
wherein V is selected from a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring; wherein V may be optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups;
wherein R12, when present, comprises H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.)), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), dihaloethane (e.g. difluroethane), haloethane (e.g. fluoroethane), halomethane (e.g., fluoromethane), dihalomethane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihalomethane (e.g., trifluoromethane), etc.), alkene (e.g., CH═CH2, CH2CH═CH2, CH═CHCH3, etc.), alkyne (e.g., C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2C≡CH, etc.), hydroxyl (e.g. —OH), hydroxyalkyl (e.g. —CH2OH, etc), alkoxy group (e.g., ether, —CH2—O-alky, CH2—O-cycloalkyl (e.g., —CH2—O-cyclopropyl, etc.), etc.), amine, alkylamine (e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group, cycloalkoxy group, cycloalkylamine, etc.), a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, and At), a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, a cyano group, methyl carbonitrile (e.g. CH2CN), —SO2alkyl (e.g., —SO2CH3, —SO2ethyl, —SO2propyl, —SO2cyclopropyl, etc.,), —SO2NH2 (e.g., —SO2NHalkyl (e.g., —SO2NHmethyl, —SO2NHethyl, —SO2NHpropyl, —SO2NHcyclopropyl, etc.), SO2Ndialkyl (e.g., —SO2N-nm, wherein n and m are independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopropyl, etc.), sulfonyl group, dialkylphosphine oxide (e.g., —PO(CH3)2), a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, or a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, and/or combinations thereof;
wherein A and D, when present, independently comprise C (CH) or N;
wherein E, J, X, and Z, when present, independently comprise C (CH), N, S, or O;
wherein M, when present, independently comprises (—CH2—)n, with n=0-4
wherein Q, R, T when present, independently comprises C (CH) or N
wherein U when present independently comprises O, N or S
wherein W, when present, comprises alkylene (e.g. methylene, —CH2—, ethylene, —CH2—CH2—, propylene, —CH2—CH2—CH2—, etc), aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH2—NH—CH2), oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH2—O—CH2) groups;
wherein one or more of any H atoms of R7 (e.g., H atoms on the R7 ring structure), when present, may independently be replaced with a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, etc.), alcohol (e.g., OH, methanol, ethanol, etc.), alkyl (C1-C5), cycloalkyl (C1-C7), haloalkyl, alkene (C1-C5), alkyne (C1-C5), alkoxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, etc), amine (e.g. NH2, methylamine, ethylamine, etc), ester (methyl carboxylate, ethyl carboxylate etc.) cyano group (e.g., CN, methyl carbonitrile, ethyl carbonitrile, etc.), an amide (e.g. CONH2, acetamide, etc), —SO2CH3 group, —SO2alkyl, sulfonamide (e.g. SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, SO2NHCH2CH3 etc.) —COOH, etc.;
wherein R9, when present, comprises:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00019
or
H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), halomethane (e.g., fluoromethane), dihalomethane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihalomethane (e.g., trifluoromethane), etc.), alkene (e.g., CH═CH2, CH2CH═CH2, CH═CHCH3, etc.), substituted alkene (e.g. halogen-substituted alkene group, e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene) alkyne (e.g., C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2C≡CH, etc.), alkoxy group (e.g., ether, etc.), amine, alkylamine (e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group, cycloalkoxy group, cycloalkylamine, etc.), a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, and At), a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, a cyano group, methyl carbonitrile (e.g. CH2CN), —SO2CH3 group, sulfonyl group, amide group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, or a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, an electrophilic group such as any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups, and/or combinations thereof;
wherein R10, when present, is selected from: H atom, halogen (e.g., Cl, Br, F, I), alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), alkene (e.g., CH═CH2, CH2CH═CH2, CH═CHCH3, etc.), alkyne (e.g., C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2C≡CH, etc.), amine (e.g., NH2, CH2NH2, CH2NHMe, CH2NMe2, CH2NHEt, CH2NEt2, etc.), alcohol (e.g., OH, CH2OH, CH2CH2OH, etc.), thiol (e.g., SH, CH2SH, CH2CH2SH, etc.), O-alkyl (e.g., O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-propyl), N-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH-propyl), S-alkyl (e.g., S-methyl, S-ethyl, S-propyl), alkyl halides (e.g., CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CH2CH2F, CH2CHF2, CH2CF3, or the same substituents with Cl, Br, or I in place of F, etc.), substituted alkene (e.g. halogen-substituted alkene group, e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene, etc., alkyl substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc.), substituted alkyne (e.g. halogen substituted alkyne group, e.g. chloroalkyne, fluoroalkyne, etc., alkyl substituted alkyne, amino substituted alkyne, etc.), nitrile (e.g., CN, CH2CN, CH2CH2CN, etc.), aromatic ring (e.g., C3-C6), heteroaryl (e.g., C3-C6), non-aromatic heterocycle (e.g., C3-C6), carbocycle (e.g., C3-C7), CH═CHCH2N(CH3)n with n=0-3, an electrophilic group such as any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups, any suitable hydrocarbon (e.g., alkane, alkene, alkyne, and combinations thereof) capped by R11 (e.g., CH═CHCH2R11, C≡CCH2R11), and any suitable combinations thereof (e.g., CH═CHCH2NMe2, CH═CHCH2NHCH2-furan, C≡CCH2OH, CH═CHCF3, CH═CHCH2N(CH3)2, etc.);
wherein R11, when present, is selected from H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), halomethane (e.g., fluoromethane), dihalomethane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihalomethane (e.g., trifluoromethane), etc.), alkoxy group (e.g., ether, etc.), amine, alkylamine (e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group, cycloalkoxy group, cycloalkylamine, etc.), a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, and At), a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, a cyano group, methyl carbonitrile (e.g. CH2CN), —SO2CH3 group, sulfonyl group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, or a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, and/or combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, R1-R8, L, and Y on compounds of Scaffold 1 and Scaffold 2 of the disclosure include one or more functional groups or a combination of two or more functional groups. Functional groups of the disclosure include, for example, halogens, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes, aromatic rings, heteroaromatic rings, non-aromatic rings, haloalkanes, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, carboxylic acids, ethers, amides, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, azides, cyanates, cyano, nitriles, thiols, sulfides, sulfoxides, sulfones, sulfonamides, sulfinic acids, thiocyanate, and phosphates. Examples of alcohols include hydroxy, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclic alcohols (e.g., cyclohexanol), and aromatic alcohols (e.g., phenol). Examples of aldehydes include methanal, ethanal, propanal, butanal, pentanal, and hexanal. Examples of ketones include methyl methyl ketone (acetone), methyl ethyl ketone (butanone), and propyl ethyl ketone (pentanone). Examples of carboxylates include methanoate, ethanoate, propanote, butanoate, pentanoate, and hexanoate. Examples of Carboxylic acids include methanoic acid, ethanoic acid, propanoic acid, butanoic acid, pentanoic acid, and hexanoic acid. Examples of ethers include methoxymethyl, i.e., —CH2—O—CH3, and ethylmethoxy, i.e., —CH2—CH2—O—CH3. Examples of amides include —C(O)NH2, —CH2C(O)NH2, —(CH2)2CONH2, —(CH2)nC(O)NH2, —(CH2)nC(O)NHCH3, —(CH2)nNHC(O)CH3, —(CH2)nC(O)NH(CH2)mCH3, —(CH2)nNHC(O)(CH2)mCH3, where n and m are independently selected from 0-10. Examples of primary amines include —NH2, —CH2—NH2, —CH2—CH2—NH2, —CH2—CH2—CH2—NH2 and cyclopropyl-NH2. Examples of secondary amines include —NH—CH3, —NHCH2—CH3, —CH2—NH—CH3, and —(CH2)n—NH—CH3, where n is 0-10. Examples of tertiary amines include —N(CH3)2, —N(CH2—CH3)2, —N(CH3)CH2CH3, and —CH2N(CH2CH3)2. Examples of azides include —CH2N3, —(CH2)2N3, and —(CH2)nN3, where n is selected from 0-10. Examples of cyanates include —CH2OCN, —(CH2)2OCN, and —(CH2)nOCN, where n is selected from 0-10. Examplary cyano or nitrile groups include —CN, —CH2CN), —(CH2)2CN, and (CH2)nCN, wherein n is selected from 0 to 10. Examples of thiols include —CH2SH, —(CH2)2SH, and —(CH2)nSH, where n is selected from 0 to 10. Examples of sulfides include —CH2—S—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2CH3, and —(CH2)n—S—(CH2)mCH3, where n and m are independently selected from 0-10. Examples of sulfoxides include —CH2S(O)CH3, —CH2S(O)CH2CH3, —(CH2)nS(O)(CH2)mCH3, where n and m are independently selected from 0-10. Examples of sulfones include —CH2SO2CH3, —CH2SO2CH2CH3, and —(CH2)nSO2 (CH2)mCH3, where n and m are independently selected from 0-10. Examples of sulfonamides include —SO2NH2, —CH2SO2NH2, —(CH2)2SO2NH2, —(CH2)nSO2NH2, —CH2SO2NHCH3, —(CH2)nSO2NH(CH2)mCH3, where n and m are independently selected from 0-10. Examples of sulfinic acids include —SO2H, —CH2SO2H, —(CH2)2SO2H, and —(CH2)nSO2H, wherein n is selected from 0 to 10. Examples of thiocyanates include —SCN, —CH2SCN, —(CH2)2SCN, and —(CH2)nSCN, wherein n is selected from 0 to 10. Examples of phosphates include —OP(═O)(OH)2, —CH2OP(═O)(OH)2, —(CH2)2OP(═O)(OH)2, and —(CH2)nOP(═O)(OH)2, wherein n is selected from 0 to 10.
In certain embodiments, a compound or salt of Scaffold (1) or Scaffold (2) is selected from Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00020
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00021
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00022
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and Y are as defined above with respect to Scaffold 1 and Scaffold 2 and s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, Y of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is N.
In certain embodiments, Y of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is C(Ra) and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, amino, cyano, alkyl, alcohol, heteroalkyl, and substituted alkyl, such as Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl.
In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R1 is selected from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, such as R1 is —CH2CF3 or —CH2CHF2.
In some embodiments, R1 comprises or consists of monohaloethane, dihaloethane or trihaloethane (e.g., monofluoroethane, difluoroethane and trifluoroethane) group.
In certain embodiments, R2 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy, such as R2 is hydrogen.
In some embodiments, R2 is H or another R2 substituent described herein.
In certain embodiments, R3 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, such as R3 is hydrogen.
In some embodiments R3 comprises or consists of an alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, etc.), amine (e.g., NH2, NH-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH2-Ph, etc.), NH-alcohol (e.g., NH—CH2—CH2—OH), etc.), an alcohol (e.g., methanol, ethanol, butanol, propanol, CH2CHOHCH2OH, etc.), a heterocyclic ring, or an alkyl-heterocyclic ring (e.g., ethyl-morpholine, propyl-indole, etc.). In some embodiments, R3 is fused in a ring with R2.
In certain embodiments, R4 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
In some embodiments R4 comprises or consists of amine (e.g. —NH2), NH—(CH2)1-6-phenyl, NH—(CH2)1-6-(substituted aromatic ring), aminomethyl, aminoakyl N-formylpyrrolidine, aminoakyl N-sulfonylpyrrolidine, or —CH2—OH.
In certain embodiments, R5 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R5 is hydrogen.
In some embodiments, R5 is —CH2—OH.
In certain embodiments, R6 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is independently selected, at each occurrence, from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R6 is independently selected, at each occurrence, from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkyl.
In some embodiments, R6 is an alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, etc.), cycloalkane (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, etc.), halogen (e.g., Br, F, Cl, I, etc.), haloalkane (e.g., monohaloalkane, dihaloalkane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihaloalkane (e.g., trichloroethane)), alkene (e.g. CH═CH2, etc.), alkyne (e.g. C≡CH, etc), amine (e.g., NH2, NH-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH2-Ph, etc.) alkyl-amine (e.g., (CH2)1-6—NH2)), O-alkyl (e.g., OCH3, OCH2CH3, etc.), NH-alcohol (e.g., NH—CH2—CH2—OH), etc.), hydroxy (e.g. —OH), an alcohol (e.g., methanol, ethanol, butanol, propanol, CH2CHOHCH2OH, etc.), or dialkylphosphine oxide (e.g., —PO(CH3)2). In some embodiments, R6 is present on either the benzyl and/or pyrrole portions of the indole ring. In some embodiments R6 on indole ring is present at more than one position on the benzyl and/or pyrrole portions of the indole ring. In some embodiments, R7 comprises a non-aromatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring (e.g., 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-member ring). In some embodiments R7 comprises a linker between the heterocyclic ring of R7 and the scaffold (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, etc.). In some embodiments, the linker of R7 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more hydrogen and/or carbons replaced by O, S, or N) attached to the rest of the compound through an alkyl (e.g. ethyl, propyl, etc) linker.
In some embodiments R7 comprises an electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups.
In some embodiments, R7 comprises a 4-member, 5-member or 6-member heterocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R7 comprises a 1,4-substituted, heterocyclic, 6-member ring (e.g., attached to the rest of the compound at the 1 position and substituted at the 4 position). In some embodiments, the 1,4-substituted, heterocyclic ring comprises N or C at the 1 position. In some embodiments, the 1,4-substituted, heterocyclic ring comprises N or C at the 4 position. In some embodiments, R7 comprises a pyridine ring (e.g., with the N of the pyridine ring at the 1 or 4 position), or pyrazine (e.g., with the N at the 1 and 4 positions). In some embodiments, R7 comprises a piperidine ring (e.g., with the N of the pyridine ring at the 1 or 4 position), or piperazine (e.g., with the N at the 1 and 4 positions). In some embodiments, the heterocyclic ring is bridged (e.g., linker moiety (e.g., alkylene (e.g., methylene ethylene, etc.), heteroalkyl (e.g., O-methyl, NH-methyl, S-methyl, etc.), 0, NH, S, etc.) bridging between positions 2 and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 5, or 3 and 6 of a six-membered heterocyclic ring). In some embodiments, R7 comprises a linker between the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 and the scaffold (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, etc.). In some embodiments, the linker of R7 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more hydrogen and/or carbons replaced by O, S, or N). In some embodiments, R7 comprises a substituent on the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7.
In some embodiments, R7 comprises a 5-member heterocyclic ring (See, e.g., Compounds 26, 29, 30, etc.) with O and/or S at any of the 2, 3, 4, and/or 5 positions and C and N present at the 1, 2, 3, 4, and/or 5 positions. In some embodiments, R7 comprises a 3- or 4-substituted heterocyclic 5-member ring (e.g., attached to the rest of the compound at the 1 position and substituted at the 3 or 4 positions). In some embodiments, R7 comprises a 2,4-substituted heterocyclic 5-member ring (e.g., attached to the rest of the compound at the 1 position and substituted at the 2 and 4 positions; See, e.g., Compound 30). In some embodiments, heterocyclic ring comprises N or C at the 1 position. In some embodiments, R7 comprises a linker between the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 and the scaffold (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, etc.). In some embodiments, the linker of R7 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more carbons replaced by O, S, or N). In some embodiments, R7 comprises a substituent on the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7. In some embodiments substituents at the R7 5-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle include: NHC(O)CH═CH2, C(O)CH═CH2, etc., an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more carbons replaced by O, S, or N), haloalkane, alkene (e.g., CH═CH2, CH2CH═CH2, CH═CHCH3, etc.), substituted alkene (e.g. halogen-substituted alkene group, e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene, etc., alkyl substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc.), alkyne (e.g., C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2C≡CH, etc.), substituted alkyne (e.g. halogen substituted alkyne group, e.g. chloroalkyne, fluoroalkyne, etc., alkyl substituted alkyne, amino substituted alkyne, etc.)
In some embodiments, R7 comprises a 4-member heterocyclic ring (See, e.g., Compound 28) with O and/or S at any of the 2, 3, and/or 4 positions and C or N at the 1, 2, 3, and/or 4 positions. In some embodiments, heterocyclic ring comprises N or C at the 1 or 3 positions. In some embodiments, R7 comprises a linker between the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 and the scaffold (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, etc.). In some embodiments, the linker of R7 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more carbons replaced by O, S, or N). In some embodiments, R7 comprises a substituent on the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 (See, e.g., Compound 28). In some embodiments substituents at the R7 4-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle include: NHC(O)CH═CH2, C(O)CH═CH2, an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.) or heteroalkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc. with one or more carbons replaced by O, S, or N, etc.), halogen substituted alkane (choloroalkane, fluoroalkane), alkene (e.g., CH═CH2, CH2CH═CH2, CH═CHCH3, etc.), substituted alkene (e.g. halogen-substituted alkene group, e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene, etc., alkyl substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc.), alkyne (e.g., C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2C≡CH, etc.), substituted alkyne (e.g. halogen substituted alkyne group, e.g. chloroalkyne, fluoroalkyne, etc., alkyl substituted alkyne, amino substituted alkyne, etc.).
In some embodiments, R7 comprises a substituent (e.g., R9) at the 4-position of the 6-member heterocyclic ring. In some embodiments R9 comprises an electrophilic group capable of irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups. Suitable substituents (e.g., at the 4-position of the 6-member heterocyclic ring (e.g., R9)) comprise COR10, SO2R10, NHCOR10, NHSO2R10 wherein R10 is selected from the functional groups: alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), alkene (e.g., ethylene, methylethylene, ethylenemethyl, etc.), substituted alkene (e.g. halogen substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc), alkyne (e.g., acetylene, methylacetylene, acetylenemethyl, etc.), substituted alkyne (e.g. halogen substituted alkyne, amino substituted alkyne, etc), O-alkyl (e.g., O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-propyl), N-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH-propyl), S-alkyl (e.g., S-methyl, S-ethyl, S-propyl), alcohol (e.g., OH, CH2OH, CH2CH2OH, etc.), thiol (e.g., SH, CH2SH, CH2CH2SH, etc.), amine (e.g., NH2, CH2NH2, CH2CH2NH2, etc.), halogen (e.g., Br, Cl, F, I), alkyl halides (e.g., CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CH2CH2F, CH2CHF2, CH2CF3, or the same substituents with Cl, Br, or I in place of F, etc.), nitrile (e.g., CN, CH2CN, CH2CH2CN, etc.), aromatic ring (e.g., C3-C6), heteroaryl (e.g., C3-C6), non-aromatic heterocycle (e.g., C3-C6), carbocycle (e.g., C3-C6), an electrophilic group such as any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups, any suitable hydrocarbon (e.g., alkane, alkene, alkyne, and combinations thereof) capped by R11 (e.g., CHCHCH2R11), and any suitable combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, when present, R11 is selected from H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), halomethane (e.g., fluoromethane), dihalomethane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihalomethane (e.g., trifluoromethane), etc.), alkoxy group (e.g., ether, etc.), amine, alkylamine (e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group, cycloalkoxy group, cycloalkylamine, etc.), a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, and At), a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, a cyano group, methyl carbonitrile (e.g. CH2CN), —SO2CH3 group, sulfonyl group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, or a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, an electrophilic group such as any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups, and/or combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, the aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle of R7 (e.g., 4-member ring, 5-member ring, 6-member ring, etc.) is further substituted (e.g., at the 2, 3, 5, and/or 6 positions). Additional substituents substituted (e.g., at the 2, 3, 5, and/or 6 positions) may comprise: alkyl groups (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), CN, halogens (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I), alcohols (e.g., OH, CH2OH, CH2CH2OH, etc.), carboxylic acids (e.g., COOH, CH2COOH, etc.), amides (CONH2, CH2CONH2, NHCO-alkyl, NHCO-alkene (e.g., NHCOCH═CH2), NHCOCH═CHCH2N(CH3)2(See, e.g., Compound 27), etc.), amines (e.g., NH2, CH2NH2, CH2CH2NH2, etc.), alkyl halides (e.g., CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CH2CH2F, CH2CHF2, CH2CF3, or the same substituents with Cl, Br, or I in place of F, etc.), and suitable combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, R8 of a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J) is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as R8 is cyano.
In some embodiments, R8 comprises or consists of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane (e.g., methyl cyclopropane), cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, etc.), a primary alcohol (e.g., OH, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.), a secondary alcohol, a substituted or non-substituted heteroaromatic ring (e.g., pyrazole, triazole (e.g., 1,2,4 triazole, 1,2,3 triazole (e.g., alkyl-substituted triazole)), isoxazole), isopropylisopropanolamine (CH2CHOHCH2NHCH(CH3)2), sulfonamide, a cyano group (e.g., CN, methyl carbonitrile, ethyl carbonitrile, propyl carbonitrile, etc.), amide (e.g., CONH2, methylcarboxamido (e.g., CH2CONH2, CH2CONH—C1-6), ethyl carboxamido (CH2CH2CONH2), carboxyamido-methane (e.g., CONHCH3 or NHCOCH3), etc.), CH2CHOHCH2OH, methylsulfonyl, dialkylphosphine oxide (e.g., —PO(CH3)2), or ketone (e.g., ═O).
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2, and Formulas (1), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), a substituted alkyl, substituted aromatic ring, substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring or substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring of any of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and Y has one or more substituents independently selected from: halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle; and
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In some embodiments, V is selected from a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring. V may be optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups, such as with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R12 groups. In some embodiments, V is a 3-7 membered saturated ring, such as a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl or 3-7 membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle. In some embodiments, V is a 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, such as a 6 membered aryl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, or 3-7 membered cycloalkenyl.
In certain embodiments, V is a 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, such as a 8-10 membered fused bicyclic ring. In certain embodiments, the fused bicyclic ring includes one or more heteroatoms such as one or more atoms selected from N, O, and S. In certain embodiments, the fused bicyclic ring includes two heteroatoms such as two nitrogen atoms. Each of the rings of the fused bicyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated. In particular embodiments, both rings of the fused bicyclic ring are saturated. Non-limiting examples of V comprising a fused bicyclic ring include
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00023
In some embodiments, V is a 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring, such as a 7-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring. In certain embodiments, the fused bicyclic ring includes one or more heteroatoms such as one or more atoms selected from N, O, and S. In particular embodiments, the fused bicyclic ring includes two heteroatoms such as two nitrogen atoms. Non-limiting examples of V comprising a spiro bicyclic ring include
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00024
In some embodiments, R12 comprises or consists of: H, alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), cycloalkyl, halogen, halogen substituted alkyl, primary alcohol (e.g. —OH, methanol, ethanol, etc.), a secondary alcohol, amide (e.g., CONH2), methylcarboxamido (e.g., CH2CONH2, CH2CONH—C1-6), sulfonamide, alkyl substituted sulfonamide (e.g. —SO2NHCH3), —SO2CH3 group, —SO3alkyl (ethyl, propyl, cyclopropyl), dialkylphosphine oxide (e.g., —PO(CH3)2), amino, amide, cyano group, ketone, hydrogen bond acceptor, etc. In some embodiments, multiple R12 are present at multiple positions of the ring.
In some embodiments, the substituted indole ring is: cyano substituted (e.g., 1-carbonitrile, 2-carbonitrile, etc.), methyl-carbonitrile substituted (e.g., 4-methyl-carbonitrile, etc.), methylcyclopropane substituted (e.g., 1-methylcyclopropane), halo-substituted (e.g., 3-halo (e.g., 3-fluoro, 4-fluoro, 6-fluoro, etc.)), alkyl substituted (e.g., 1-alkyl (e.g., 1-methyl, 1-ethyl, 1-propyl, etc.)), alcohol-substituted (e.g., OH substituted (e.g., 6-OH), methanol substituted (e.g., 1-methanol), ethanol substituted (e.g., 1-ethanol), etc.), O-methyl substituted (e.g., 4-O-methyl, 6-O-methyl, etc.), alkoxy substituted (e.g. 6-O-methoxy, 6-O-ethoxy, etc), heterocyclic aromatic ring (or ring system) substituted (e.g., imidazole), amine substituted (e.g., NH2, methylamine, ethylamine (e.g., 1-ethylamine, etc.), aminomethyl, etc.), dihydroxy substituted (e.g., 1,2-propanediol, etc.), amide substituted (e.g., 1-propanamide), acetamide substituted, 1-methyl 1,2,3-triazole substituted, 1-ethyl imidazole substituted, non-aromatic heterocycle substituted, carboxamido substituted (e.g., 1-carboxamido), sulfonyl substituted (e.g., 1-sulfonyl methyl (SO2CH3)), ether substituted (e.g., isopropanol methyl ether (CH2CHOHCH2CH3)), keto-substituted (e.g., 1-keto), isopropanol-amine-isopropyl substituted (CH2CHOHCH2NHCH(CH3)2), 1-piperazine substituted, 1-piperidine substituted, or combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, compositions comprising one or more of compounds 1-264 of Table 1, or salt thereof are provided.
In some embodiments, a compound is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL. In some embodiments, covalent binders of menin display a functional group (e.g., at the R7 position, at the R9 position, at the R10 position, at the position R12, etc.) that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin. In some embodiments, a functional group (e.g., at the R7 position, at the R9 position, at the R10 position, at the R12 position, etc.) covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin. In some embodiments, covalent binding of the compound to menin properly positions and/or orients the compound (e.g., Scaffold 1, Scaffold 2) to inhibit the menin/MLL interaction. In some embodiments, covalent binders of menin display a functional group (e.g., at the R9 position, at the R10 position, at the R12 position, etc.) comprising:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00025
wherein R10 is selected from the functional groups: alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), alkene (e.g., ethylene, methylethylene, ethylenemethyl, etc.), alkyne (e.g., acetylene, methylacetylene, acetylenemethyl, etc.), O-alkyl (e.g., O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-propyl), N-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH-propyl), S-alkyl (e.g., S-methyl, S-ethyl, S-propyl), alcohol (e.g., OH, CH2OH, CH2CH2OH, etc.), thiol (e.g., SH, CH2SH, CH2CH2SH, etc.), amine (e.g., NH2, CH2NH2, CH2CH2NH2, etc.), halogen (e.g., Br, Cl, F, I), alkyl halides (e.g., CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CH2CH2F, CH2CHF2, CH2CF3, or the same substituents with Cl, Br, or I in place of F, etc.), substituted alkene (e.g. halogen-substituted alkene group, e.g. chloroalkene, fluoroalkene, etc., alkyl substituted alkene, amino substituted alkene, etc.), substituted alkyne (e.g. halogen substituted alkyne group, e.g. chloroalkyne, fluoroalkyne, etc., alkyl substituted alkyne, amino substituted alkyne, etc.), nitrile (e.g., CN, CH2CN, CH2CH2CN, etc.), aromatic ring (e.g., C3-C6), heteroaryl (e.g., C3-C6), non aromatic heterocycle (e.g., C3-C6), carbocycle (e.g., C3-C7), CHCHCH2N(CH3)2, CHCHCH2NH(CH3), CHCHCH2NH2, any suitable hydrocarbon (e.g., alkane, alkene, alkyne, and combinations thereof) capped by R11, R11a, R11b, and/or R11c (e.g., CH═CHCH2R11, C≡CCH2R11), and any suitable combinations thereof; wherein each of R11, R11a, R11b, and R11c, when present, is independently selected from H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), halomethane (e.g., fluoromethane), dihalomethane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihalomethane (e.g., trifluoromethane), etc.), hydroxyl, alkoxy group (e.g., ether, etc.), amine, alkylamine (e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group, cycloalkoxy group, cycloalkylamine, etc.), a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, and At), a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, a cyano group, methyl carbonitrile (e.g. CH2CN), —SO2CH3 group, sulfonyl group, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, and/or combinations thereof, wherein R11a and R11b may optionally join together to form an optionally substituted carbocycle. For example, suitable R9/R10 or R12 groups include, but are not limited by:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00026
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00027
In some embodiments, R11 is H or C1-C6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R11a is H, cyano or C1-C6 alkyl or R11a joins with R11b to form a carbocycle. In certain embodiments, R11b is H or C1-C6 alkyl or R11b joins with R11a to form a carbocycle. R11c may be H or C1-C6 alkyl.
In certain embodiments, compounds of the disclosure include one or more electrophilic groups such as one, two or three electrophilic groups. In particular embodiments, compounds of the disclosure include a single electrophilic group. In certain embodiments, the single electrophilic group is R9 or R12. In other embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure include two or more electrophilic groups, such as R9 and R12 are electrophilic groups.
In some embodiments, a compound is capable of inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL without covalent binding to menin or MLL. For example, in some embodiments, a compound of:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00028
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8 and R12 are defined as above, comprises an R7 selected from H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), haloalkane, cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane (e.g., methyl cyclopropane), cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, etc.), an alcohol (e.g., OH, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.), a substituted or non-substituted heteroaromatic ring (e.g., pyrazole, triazole (e.g., 1,2,4 triazole), isoxazole (e.g., dimethyl isoxazole), (CH2)n-OR (wherein n=1-10 and R is an aromatic ring, heteroaromatic ring, cycloalkyl, non-aromatic heterocycle, substituted ring, etc.), (CH2)n-R (wherein n=1-10 and R is an aromatic ring, heteroaromatic ring, cycloalkyl, non-aromatic heterocycle, substituted ring, etc.), (CH2)n-O—(CH2)m-R (wherein n=1-10, m=1-10, and R is an aromatic ring, heteroaromatic ring (e.g., 4-member ring, 5-member ring, 6-member ring), cycloalkyl, non-aromatic heterocycle, substituted ring, etc.), alkyl-heteroaromatic ring (e.g. CH2-pyrazole, CH2-triazole, CH2—CH2-triazole, etc), amide (e.g. acetamide, see, e.g., compound 189), amine (e.g., NH2, NH-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH2-Ph, etc., NH-alcohol (e.g., NH—CH2—CH2—OH), etc.), substituted or non-substituted alcohol (e.g., methanol, ethanol, butanol, propanol, CH2CHOH CH2OH, etc.).
In other embodiments, a noncovalent inhibitor comprises a compound of Scaffold 1 or Scaffold 2:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00029
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00030
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R8 are defined as above; wherein R7 comprises:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00031
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00032
wherein G, when present, comprises alkylene (e.g. methylene, —CH2—, ethylene, —CH2—CH2—, propylene, —CH2—CH2—CH2—, etc), branched alkylene (e.g. —CH(CH3)—CH2—, —CH2—CH(CH3)—, etc.), aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH2—NH—CH2), oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH2—O—CH2), haloalkylene groups; or heteroalkyl; hydroxyalkyl (e.g. —CH(OH)—, —CH(OH)—CH2—, —CH(OH)—CH2—, CH2—CH(OH)—, —CH2—CH(OH)—CH2, —CH(OH)—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH(OH)—, etc.), alkylhydroxyalkyl (e.g. —CH2—CH(CH2OH), etc.), alkoxyalkyl (e.g. —CH2—CH(OCH3), etc.), aminoalkyl OR alkylamine (e.g. —CH(NH2)—, —CH(NH2)—CH2—, —CH2—CH(NH2)—, etc.), alkylaminoalkyl (e.g. —CH2—CH(NHCH2), etc.)-, alkylaminoalkyl (e.g. —CH2—CH(NHCH3)—, etc.), carbocycle (cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, etc.), alkylcycloalkyl (e.g. methylcyclopropyl, methylcyclobuthyl, methylcyclopenthyl, etc.), hydoxycycloalkyl (e.g. hydroxycyclopropyl, dihydroxycyclopropyl, hydroxycyclobuthyl, dihydroxycyclobuthyl, hydroxycyclopenthyl, etc), alcoxycycloalkyl, hydroxalkylycycloalkyl (e.g. hydroxymethylcyclopropyl, hydroxymethylcyclobuthyl), disubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g. methyl-hydroxy-substituted cycloaklyl), aminocycloalkyl (e.g. aminocyclopropyl, diaminocyclopenthyl, aminocyclobuthyl, diaminocyclobuthyl, aminocyclopenthyl, etc.), alkylaminocycloalkyl (e.g. methylaminocyclopropyl, methylaminocyclobuthyl, etc.), substituted carbocycle, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle (aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, etc) or combinations thereof;
wherein A and D independently comprise C or N;
wherein E, J, X and Z independently comprise C, N, S, or O;
wherein M, when present, independently comprises (—CH2—)n, with n=0-4
wherein Q, R, T when present, independently comprises C or N
wherein U when present independently comprises O, N or S
wherein W, when present comprises CH2, CH2CH2, or CH2CH2CH2, aminoalkylene (e.g. —NH—, —CH2—NH—CH2), oxalkylene (e.g. —O—, —CH2—O—CH2) groups;
wherein one or more of any H atoms on of R7 (e.g., H atoms on the R7 ring structure), may be independently replaced with a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, etc.), alcohol (e.g., OH, methanol, ethanol, etc.), alkyl (C1-C5), alkoxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, etc), amine (e.g. NH2, methylamine, ethylamine, etc), ester (methyl carboxylate, ethyl carboxylate etc.) cyano group (e.g., CN, methyl carbonitrile, ethyl carbonitrile, etc.), an amide (e.g. CONH2, acetamide, etc), —SO2CH3 group, sulfonamide (e.g. SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, SO2NHCH2CH3 etc.) —COOH, etc.;
wherein V, when present, comprises a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, or 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring; wherein V may be optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups;
wherein R12, when present, comprises H, alkyl group (e.g., straight-chain alkyl (e.g., methane, ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.)), branched alkyl group (e.g., iso-propyl, 2-methyl-hexane, 3-methyl, 2-propyl-octane, etc.), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, etc.), branched cyclic alkyl (e.g., methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclobutane, propylcyclohexane, etc.)), a substituted alkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted alkyl group (e.g., trihaloethane (e.g., trifluoroethane), dihaloethane (e.g. difluroethane), haloethane (e.g. fluoroethane), halomethane (e.g., fluoromethane), dihalomethane (e.g., difluoromethane), trihalomethane (e.g., trifluoromethane), etc.), alkene (e.g., CH═CH2, CH2CH═CH2, CH═CHCH3, etc.), alkyne (e.g., C≡CH, C≡CCH3, CH2C≡CH, etc.), hydroxyl (e.g. —OH), hydroxyalkyl (e.g. —CH2OH, etc), alkoxy group (e.g., ether, —CH2—O-alky, CH2—O-cycloalkyl (e.g., —CH2—O-cyclopropyl, etc.), etc.), amine, alkylamine (e.g., primary amine (e.g., ethylamine, iso-butylamine, n-propylamine, sec-butylamine, iso-propylamine, iso-amylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, n-amylamine, etc.), secondary amines (e.g., dimethylamine, methylethanolamine, diphenylamine, etc.), tertiary amine (e.g., trimethylamine, triphenylamine, etc.), thioalkyl, combinations thereof, etc.), a substituted cycloalkyl group (e.g., halogen-substituted cycloalkyl group, cycloalkoxy group, cycloalkylamine, etc.), a halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I, and At), a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, a cyano group, methyl carbonitrile (e.g. CH2CN), —SO2alkyl (e.g., —SO2CH3, —SO2ethyl, —SO2propyl, —SO2cyclopropyl, etc.,), —SO2NH2 (e.g., —SO2NHalkyl (e.g., —SO2NHmethyl, —SO2NHethyl, —SO2NHpropyl, —SO2NHcyclopropyl, etc.), SO2Ndialkyl (e.g., —SO2N-nm, wherein n and m are independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopropyl, etc.), sulfonyl group, dialkylphosphine oxide (e.g., —PO(CH3)2), a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring (e.g., branched aromatic ring (e.g., ethylbenzene, methyl benzene, etc.), halobenzene (e.g., chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, etc.)), a heterocyclic aromatic ring (e.g., comprising one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members which may be non-substituted or substituted with alkyl, aryl, halogen, hydrogen bond donor or acceptor), a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring (e.g., comprising carbon and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members), carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring comprising carbon atoms and one or more nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur members fused to another aromatic ring, a multi-ring system comprising a combination of elements selected from aromatic rings, cycloalkane, heterocyclic rings, alkyl chains, and suitable C-, N-, O-, S-, and/or halogen-containing substituents, or a hydrogen bond donor or a hydrogen bond acceptor, and/or combinations thereof; and
wherein R9 is selected from the functional groups: alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, etc.), alkene (e.g., ethylene, methylethylene, ethylenemethyl, etc.), alkyne (e.g., acetylene, methylacetylene, acetylenemethyl, etc.), O-alkyl (e.g., O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-propyl), N-alkyl (e.g., NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH-propyl), S-alkyl (e.g., S-methyl, S-ethyl, S-propyl), alcohol (e.g., OH, CH2OH, CH2CH2OH, etc.), thiol (e.g., SH, CH2SH, CH2CH2SH, etc.), amine (e.g., NH2, CH2NH2, CH2CH2NH2, etc.), halogen (e.g., Br, Cl, F, I), alkyl halides (e.g., CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CH2CH2F, CH2CHF2, CH2CF3, or the same substituents with Cl, Br, or I in place of F, etc.), nitrile (e.g., CN, CH2CN, CH2CH2CN, etc.), aromatic ring (e.g., C3-C6), heteroaryl (e.g., C3-C6), non-aromatic heterocycle (e.g., C3-C6), carbocycle (e.g., C3-C7), and combinations thereof (e.g., R9═CHCHCH2NCH3, CCCF3, CH2OCH2NH2, CH2CHCHBr, or any other suitable combination of the aforementioned functional groups).
The disclosure further provides pharmaceutical compositions of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1) (2), (3), and Scaffold 1 and 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
The disclosure provides methods for the treatment of a disease, comprising administering a pharmaceutical composition of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1) (2), (3), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), and Scaffold 1 and 2 to a subject suffering from said disease. The disease may be leukemia, hematologic malignancies, solid tumor cancer, glioma, or diabetes. In particular embodiments, the leukemia is AML, ALL, Mixed Lineage Leukemia or leukemias with Partial Tandem Duplications of MLL.
The disclosure provides methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with MLL in a sample, comprising administering the compound or salt of any one of Formulas Formulas (1) (2), (3), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), and Scaffold 1 and 2 to said sample comprising MLL and menin. MLL may be selected from one or more of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication. In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides a method of treating a disease mediated by chromosomal rearrangement on chromosome 11q23, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas Formulas (1) (2), (3), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), and Scaffold 1 and 2. In certain embodiments, the disease is mediated by menin. In certain embodiments the compound or salt of any one of Formulas Formulas (1) (2), (3), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), and Scaffold 1 and 2 covalently binds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin and MLL.
In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of screening compounds effective in the treatment of diseases or conditions dependent on the interaction of menin with MLL1, MLL2, and/or MLL fusion proteins (e.g., leukemia (AML, ALL, etc.), solid cancers (e.g., glioma), etc.) comprising assaying one or more compounds for inhibition of the interaction between MLL (or MLL fusion protein) and menin. In some embodiments, the screening is performed in vitro. In some embodiments, the screening is performed in vivo. In some embodiments, the assaying comprises a fluorescence polarization assay. In some embodiments, the assaying comprises a time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer assay. In some embodiments, the assaying comprises a nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) methods. In some embodiments, the assaying comprises cellular assays and/or animal (e.g., mice) studies.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 depicts the crystal structure of menin in complex with Compound 3, demonstrating covalent binding of the compound to a Cys residue on menin (covalent bond indicated by arrow).
FIG. 2 depicts (a) a comparison of GI50 (growth inhibition) values in MLL leukemia cells and control cell lines (non-MLL leukemia cells) measured for Compound 3 in the MTT cell viability assay; and (b) data from a MTT cell viability assay upon treatment of MLL-AF9 transformed murine bone marrow cells (BMC) and K562 control cell line (panel c) with Compound 3.
FIG. 3 depicts in vivo xenograft studies with MV4; 11 cells (harboring MLL-AF4 fusion protein) injected subcutaneously into CB17 SCID mice. Treatment with Compound 3 (once daily, i.p., 25 mg/kg) was initiated when tumors reached ˜100 mm3 volume and resulted in strong reduction of tumor volume (mean values and s.d. are shown).
FIG. 4 depicts (a) the survival of MLL-AF9 mice administered compound 3 (10 mg/kg) in bone marrow transplantation model; and (b) the survival of MLL-AF9 mice administered compound 8 (15 mg/kg) in bone marrow transplantation model. Treatment (b.i.d., i.p.) was initiated 5 days after transplantation of mice with MLL-AF9 transformed cells and continued for 10 days.
FIG. 5 depicts cellular activity of menin-MLL inhibitors in MLL leukemia cell lines (MLL-AF9 BMC, MV4;11, KOPN-8 and MOLM13) and in control cell line (HM-2 and REH) demonstrating selectivity towards MLL fusion transformed cells. Growth inhibition (GI50) is provided after 7 days of treatment with menin-MLL inhibitors measured in MTT cell viability assay. (ND is not determined).
FIG. 6 depicts (a) growth inhibition, GI50, induced by treatment (7 days) with the menin-MLL inhibitor (compound 101) in NP glioma cells; and (b) growth inhibition, GI50, induced by treatment (7 days) with the menin-MLL inhibitor (compound 101) in NP_H3.3K27M (harboring the K27M mutation) glioma cells. Growth inhibition was measured in the MTT cell viability assay.
FIG. 7 depicts: A. the pharmacokinetic profile for compound 101 in C57BL/6 mice after i.v. (15 mg/kg) or oral (30 mg/kg) administration of the compound, and B. In vivo xenograft studies with MV4;11 cells (harboring MLL-AF4 fusion protein) injected subcutaneously into CB17 SCID mice. Treatment with Compound 101 (i.p., 40 mg/kg q.d. and 30 mg/kg b.i.d.) was initiated when tumors reached ˜100 mm3 volume (mean values and s.e.m are shown).
FIG. 8 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1).
FIG. 9 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2).
FIG. 10 is an amino acid sequence of human menin, isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3).
 DEFINITIONS
All chemical names of substituents should be interpreted in light of IUPAC and/or a modified format in which functional groups within a substituent are read in the order in which they branch from the scaffold or main structure. For example, in the modified nomenclature, methyl-sulfonyl-propanol refers to CH2SO2CH2CH2CH2OH or:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00033
As another example, according to the modified nomenclature, a methyl-amine substituent is:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00034
while an amino-methyl substituent is:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00035
All chemical names of substituents should be interpreted in light of IUPAC and/or the modified nomenclature and with reference to the chemical structures depicted and/or described herein.
The term “system” refers a group of objects, compounds, methods, and/or devices that form a network for performing a desired objective.
As used herein a “sample” refers to anything capable of being subjected to the compositions and methods provided herein. The sample may be in vitro or in vivo. In some embodiments, samples are “mixture” samples, which samples from more than one subject or individual. In some embodiments, the methods provided herein comprise purifying or isolating the sample. In some embodiments, the sample is purified or unpurified protein. In some embodiments, a sample may be from a clinical or research setting. In some embodiments, a sample may comprise cells, fluids (e.g. blood, urine, cytoplasm, etc.), tissues, organs, lysed cells, whole organisms, etc. In some embodiments, a sample may be derived from a subject. In some embodiments, a sample may comprise one or more partial or whole subjects.
As used herein, the term “subject” refers to any animal including, but not limited to, humans, non-human primates, bovines, equines, felines, canines, pigs, rodents (e.g., mice), and the like. The terms “subject” and “patient” may be used interchangeably, wherein the term “patient” generally refers to a human subject seeking or receiving treatment or preventative measures from a clinician or health care provider.
As used herein, the terms “subject at risk for cancer” or “subject at risk for leukemia” refer to a subject with one or more risk factors for developing cancer and/or leukemia. Risk factors include, but are not limited to, gender, age, genetic predisposition, environmental exposure, and previous incidents of cancer, preexisting non-cancer diseases, and lifestyle.
As used herein, the terms “characterizing cancer in a subject” and “characterizing leukemia in a subject” refer to the identification of one or more properties of a cancer and/or leukemia sample in a subject, including but not limited to, the presence of benign, pre-cancerous or cancerous tissue or cells and the stage of the cancer (e.g., leukemia). Cancers (e.g., leukemia) may be characterized by identifying cancer cells with the compositions and methods of the present invention.
The terms “test agent” and “candidate agent” refer to any chemical entity, pharmaceutical, drug, peptide, antibody, etc. that is a candidate for use to treat or prevent a disease, illness, sickness, or disorder of bodily function (e.g., cancer). Test agents (e.g., test compounds) comprise both known and potential therapeutic compounds. A test agent (e.g., test compound) can be determined to be therapeutic by screening using the screening methods of the present invention.
As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of a compound (e.g., a compound having a structure presented above or elsewhere described herein) sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, applications or dosages and is not limited to or intended to be limited to a particular formulation or administration route.
As used herein, the term “co-administration” refers to the administration of at least two agent(s) (e.g., a compound having a structure presented above or elsewhere described herein) or therapies to a subject. In some embodiments, the co-administration of two or more agents/therapies is concurrent. In other embodiments, a first agent/therapy is administered prior to a second agent/therapy. Those of skill in the art understand that the formulations and/or routes of administration of the various agents/therapies used may vary. The appropriate dosage for co-administration can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. In some embodiments, when agents/therapies are co-administered, the respective agents/therapies are administered at lower dosages than appropriate for their administration alone. Thus, co-administration is especially desirable in embodiments where the co-administration of the agents/therapies lowers the requisite dosage of a known potentially harmful (e.g., toxic) agent(s).
As used herein, the term “covalently reacts” refers to the interaction between two chemical moities, e.g., a nucleophile and an electrophile, that results in a covalent bond between said moieties.
As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to the combination of an active agent with a carrier, inert or active, making the composition especially suitable for diagnostic or therapeutic use in vivo, in vivo or ex vivo.
As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to any of the standard pharmaceutical carriers, such as a phosphate buffered saline solution, water, emulsions (e.g., such as an oil/water or water/oil emulsions), and various types of wetting agents. The compositions also can include stabilizers and preservatives. For examples of carriers, stabilizers and adjuvants. (See e.g., Martin, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Ed., Mack Publ. Co., Easton, Pa. [1975]).
As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to any pharmaceutically acceptable salt (e.g., acid or base) of a compound of the present invention which, upon administration to a subject, is capable of providing a compound of this invention or an active metabolite or residue thereof. As is known to those of skill in the art, “salts” of the compounds of the present invention may be derived from inorganic or organic acids and bases. Examples of acids include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, nitric, perchloric, fumaric, maleic, phosphoric, glycolic, lactic, salicylic, succinic, toluene-p-sulfonic, tartaric, acetic, citric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, formic, benzoic, malonic, naphthalene-2-sulfonic, benzenesulfonic acid, and the like. Other acids, such as oxalic, while not in themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be employed in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts.
Examples of bases include, but are not limited to, alkali metals (e.g., sodium) hydroxides, alkaline earth metals (e.g., magnesium), hydroxides, ammonia, and compounds of formula NW4 +, wherein W is C1-4 alkyl, and the like.
Examples of salts include, but are not limited to: acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, flucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate, undecanoate, and the like. Other examples of salts include anions of the compounds of the present invention compounded with a suitable cation such as Na+, NH4 +, and NW4 + (wherein W is a C1-4 alkyl group), and the like.
For therapeutic use, salts of the compounds of the present invention are contemplated as being pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts of acids and bases that are non-pharmaceutically acceptable may also find use, for example, in the preparation or purification of a pharmaceutically acceptable compound.
As used herein, the term “instructions for administering said compound to a subject,” and grammatical equivalents thereof, includes instructions for using the compositions contained in a kit for the treatment of conditions (e.g., providing dosing, route of administration, decision trees for treating physicians for correlating patient-specific characteristics with therapeutic courses of action).
As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a moiety consisting of carbon and hydrogen containing no double or triple bonds. An alkyl may be linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof, and may contain from one to fifty carbon atoms, such as straight chain or branched C1-C20 alkane. Examples of alkyl groups include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl isomers (e.g. n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, etc.) cyclobutyl isomers (e.g. cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl, etc.), pentyl isomers, cyclopentane isomers, hexyl isomers, cyclohexane isomers, and the like. Unless specified otherwise (e.g., substituted alkyl group, heteroalkyl, alkoxy group, haloalkyl, alkylamine, thioalkyl, etc.), an alkyl group contains carbon and hydrogen atoms only.
As used herein, “alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing no unsaturation, and preferably having from one to twelve carbon atoms, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain. In certain embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C10 alkylene). In certain embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C5 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to five carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C5 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to four carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C4 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to three carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C3 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to two carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C2 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one carbon atom (i.e., C1 alkylene). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
As used herein, the term “alkenyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C12 alkenyl). In certain embodiments, an alkenyl comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C8 alkenyl). In certain embodiments, an alkenyl comprises two to six carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C6 alkenyl). In other embodiments, an alkenyl comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C4 alkenyl). The alkenyl is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, for example, ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), prop-1-enyl (i.e., allyl), but-1-enyl, pent-1-enyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenyl group is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
As used herein, “alkenylene” or “alkenylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms. The alkenylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkenylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain. In certain embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C10 alkenylene). In certain embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C8 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to five carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C5 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C4 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to three carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C3 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two carbon atom (i.e., C2 alkenylene). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkenylene chain is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
As used herein, the term “alkynyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C12 alkynyl). In certain embodiments, an alkynyl comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C8 alkynyl). In other embodiments, an alkynyl comprises two to six carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C6 alkynyl). In other embodiments, an alkynyl comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C4 alkynyl). The alkynyl is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, for example, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynyl group is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
As used herein “alkynylene” or “alkynylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms. The alkynylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkynylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain. In certain embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C10 alkynylene). In certain embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C8 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to five carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C5 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C4 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to three carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C3 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two carbon atom (i.e., C2 alkynylene). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynylene chain is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
As used herein, the term “amine” or “amino” includes primary, secondary, and tertiary amines wherein each non-hydrogen group on nitrogen may be selected from alkyl, aryl, and the like. Amines include but are not limited to —NH2, —NH-phenyl, —NH—CH3, —NH—CH2CH3, and —N(CH3)benzyl.
The term “amide” or “amido” includes C- and N-amide groups, i.e., —C(O)NR2, and —NRC(O)R groups, respectively, where R can be H, alkyl, aryl, etc. Amide groups therefore include but are not limited to —C(O)NH2, —NHC(O)H, —C(O)NHCH2CH3, —NHC(O)CH3, —C(O)N(CH2CH3)phenyl.
As used herein, the term “linear alkyl” refers to a chain of carbon and hydrogen atoms (e.g., ethane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, etc.). A linear alkyl group may be referred to by the designation —(CH2)qCH3, where q is 0-49. The designation “C1-12 alkyl” or a similar designation, refers to alkyl having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, propyl isomers (e.g. n-propyl, isopropyl, etc.), butyl isomers, cyclobutyl isomers (e.g. cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl, etc.), pentyl isomers, cyclopentyl isomers, hexyl isomers, cyclohexyl isomer, heptyl isomers, cycloheptyl isomers, octyl isomers, cyclooctyl isomers, nonyl isomers, cyclononyl isomers, decyl isomer, cyclodecyl isomers, etc. Similar designations refer to alkyl with a number of carbon atoms in a different range.
The term “Cx-y” when used in conjunction with a chemical moiety, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or carbocycle is meant to include groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain or ring. For example, the term “Cx-yalkyl” refers to substituted or unsubstituted saturated hydrocarbon groups, including straight-chain alkyl and branched-chain alkyl groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain, including haloalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, etc. The terms “Cx-yalkenyl” and “Cx-yalkynyl” refer to substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively. The term “Cx-y carbocycle” refers to a substituted or unsubstituted carbocycle, that contain from x to y ring carbons.
As used herein, the term “branched alkyl” refers to a chain of carbon and hydrogen atoms, without double or triple bonds, that contains a fork, branch, and/or split in the chain (e.g., 3,5-dimethyl-2-ethylhexane, 2-methyl-pentane, 1-methyl-cyclobutane, ortho-diethyl-cyclohexane, etc.). “Branching” refers to the divergence of a carbon chain, whereas “substitution” refers to the presence of non-carbon/non-hydrogen atoms in a moiety. Unless specified otherwise (e.g., substituted branched alkyl group, branched heteroalkyl, branched alkoxy group, branched haloalkyl, branched alkylamine, branched thioalkyl, etc.), a branched alkyl group contains carbon and hydrogen atoms only.
As used herein, the term “carbocycle” refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon. Carbocycle includes monocyclic, bicyclic and polycyclic rings, wherein bicyclic or polycyclic rings may include fused, or spiro rings. Carbocycle may include 3- to 10-membered monocyclic rings, 6- to 12-membered bicyclic rings, and 6- to 12-membered bridged rings. Each ring of a bicyclic or polycyclic carbocycle may be selected from saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic rings. In an exemplary embodiment, an aromatic carbocycle, e.g., phenyl, may be fused to a saturated or unsaturated ring, e.g., cyclohexane, cyclopentane, or cyclohexene. In some embodiments, the carbocycle is an aromatic carbocycle. In some embodiments, the carbocycle is a cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the carbocycle is a cycloalkenyl. Exemplary carbocycles include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, adamantyl, phenyl, indanyl, and naphthyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a carbocycle is optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl” refers to a completely saturated mono- or multi-cyclic hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Cycloalkyl groups of the present application may range from three to ten carbons (C3 to C10). A cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted, substituted, branched, and/or unbranched. Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. If substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from those indicated above with regard to substitution of an alkyl group unless otherwise indicated. Unless specified otherwise (e.g., substituted cycloalkyl group, heterocyclyl, cycloalkoxy group, halocycloalkyl, cycloalkylamine, thiocycloalkyl, etc.), an alkyl group contains carbon and hydrogen atoms only.
As used herein, the term “cycloalkenyl” refers to a stable unsaturated non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which includes fused or bridged ring systems, preferably having from three to twelve carbon atoms and comprising at least one double bond. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkenyl comprises three to ten carbon atoms. In other embodiments, a cycloalkenyl comprises five to seven carbon atoms. The cycloalkenyl may be attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkenyls include, e.g., cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and cyclooctenyl. Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, the term “cycloalkenyl” is meant to include cycloalkenyl radicals that are optionally substituted by one or more substituents such as those substituents described herein.
As used herein, the term “heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, wherein one or more carbon atoms are independently replaced by one or more heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, silicon, or combinations thereof). The alkyl group containing the non-carbon substitution(s) may be a linear alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl (e.g., cycloheteroalkyl), or combinations thereof. Non-carbons may be at terminal locations (e.g., 2-hexanol) or integral to an alkyl group (e.g., diethyl ether). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heteroalkyl group may be optionally substituted as described herein. Representative heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to —OCH2OMe, —OCH2CH2OMe, or —OCH2CH2OCH2CH2NH2.
As used herein, the term “heteroalkylene” refers to an alkyl radical as described above where one or more carbon atoms of the alkyl is replaced with a heteroatom, e.g., O, N or S. “Heteroalkylene” or “heteroalkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent heteroalkyl chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heteroalkylene group may be optionally substituted as described herein. Representative heteroalkylene groups include, but are not limited to —OCH2CH2O—, —OCH2CH2OCH2CH2O—, or —OCH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH2CH2O—.
The term “substituted” refers to moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons or substitutable heteroatoms, e.g., NH, of the structure. It will be understood that “substitution” or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. In certain embodiments, substituted refers to moieties having substituents replacing two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom, such as substituting the two hydrogen atoms on a single carbon with an oxo, imino or thioxo group. As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
The term “optionally substituted”, as used herein, means that the referenced group (e.g., alkyl, cycloalkyl, etc.) may or may not be substituted with one or more additional group(s). Non-limiting examples of substituents include, for example: halogen, hydroxy, oxo (═O), thioxo (═S), cyano (—CN), nitro (—NO2), imino (═N—H), oximo (═N—OH), hydrazino (═N—NH2), —Rb—ORa, —Rb—OC(O)—Ra, —Rb—OC(O)—ORa, —Rb—OC(O)—N(Ra)2, —Rb—N(Ra)2, —Rb—C(O)Ra, —Rb—C(O)ORa, —Rb—C(O)N(Ra)2, —Rb—O—Rc—C(O)N(Ra)2, —Rb—N(Ra)C(O)ORa, —Rb—N(Ra)C(O)Ra, —Rb—N(Ra)S(O)tRa (where t is 1 or 2), —Rb—S(O)tRa (where t is 1 or 2), —Rb—S(O)tORa (where t is 1 or 2), and —Rb—S(O)tN(Ra)2 (where t is 1 or 2); and alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, each of which may be optionally substituted by halogen, oxo (═O), thioxo (═S), cyano (—CN), nitro (—NO2), imino (═N—H), oximo (═N—OH), hydrazine (═N—NH2), —Rb—ORa, —Rb—OC(O)—Ra, —Rb—OC(O)—ORa, —Rb—OC(O)—N(Ra)2, —Rb—N(Ra)2, —Rb—C(O)Ra, —Rb—C(O)ORa, —Rb—C(O)N(Ra)2, —Rb—O—Rc—C(O)N(Ra)2, —Rb—N(Ra)C(O)ORa, —Rb—N(Ra)C(O)Ra, —Rb—N(Ra)S(O)tRa (where t is 1 or 2), —Rb—S(O)tRa (where t is 1 or 2), —Rb—S(O)tORa (where t is 1 or 2), —Rb—S(O)tN(Ra)2 (where t is 1 or 2), carbocycle and heterocycle; wherein each Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocycle and heterocycle, wherein each Ra, valence permitting, may be optionally substituted with halogen, oxo (═O), thioxo (═S), cyano (—CN), nitro (—NO2), imino (═N—H), oximo (═N—OH), hydrazine (═N—NH2), —Rb—ORa, —Rb—OC(O)—Ra, —Rb—OC(O)—ORa, —Rb—OC(O)—N(Ra)2, —Rb—N(Ra)2, —Rb—C(O)Ra, —Rb—C(O)ORa, —Rb—C(O)N(Ra)2, —Rb—O—Rc—C(O)N(Ra)2, —Rb—N(Ra)C(O)ORa, —Rb—N(Ra)C(O)R a, —Rb—N(Ra)S(O)tRa (where t is 1 or 2), —Rb—S(O)tRa (where t is 1 or 2), —Rb—S(O)tORa (where t is 1 or 2) and —Rb—S(O)tN(Ra)2 (where t is 1 or 2); and wherein each Rb is independently selected from a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene chain, and each Rc is a straight or branched alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene chain. Substituent groups may be selected from, but are not limited to: alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, mercaptyl, cyano, halo, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, perhaloalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
As used herein, the term “haloalkyl” or “haloalkane” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halogen radicals, for example, trifluoromethyl, dichloromethyl, bromomethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1-fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the alkyl part of the fluoroalkyl radical is optionally further substituted. Examples of halogen substituted alkanes (“haloalkanes”) include halomethane (e.g., chloromethane, bromomethane, fluoromethane, iodomethane), di- and trihalomethane (e.g., trichloromethane, tribromomethane, trifluoromethane, triiodomethane), 1-haloethane, 2-haloethane, 1,2-dihaloethane, 1-halopropane, 2-halopropane, 3-halopropane, 1,2-dihalopropane, 1,3-dihalopropane, 2,3-dihalopropane, 1,2,3-trihalopropane, and any other suitable combinations of alkanes (or substituted alkanes) and halogens (e.g., Cl, Br, F, I, etc.). When an alkyl group is substituted with more than one halogen radicals, each halogen may be independently selected e.g., 1-chloro, 2-fluoroethane.
As used herein, the term “aromatic ring” refers to aromatic carbocycles and aromatic heterocycles. Exemplary aromatic rings include furan, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, pyrrole, indole, isoindole, thiophene, benzothiophene, benzo[c]thiophene, imidazole, benzimidazole, purine, pyrazole, indazole, oxazole, benzooxazole, isoxazole, benzisoxazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, benzene, napthalene, pyridine, quinolone, isoquinoline, pyrazine, quinoxaline, pyrimidine, quinazoline, pyridazine, cinnoline, phthalazine, triazine (e.g., 1,2,3-triazine; 1,2,4-triazine; 1,3,5 triazine), and thiadiazole.
As used herein, the terms “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic” refer to monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring systems, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and contains at least one heteroatom, for example, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Each ring of the heteroaromatic ring systems may contain 3 to 7 ring atoms. Exemplary heteroaromatic monocyclic ring systems include 5- to 7-membered rings whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms, for example, one or two heteroatoms. Heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, and the like.
Unless otherwise defined herein, suitable substituents on a heteroaryl group are generally selected from halogen; —R, —OR, —SR, —NO2, —CN, —N(R)2, —NRC(O)R, —NRC(S)R, —NRC(O)N(R)2, —NRC(S)N(R)2, —NRCO2R, —NRNRC(O)R, —NRNRC(O)N(R)2, —NRNRCO2R, —C(O)C(O)R, —C(O)CH2C(O)R, —CO2R, —C(S)R, —C(O)N(R)2, —C(S)N(R)2, —OC(O)N(R)2, —OC(O)R, —C(O)N(OR)R, —C(NOR)R, —S(O)2R, —S(O)3R, —SO2N(R)2, —S(O)R, —NRSO2N(R)2, —NRSO2R, —N(OR)R, —C(═NH)—N(R)2, —P(O)2R, —PO(R)2, —OPO(R)2, —(CH2)O2NHC(O)R, phenyl (Ph) optionally substituted with R, —O(Ph) optionally substituted with R, —(CH2)1-2(Ph), optionally substituted with R, or —CH═CH(Ph), optionally substituted with R, wherein each independent occurrence of R is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-C6 alkoxy, an unsubstituted 5-6 membered heteroaryl, phenyl, —O(Ph), or —CH2(Ph), or two independent occurrences of R, on the same substituent or different substituents, taken together with the atom(s) to which each R is bound, to form an optionally substituted 3-12 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl groups, as used herein, include benzofuranyl, benzofurazanyl, benzoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzthiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzazepinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzo[1,3]dioxole, benzo[b]furyl, benzo[b]thienyl, cinnolinyl, furazanyl, furyl, furopyridinyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, indolin-2-one, indazolyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, oxazolyl, oxaindolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thienyl, triazinyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl. Any substituents depicted in structures or examples herein, should be viewed as suitable substituents for use in embodiments of the present invention.
As used herein, the term “heterocycle” refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring comprising one or more heteroatoms. Exemplary heteroatoms include N, O, Si, P, B, and S atoms. Heterocycles include monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic rings, wherein bicyclic or polycyclic rings may include fused, or spiro rings. For bicyclic and polycyclic rings, at least one ring of the bicyclic or polycyclic ring comprises one or more heteroatoms. Heterocycles may include 3- to 10-membered monocyclic rings, 6- to 12-membered bicyclic rings, and 6- to 12-membered bridged rings. Each ring of a bicyclic or polycyclic heterocycle may be selected from saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic rings, as valence permits. In an exemplary embodiment, a heterocycle, e.g., pyridyl, may be fused to a saturated or unsaturated ring, e.g., cyclohexane, cyclopentane, or cyclohexene. In some embodiments, heterocyclic is selected from heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and heterocycloalkenyl.
As used herein, the term “non-aromatic heterocycle” refers to a cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl, as defined herein, wherein one or more of the ring carbons are replaced by a moiety selected from —O—, —N═, —NR—, —C(O)—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—, wherein R is hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl or a nitrogen protecting group, with the proviso that the ring of said group does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms. Non-limiting examples of non-aromatic heterocycles, as used herein, include morpholino, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-2-one, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidinylone, 1,4-dioxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-8-yl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, azepanyl, hexahydro-1,4-diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, thioxanyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, dithianyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl, and 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl, 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, and 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl. In certain embodiments, a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring is aziridine, thiirane, oxirane, oxaziridine, dioxirane, azetidine, oxetan, thietane, diazetidine, dioxetane, dithietane, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, oxazolidine, isoxazolidine, thiazolidine, isothiazolidine, dioxolane, dithiolane, piperdine, oxane, thiane, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, dioxane, dithiane, trioxane, thithiane, azepane, oxepane, thiepane, homopiperazine, or azocane.
As used herein, the term “electrophile”, “electrophilic group”, or “electrophilic moiety” refers to any moiety capable of reacting with a nucleophile (e.g., a moiety having a lone pair of electrons, a negative charge, a partial negative charge and/or an excess of electrons, for example a —SH group). Electrophiles typically are electron poor or comprise atoms which are electron poor. In certain embodiments, an electrophile contains a positive charge or partial positive charge, has a resonance structure which contains a positive charge or partial positive charge, or is a moiety in which delocalization or polarization of electrons results in one or more atoms which contain a positive charge or partial positive charge. In some embodiments, the electrophile comprises conjugated double bonds, for example an α,β-unsaturated carbonyl or α,β-unsaturated thiocarbonyl compound. In some embodiments, the electrophile is capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups. In some embodiments, the electrophile is capable of forming an irreversible covalent bond with a menin protein, such as position 329 of a menin protein.
“MLL fusion protein” refers to a protein with a fragment (e.g., N-terminal fragment) of MLL fused with a partner protein. Non-limiting examples of a partner protein include 11q23, 11q23.3, 11q24, 1p13.1, 1p32 (EPS15), 21q22, 9p13.3, 9p22 (MLLT3/AF9), ABI1, ABI2, ACACA, ACTN4, AFF1/AF4, AFF3/LAF4, AFF4/AF5, AKAP13, AP2A2, ARHGEF12, ARHGEF17, BCL9L, BTBD18, BUD13, C2CD3, CASC5, CASP8AP2, CBL, CEP164, CEP170B, CREBBP, DCP1A, DCPS, EEFSEC/SELB, ELL, EPS15, FLNA, FNBP1, FOXO3, GAS7, GMPS, KIAA1524, LAMC3, LOC100131626, MAML2, ME2, MLLT1/ENL, MLLT10/AF10, MLLT11/AF1Q, MLLT3/AF9, MLLT4/AF6, MLLT6/AF17, MYH11, MYO1F, NA, NEBL, NRIP3, PDS5A, PICALM, PRPF 19, PTD, RUNDC3B, SEPT11, SEPT2, SEPT5, SEPT6, SEPT9, SMAP1, TET1, TNRC18, TOP3A, VAV1, and Xq26.3 (CT45A2). MLL fusion proteins may be created through the joining of a gene that codes for an MLL protein and a gene that codes for a partner protein creating a fusion gene. Translation of this fusion gene may result in a single or multiple polypeptides with functional properties derived from each of the original proteins.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The present disclosure provides compounds for modulating the interaction of menin with proteins such as MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins. In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with its upstream or downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins. Compounds of the disclosure may be used in methods for the treatment of a wide variety of cancers and other diseases associated with one or more of MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and menin. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure covalently binds menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure interacts non-covalently with menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
Compounds of the disclosure may be used in methods for treating a wide variety of diseases associated with MLL1, MLL2, MLL fusion proteins, and menin. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure covalently binds menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL. In certain embodiments, a compound of the disclosure interacts non-covalently with menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with MLL.
In certain aspects, compounds of the disclosure covalently bond with menin and inhibit the interaction of menin with MLL. Such bonding may lead to an increase in the affinity of the compound for menin, which is an advantageous property in many applications, including therapeutic and diagnostic uses. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure comprise electrophilic groups capable of reacting with a nucleophilic group present in a menin protein. Suitable electrophilic groups are described throughout the application, while suitable nucleophilic groups include, for example, cysteine moieties present in the binding domain of a menin protein. Without wishing to be bound by theory, a cysteine residue in the menin binding domain may react with the electrophilic group of a compound of the disclosure, leading to formation of a conjugate product. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure are capable of covalently bonding to the cysteine residue at position 329 of a menin isoform 2 or cysteine 334 in menin isoform 1. In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides a conjugate of a compound of the disclosure with a menin protein. For example, the disclosure provides a conjugate of a compound of the invention with menin, bound at the cysteine residue 329 of menin isoform 2 or cysteine 334 in menin isoform 1.
In certain embodiments, provided herein is a compound having a structure of Formula (1) or (2):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00036
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00037
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R1, R2, R4, R5, R6, and R8 are each independently selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, amine, thioalkyl, halogen, ketone, amide, cyano, sulfonyl, dialkylphosphine oxide, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof; wherein R6 can be present at one or more of the positions of the benzyl and/or pyrrole portion of the indole ring that are not otherwise occupied by a substituent;
R3 is selected from H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, thioalkyl, ketone, amide, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof;
Y is N or C(Ra), wherein Ra is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted alkyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amino, cyano, sulfonyl, aldehyde, heterocycle, and aromatic ring;
L is present or absent, and if present it is selected from alkylene, oxalkylene and aminoalkylene; and
R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
In certain embodiments, the functional group covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin. In certain embodiments, the functional group covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin selected from cysteine 329, cysteine 241, and/or cysteine 230 on menin. In certain embodiments, the functional group covalently reacts with cysteine 329.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) or (2) is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
In some embodiments, the R1-R8, L, and Y of the above scaffolds each independently include one or any combination of the following moieties: halogens, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, cycloalkanes, aromatic rings, heteroaromatic rings, non-aromatic rings, haloalkanes, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, carboxylic acids, ethers, amides, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, azides, cyanates, cyano, thiols, sulfides, sulfoxides, sulfones, sulfonamides, sulfinic acids, thiocyanate, and phosphates. In various embodiments, the above listed functional groups or combinations thereof are attached at the A, D, E, G, J, L, M, Y, Q, R, T, U, W, X, Z and/or R positions, e.g., R1-R11, in any suitable combinations.
In certain embodiments, a compound or salt described herein has a structure of Formula (1):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00038
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1A):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00039
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1B):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00040
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1C):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00041
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1D):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00042
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1E):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00043
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1F):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00044
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1G):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00045
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1H):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00046
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1I):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00047
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (1) has a structure of Formula (1J):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00048
wherein s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, such as from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl. In particular embodiments, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R2 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy. In particular embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2 and R2 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In particular embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen and R3 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen such as R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen and R4 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, and R5 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkyl. In particular embodiments, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from halogen, methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, for example, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy. In certain embodiments, s is 0. In certain embodiments, s is 1. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is hydrogen, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy and s is 0 or 1.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R8 is cyano. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is hydrogen, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, s is 0 or 1, and R8 is cyano.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), Y is N. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is hydrogen, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, s is 0 or 1, R8 is cyano and Y is N.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), Y is C(Ra) and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, nitro, amino, cyano, alkyl, alcohol, heteroalkyl, and substituted alkyl, for example, Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In particular embodiments, Ra is selected from hydrogen, substituted alkyl, e.g, —CH2OH, and cyano. In certain emdbodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is hydrogen, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, s is 0 or 1, R8 is cyano, Y is C(Ra) and Ra is selected from hydrogen, —CH2OH and cyano.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin, for example, as one or more of cysteine 329, cysteine 241, and cysteine 230 on menin. In certain embodiments, a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R7 comprises a functional group that is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL. In certain embodiments, R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with cysteine 329. In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1A) or (1B), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is hydrogen, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, s is 0 or 1, R8 is cyano, Y is C(Ra), Ra is selected from hydrogen, —CH2OH and cyano and R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with cysteine 329 or R7 comprises a functional group that is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), for example, for a compound of Formula (1B), R1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, such as R1 is —CH2CF3 or —CH2CHF2; R2 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy, such as R2 is hydrogen; and R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R8 is cyano.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), for example, for a compound of Formula (1B), R1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, for example, R1 is —CH2CF3 or —CH2CHF2; R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, for example, R3 is hydrogen; and R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R8 is cyano.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), for example, for a compound of Formula (1B), R2 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, alkyl, and alkoxy, for example, R2 is hydrogen; R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, for example, R3 is hydrogen; and R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R5 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), for example, for a compound of Formula (1B), R1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, for example, R1 is —CH2CF3 or —CH2CHF2; R3 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl, for example, R3 is hydrogen; and R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R5 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), for example, for a compound of Formula (1B), R1 is selected from halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, from halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, for example, R1 is —CH2CF3 or —CH2CHF2; R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, and substituted alkynyl, for example, R8 is cyano; and R7 comprises a functional group that covalently reacts with cysteine 329.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), the substituents on the substituted alkyl, substituted aromatic ring, substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, and substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring described with respect to any of variables R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R8 are independently selected from one or more of: halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle. In certain embodiments, R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00049
G is selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene;
A and D are independently selected from CH and N;
W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene;
wherein one or more of the H atoms on the ring structure of R7 is optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl, alkoxy, amine, cyano, an amide, —SO2CH3, or —COOH;
R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00050
R10 is selected from optionally substituted alkane, optionally substituted alkene, and optionally substituted alkyne, wherein the substituents are independently selected from alkoxy, amine, a halogen, a ketone, an amide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of Formula (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R10 is selected from optionally substituted alkene and optionally substituted alkyne, for example, from optionally substituted C2 alkene and optionally substituted C2 alkyne.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00051
G is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, or heteroalkylene;
A and D are independently selected from CH and N;
E, J, X, and Z are independently selected from CH2, NH, S, and O;
M is (—CH2—)n, wherein n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
Q, R, and T are independently selected from CH and N;
U is selected from O, NH, and S;
W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene;
wherein one or more of the H atoms on the ring structure of R7, when present, is optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl, alkoxy, amine, cyano, an amide, —SO2CH3, sulfonamide, or COOH;
R9, when present, is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00052
R10, when present, is selected from: alkene optionally substituted with R11, alkyne optionally substituted with R11, and any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups;
R11 is selected from alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amine, thioalkyl, halogen, ketone, amide, alkylamide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00053
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00054
G is selected from alkylene, branched alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, haloalkylene, heteroalkylene, hydroxyalkyl, alkylhydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylamine, alkylaminoalkyl, carbocycle, alkylcycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, hydroxyalkylcycloalkyl, disubstituted cycloalkyl, aminocycloalkyl, alkylaminocycloalkyl, substituted carbocycle, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle;
V is selected from a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups;
R12 at each occurrence is selected from alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alkene, alkyne, hydroxyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amine, alkylamine, a halogen, a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, cyano, methyl carbonitrile, —SO2alkyl, —SO2NH2, —SO2NHalkyl, —SO2Ndialkyl, sulfonyl, dialkylphosphine oxide, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof;
A and D are independently selected from CH and N;
E, J, X, and Z are independently selected from CH2, NH, S, and O;
M is (—CH2—)n and n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
Q, R, T are independently selected from CH and N;
U is selected from O, NH, and S;
W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene;
wherein one or more H atoms of R7 is independently optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl (C1-C5), cycloalkyl (C1-C7), haloalkyl, alkene (C1-C5), alkyne (C1-C5), alkoxy, amine, ester, cyano, amide, —SO2alkyl, sulfonamide, or COOH;
R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00055
R10 is selected from alkene optionally substituted with R11 and alkyne optionally substituted with R11;
R11 is selected from H, alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amine, halogen, ketone, amide, alkylamide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00056
wherein:
L1 is selected from a bond; and C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, and C2-6 alkynylene, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
R22 and R23 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R22 and R23 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl; or R22 and R23, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a carbocyclic ring;
R24 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, and —S(O)2N(R20)2; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R24 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R2, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle; and
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00057
wherein L1, R22, R23, and R24 are as defined above.
In certain embodiments, for R9 of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), L1 is a bond.
In certain embodiments, for R9 of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), L1 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene.
In certain embodiments, for R9 of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), L1 is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO2, ═O, ═S, —OR20, —SR20, and —N(R20)2.
In certain embodiments, for R9 of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R23 is selected from hydrogen; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for R9 of a compound of Formula (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R23 is selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R23 is selected from hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for R9 of a compound of Formula (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R22 is selected from hydrogen, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R22 is selected from hydrogen; —CN; and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, and —N(R20)2.
In certain embodiments, for R9 of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R22 and R23, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocyclic ring.
In certain embodiments, for R9 of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R24 is selected from hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, ═O, and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00058
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00059
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00060
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00061
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00062
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), G is a bond.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), G is alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, wherein:
R32 at each occurrence is independently selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle; and
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), G is selected from methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, for example, from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00063
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), G is a heteroalkylene optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), G is a heterocycle or carbocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, G is a saturated carbocycle or saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, G is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00064
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), V is selected from a 3-8 membered saturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, V is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated carbocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00065
any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, V is a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from azetidine, oxetane, piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, and homopiperazine, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00066
any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), V is a bicyclic heterocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00067
any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), V is selected from an unsaturated, aromatic, or heteroaromatic ring. In particular embodiments, V is selected from phenyl, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene, dihydrothiophene, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole, dihydropyrrole, thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole, isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In some embodiments, V is a heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, pyrrole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, for example, V is selected from
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00068
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), V is absent.
In certain emdbodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is hydrogen, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, s is 0 or 1, R8 is cyano, Y is C(Ra); Ra is selected from hydrogen, —CH2OH and cyano; R7 is selected from
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00069
G is selected from alkylene; and R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00070
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is hydrogen, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, s is 0 or 1, R8 is cyano, Y is C(Ra); Ra is selected from hydrogen, —CH2OH and cyano; R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00071
G is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, or heteroalkylene; and R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00072
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), and (1J), R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is hydrogen, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from methyl, hydroxy and methoxy, s is 0 or 1, R8 is cyano, Y is C(Ra); Ra is selected from hydrogen, —CH2OH and cyano; R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00073
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00074
G is selected from alkylene, branched alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, haloalkylene, heteroalkylene, hydroxyalkyl, alkylhydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylamine, alkylaminoalkyl, carbocycle, alkylcycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, hydroxyalkylcycloalkyl, disubstituted cycloalkyl, aminocycloalkyl, alkylaminocycloalkyl, substituted carbocycle, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle; V and R12 are as described above; and R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00075
In certain embodiments, provided herein is a compound represented by the structure of Formula (3):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00076
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R1, R2, R4, R5, R5a, R8, and Ra are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or R5 and R5a together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R1, R2, R4, R5, R5a, R8, and Ra is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R3 is selected from selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —S(O)2R20, and —S(O)2N(R20)2; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R3 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R6 is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R6 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle;
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
Y is N or C(Ra);
L is absent or selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene;
s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4; and
R7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3A):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00077
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3B):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00078
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3C):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00079
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3D):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00080
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3E):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00081
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3F):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00082
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3G):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00083
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3H):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00084
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3I):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00085
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (3) has a structure of Formula (3J):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00086
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with one or more residues on menin. In particular embodiments, R7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with any one or more isoforms of menin, for example, isoform 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1), isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3) of menin. In certain embodiments R7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with menin, wherein the menin protein shares 60% or more, 70% or more, 75% or more, 80% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or even 99% sequence identity with isoform 1(SEQ ID NO: 1), isoform 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) or isoform 3 (SEQ ID NO: 3).
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R7 comprises an electrophilic group that is suseptible to nuclephilic attack from a residue on menin. Included in the present disclosure are all electrophilic moieties that are known by one of skill in the art to bind to nuclephilic residues, for example, any electrophilic moiety known to bind to cysteine residues. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R7 comprises a moiety other than an electrophile wherein the moiety is capable of binding or covalently reacting with a residue on menin. In particular embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with one or more cysteine residues on menin, for example, one or more of cysteine 329, cysteine 241, and cysteine 230. In certain embodiments, R7 comprises a moiety that covalently reacts with cysteine 329 in menin isoform 2 or cysteine 334 in menin isoform 1. In certain embodiments, a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), is capable of (a) binding covalently to menin and (b) inhibiting the interaction of menin and MLL.
In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound represented by the structure of Formula (4):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00087
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R1, R2, R4, R5, R8, and Ra are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R1, R2, R4, R5, R8, and Ra is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R3 is selected from selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —S(O)2R20, and —S(O)2N(R20)2; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R3 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R6 is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R6 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle;
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
Y is N or C(Ra);
L is absent or selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene;
s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
R7a is -G-V-R9a;
G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C3-12 carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
V is absent or selected from a C3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
R9a is selected from hydrogen and R32; and
R32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are not hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or a 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein the C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R5 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5a is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are each hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are each hydrogen and R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN. In particular embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of anyone of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are each hydrogen; R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; and R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R3 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN. In particular embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are each hydrogen; R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen; and R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2, for example, R3 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle. In particular embodiments, R4 is selected from hydrogen and halogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are each hydrogen; R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen; R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2, for example, R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —CN and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R4 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle. In particular embodiments, R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, —OR20, and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), s is 0, 1, or 2, for example, s is 0 or 1. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are each hydrogen; R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen; R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2, for example, R3 is hydrogen; R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —CN and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R4 is hydrogen; R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, —OR20, and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from halogen, —OH and —OCH3; and s is selected from 0 and 1.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN. In particular embodiments, R8 is —CN. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are each hydrogen; R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen; R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2, for example, R3 is hydrogen; R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —CN and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R4 is hydrogen; R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, —OR20, and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from halogen, —OH and —OCH3; s is selected from 0 and 1; and R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R8 is —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), Y is N.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), Y is C(Ra) and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle. In certain embodiments, Y is C(Ra) and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle. In particular embodiments, Y is C(Ra) and Ra is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are each hydrogen; R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen; R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2, for example, R3 is hydrogen; R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —CN and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R4 is hydrogen; R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, —OR20, and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R6, at each occurrence, is selected from halogen, —OH and —OCH3; s is selected from 0 and 1; R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R8 is —CN; Y is C(Ra); and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —CN and C1-6 alkyl, for example, Ra is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen; and R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R8 is —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2, for example, R3 is hydrogen; and R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R8 is —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(R20)2, —CN and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R5 and R5a are each hydrogen; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R2 is hydrogen; and R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2, for example, R3 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R5 and R5a are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —P(O)(R20)2, —CN and C1-6 alkyl, for example, R5 and R5a are each hydrogen; R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; and R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, and —C(O)N(R20)2, for example, R3 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), R1 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, for example, R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2; R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, and —CN, for example, R8 is —CN; and Y is C(Ra); and Ra is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, —CN and C1-6 alkyl, for example, Ra is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00088
wherein:
G is selected from a bond, alkylene, heteroalkylene, C3-12 carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
V is absent or selected from a C3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
R32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle;
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl; and
R21 is a moiety comprising an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl; an alpha, beta-unsaturated sulfonyl; an epoxide; an aldehyde; sulfonyl fluoride; a halomethylcarbonyl, a dihalomethylcarbonyl, or a trihalomethylcarbonyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00089
wherein:
L1 is selected from a bond; and C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, and C2-6 alkynylene, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
R22 and R23 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R22 and R23 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl; or R22 and R23, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a carbocyclic ring;
R24 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, and —S(O)2N(R20)2; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R24 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00090
wherein L1, R22, R23, and R24 are as described above.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R21 is selected from a moiety comprising an alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl and an alpha, beta-unsaturated sulfonyl, wherein the alpha-position of the alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl or alpha, beta-unsaturated sulfonyl is substituted with an electron-withdrawing group. Exemplary electron withdrawing group include —CN, —CF3, —C(O)alkyl, —SO3H, etc. In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00091
wherein EWG is an electron withdrawing group and L1, R23, and R24 are as described above. In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00092
and L1, R23, and R24 are as described above. In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00093
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), L1 is a bond.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), L1 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), L1 is selected from methylene, ethylene or propylene.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), L1 is optionally substituted C1-6 heteroalkylene.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), L1 is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO2, ═O, ═S, —OR20, —SR20, and —N(R20)2.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R23 is selected from hydrogen; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R23 is selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R23 is selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R22 is selected from hydrogen, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R22 is selected from hydrogen; —CN; and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, and —N(R20)2.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R22 and R23, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocyclic ring.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R24 is selected from hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, ═O, and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00094
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00095
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00096
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00097
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R21 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00098
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R21 is a moiety with 5 to 50 atoms, for example, R21 is a moiety with 7 to 40 atoms. In some embodiments, R21 is a moiety with 5-150, 5-100, 5-90, 5-80, 5-70, 5-60, 5-50, 5-40, 5-30, 5-150, 5-100, 5-90, 5-80, 5-70, 5-60, 5-50, 5-40, or 5-40 atoms.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), V is selected from a 3-8 membered saturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, V is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated carbocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00099
any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In certain embodiments, V is a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered saturated heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from azetidine, oxetane, piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, and homopiperazine, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00100
any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), V is a bicyclic heterocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00101
any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), V is selected from an unsaturated, aromatic, or heteroaromatic ring. In particular embodiments, V is selected from phenyl, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene, dihydrothiophene, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole, dihydropyrrole, thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole, isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In some embodiments, V is a heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, V is selected from pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, pyrrole, thiazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, for example, V is selected from
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00102
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), V is absent.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), G is a bond.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), G is alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups. In particular embodiments, G is selected from methylene, ethylene, propylene, and butylene, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, for example, G is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00103
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), G is a heteroalkylene optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), G is a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), G is a saturated C3-10 carbocycle or saturated 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups, for example, G is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00104
wherein any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00105
G is selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene;
A and D are independently selected from CH and N;
W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene;
wherein one or more of the H atoms on the ring structure of R7 is optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl, alkoxy, amine, cyano, an amide, —SO2CH3, or —COOH;
R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00106
R10 is selected from optionally substituted alkane, optionally substituted alkene, and optionally substituted alkyne, wherein the substituents are independently selected from alkoxy, amine, a halogen, a ketone, an amide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R10 is selected from optionally substituted alkene and optionally substituted alkyne, for example, R1 is selected from optionally substituted C2 alkene and optionally substituted C2 alkyne.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00107
G is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, or heteroalkylene;
A and D are independently selected from CH and N;
E, J, X, and Z are independently selected from CH2, NH, S, and O;
M is (—CH2—)n, wherein n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
Q, R, and T are independently selected from CH and N;
U is selected from O, NH, and S;
W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene;
wherein one or more of the H atoms on the ring structure of R7, when present, is optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl, alkoxy, amine, cyano, an amide, —SO2CH3, sulfonamide, or COOH;
R9, when present, is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00108
R10, when present, is selected from: alkene optionally substituted with R11, alkyne optionally substituted with R11, and any electrophilic group capable of covalent and/or irreversible binding to cysteine sulfhydryl groups;
R11 is selected from alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amine, thioalkyl, halogen, ketone, amide, alkylamide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R7 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00109
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00110
G is selected from alkylene, branched alkylene, aminoalkylene, oxalkylene, haloalkylene, heteroalkylene, hydroxyalkyl, alkylhydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl or alkylamine, alkylaminoalkyl, carbocycle, alkylcycloalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, hydroxyalkylcycloalkyl, disubstituted cycloalkyl, aminocycloalkyl, alkylaminocycloalkyl, substituted carbocycle, heterocycle, and substituted heterocycle;
V is selected from a 3-7 membered saturated ring, 3-7 membered unsaturated ring, 4-10 membered fused bicyclic ring, and 5-11 membered spiro bicyclic ring; wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R12 groups;
R12 at each occurrence is selected from alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alkene, alkyne, hydroxyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amine, alkylamine, a halogen, a ketone, an amide, an alkylamide, cyano, methyl carbonitrile, —SO2alkyl, —SO2NH2, —SO2NHalkyl, —SO2Ndialkyl, sulfonyl, dialkylphosphine oxide, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof;
A and D are independently selected from CH and N;
E, J, X, and Z are independently selected from CH2, NH, S, and O;
M is (—CH2—)n and n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
Q, R, T are independently selected from CH and N;
U is selected from O, NH, and S;
W is selected from alkylene, aminoalkylene, and oxalkylene;
wherein one or more H atoms of R7 is independently optionally replaced with a halogen, alcohol, alkyl (C1-C5), cycloalkyl (C1-C7), haloalkyl, alkene (C1-C5), alkyne (C1-C5), alkoxy, amine, ester, cyano, amide, —SO2alkyl, sulfonamide, or COOH;
R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00111
R10 is selected from alkene optionally substituted with R11 and alkyne optionally substituted with R11;
R11 is selected from H, alkyl, a substituted alkyl, alcohol, alkoxy, amine, halogen, ketone, amide, alkylamide, cyano, sulfonyl, a carbocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, a substituted aromatic ring, a heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted heterocyclic aromatic ring, a substituted or non-substituted heterocyclic non-aromatic ring, carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring fused to another aromatic ring, a hydrogen bond donor, a hydrogen bond acceptor, and combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00112
wherein:
L1 is selected from a bond; and C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, and C2-6 alkynylene, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
R22 and R23 are selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R22 and R23 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl; or R22 and R23, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a carbocyclic ring;
R24 is selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, and —S(O)2N(R20)2; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R24 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R2, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle; and
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00113
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), L1 is a bond.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), L1 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), L1 is substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —NO2, ═O, ═S, —OR20, —SR20, and —N(R20)2.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R23 is selected from hydrogen; and C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R23 is selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R23 is selected from hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R22 is selected from hydrogen, and —CN; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl. In particular embodiments, R22 is selected from hydrogen; —CN; and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, and —N(R20)2.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R22 and R23, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocyclic ring.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R24 is selected from hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —NO2, ═O, and —CN.
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00114
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00115
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00116
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00117
In certain embodiments, for a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), and (3J), R9 is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00118
The compounds described herein may in some cases exist as diastereomers, enantiomers, or other stereoisomeric forms. The compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Separation of stereoisomers may be performed by chromatography or by the forming diastereomeric and separation by recrystallization, or chromatography, or any combination thereof. (Jean Jacques, Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, “Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions”, John Wiley And Sons, Inc., 1981, herein incorporated by reference for this disclosure). Stereoisomers may also be obtained by stereoselective synthesis.
In some situations, compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the formulas described herein.
Unless specified otherwise, divalent variables or groups described herein, such as variables V and G or any other divalent groups in any of the formulas described herein, e.g., Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) may be attached in the orientation in which they are depicted or they may be attached in the reverse orientation. For example, G may be depicted in the specification as
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00119
wherein G may be oriented in the following structure:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00120
in the orientation depicted:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00121
or in the reverse orientation:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00122
For another example, V may be depicted in the specification as
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00123
wherein V may be oriented in the following structure
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00124
in the orientation depicted:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00125
or in the reverse orientation:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00126
The methods and compositions described herein include the use of amorphous forms as well as crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs). The compounds described herein may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. As well, active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity are included in the scope of the present disclosure. In addition, the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
In some embodiments, compounds or salts described herein may be prodrugs. A “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound described herein, which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial. A further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety. In certain embodiments, upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
To produce a prodrug, a pharmaceutically active compound is modified such that the active compound will be regenerated upon in vivo administration. The prodrug can be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug. In some embodiments, by virtue of knowledge of pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo, once a pharmaceutically active compound is determined, prodrugs of the compound are designed. (see, for example, Nogrady (1985) Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392; Silverman (1992), The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, pages 352-401, Saulnier et al., (1994), Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 4, p. 1985; Rooseboom et al., Pharmacological Reviews, 56:53-102, 2004; Miller et al., J. Med. Chem. Vol. 46, no. 24, 5097-5116, 2003; Aesop Cho, “Recent Advances in Oral Prodrug Discovery”, Annual Reports in Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 41, 395-407, 2006).
The compounds described herein may be labeled isotopically (e.g. with a radioisotope) or by other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, photoactivatable or chemiluminescent labels.
Compounds and salts described herein include isotopically-labeled compounds. In general, isotopically-labeled compounds are identical to those recited in the various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number most common in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the present compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, for example, 2H, 3H, 13C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 35S, 18F, 36Cl, respectively. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds described herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
In additional or further embodiments, the compounds described herein are metabolized upon administration to an organism in need to produce a metabolite that is then used to produce a desired effect, including a desired therapeutic effect.
Compounds described herein may be formed as, and/or used as, pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The type of pharmaceutical acceptable salts, include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts, formed by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid, such as, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with an organic acid, such as, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4′-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, butyric acid, phenylacetic acid, phenylbutyric acid, valproic acid, and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), an alkaline earth ion (e.g. magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion. In some cases, compounds described herein may coordinate with an organic base, such as, but not limited to, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, dicyclohexylamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine. In other cases, compounds described herein may form salts with amino acids such as, but not limited to, arginine, lysine, and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases used to form salts with compounds that include an acidic proton, include, but are not limited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like.
It should be understood that a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates of compounds described herein can be conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein. In addition, the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
In some embodiments, compounds described herein, such as compounds of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) are in various forms, including but not limited to, amorphous forms, milled forms and nano-particulate forms. In addition, compounds described herein include crystalline forms, also known as polymorphs. Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
The screening and characterization of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, polymorphs and/or solvates may be accomplished using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to, thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, spectroscopy, vapor sorption, and microscopy. Thermal analysis methods address thermo chemical degradation or thermo physical processes including, but not limited to, polymorphic transitions, and such methods are used to analyze the relationships between polymorphic forms, determine weight loss, to find the glass transition temperature, or for excipient compatibility studies. Such methods include, but are not limited to, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry (MDCS), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), and Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis (TG/IR). X-ray diffraction methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal and powder diffractometers and synchrotron sources. The various spectroscopic techniques used include, but are not limited to, Raman, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR (liquid and solid state). The various microscopy techniques include, but are not limited to, polarized light microscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) with Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDX), Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy with EDX (in gas or water vapor atmosphere), IR microscopy, and Raman microscopy.
Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof can be chosen to provide stable moieties and compounds.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
In certain embodiments, compounds or salts of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) are combined with one or more additional agents to form pharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Additional details about suitable excipients for pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins 1999), herein incorporated by reference for such disclosure.
A pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a mixture of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) described herein, with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. In practicing the methods of treatment or use provided herein, therapeutically effective amounts of compounds described herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder, or condition to be treated. In some embodiments, the mammal is a human. A therapeutically effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors. The compounds or salts of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) can be used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures (as in combination therapy).
The pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be administered to a subject by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes. Moreover, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein, which include a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), can be formulated into any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions, aerosols, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulations, lyophilized formulations, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, and capsules.
One may administer the compounds and/or compositions in a local rather than systemic manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into an organ or tissue, often in a depot preparation or sustained release formulation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Furthermore, one may administer the drug in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with organ-specific antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up selectively by the organ. In addition, the drug may be provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation.
Pharmaceutical compositions including a compound described herein may be manufactured in a conventional manner, such as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
The pharmaceutical compositions will include at least one compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), as an active ingredient in free-acid or free-base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form.
In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein may also include one or more preservatives to inhibit microbial activity. Suitable preservatives include quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride.
Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by mixing one or more solid excipients with one or more of the compounds or salts of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets, pills, or capsules. Suitable excipients include, for example, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose; or others such as: polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP or povidone) or calcium phosphate. If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added.
In some embodiments, the solid dosage forms disclosed herein may be in the form of a tablet, (including a suspension tablet, a fast-melt tablet, a bite-disintegration tablet, a rapid-disintegration tablet, an effervescent tablet, or a caplet), a pill, a powder (including a sterile packaged powder, a dispensable powder, or an effervescent powder), a capsule (including both soft or hard capsules, e.g., capsules made from animal-derived gelatin or plant-derived HPMC, or “sprinkle capsules”), solid dispersion, solid solution, bioerodible dosage form, multiparticulate dosage forms, pellets, granules, or an aerosol. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a powder. In still other embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a tablet, including but not limited to, a fast-melt tablet. Additionally, pharmaceutical formulations of the compounds described herein may be administered as a single capsule or in multiple capsule dosage form. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is administered in two, or three, or four, capsules or tablets.
In some embodiments, solid dosage forms, e.g., tablets, effervescent tablets, and capsules, are prepared by mixing particles of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) described herein, with one or more pharmaceutical excipients to form a bulk blend composition. When referring to these bulk blend compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the particles of the compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) described herein, are dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms, such as tablets, pills, and capsules. The individual unit dosages may also include film coatings, which disintegrate upon oral ingestion or upon contact with diluent. These formulations can be manufactured by conventional pharmacological techniques.
The pharmaceutical solid dosage forms described herein can include a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) described herein, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as a compatible carrier, binder, filling agent, suspending agent, flavoring agent, sweetening agent, disintegrating agent, dispersing agent, surfactant, lubricant, colorant, diluent, solubilizer, moistening agent, plasticizer, stabilizer, penetration enhancer, wetting agent, anti-foaming agent, antioxidant, preservative, or one or more combination thereof. In still other aspects, using standard coating procedures, such as those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th Edition (2000), a film coating is provided around the formulation of the compound described herein. In one embodiment, some or all of the particles of the compound described herein are coated. In another embodiment, some or all of the particles of the compound described herein are microencapsulated. In still another embodiment, the particles of the compound described herein are not microencapsulated and are uncoated.
Suitable carriers for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, sodium chloride, tricalcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol and the like.
Suitable filling agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, lactose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose powder, dextrose, dextrates, dextran, starches, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethycellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylmethycellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (HPMCAS), sucrose, xylitol, lactitol, mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride, polyethylene glycol, and the like.
In order to release the compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) from a solid dosage form matrix as efficiently as possible, disintegrants are often used in the formulation, especially when the dosage forms are compressed with binder. Disintegrants help rupturing the dosage form matrix by swelling or capillary action when moisture is absorbed into the dosage form. Suitable disintegrants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, natural starch such as corn starch or potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or Amijel®, or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel® or Explotab®, a cellulose such as a wood product, methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avicel®, Avicel® PH101, Avicel® PH102, Avicel® PH105, Elcema® P100, Emcocel®, Vivacel®, Ming Tia®, and Solka-Floc®, methylcellulose, croscarmellose, or a cross-linked cellulose, such as cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Ac-Di-Sol®), cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, or cross-linked croscarmellose, a cross-linked starch such as sodium starch glycolate, a cross-linked polymer such as crospovidone, a cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginate such as alginic acid or a salt of alginic acid such as sodium alginate, a clay such as Veegum® HV (magnesium aluminum silicate), a gum such as agar, guar, locust bean, Karaya, pectin, or tragacanth, sodium starch glycolate, bentonite, a natural sponge, a surfactant, a resin such as a cation-exchange resin, citrus pulp, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate in combination starch, and the like.
Binders impart cohesiveness to solid oral dosage form formulations: for powder filled capsule formulation, they aid in plug formation that can be filled into soft or hard shell capsules and for tablet formulation, they ensure the tablet remaining intact after compression and help assure blend uniformity prior to a compression or fill step. Materials suitable for use as binders in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose (e.g., Methocel®), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (e.g. Hypromellose USP Pharmacoat-603, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (Aqoate HS-LF and HS), hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel®), ethylcellulose (e.g., Ethocel®), and microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., Avicel®), microcrystalline dextrose, amylose, magnesium aluminum silicate, polysaccharide acids, bentonites, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer, crospovidone, povidone, starch, pregelatinized starch, tragacanth, dextrin, a sugar, such as sucrose (e.g., Dipac®), glucose, dextrose, molasses, mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol (e.g., Xylitab®), lactose, a natural or synthetic gum such as acacia, tragacanth, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g., Povidone® CL, Kollidon® CL, Polyplasdone® XL-10, and Povidone® K-12), larch arabogalactan, Veegum®, polyethylene glycol, waxes, sodium alginate, and the like.
In general, binder levels of 20-70% are used in powder-filled gelatin capsule formulations. Binder usage level in tablet formulations varies whether direct compression, wet granulation, roller compaction, or usage of other excipients such as fillers which itself can act as moderate binder. In some embodiments, formulators determine the binder level for the formulations, but binder usage level of up to 70% in tablet formulations is common.
Suitable lubricants or glidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, stearic acid, calcium hydroxide, talc, corn starch, sodium stearyl fumerate, alkali-metal and alkaline earth metal salts, such as aluminum, calcium, magnesium, zinc, stearic acid, sodium stearates, magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, waxes, Stearowet®, boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, a polyethylene glycol or a methoxypolyethylene glycol such as Carbowax™, PEG 4000, PEG 5000, PEG 6000, propylene glycol, sodium oleate, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl benzoate, magnesium or sodium lauryl sulfate, and the like.
Suitable diluents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, sugars (including lactose, sucrose, and dextrose), polysaccharides (including dextrates and maltodextrin), polyols (including mannitol, xylitol, and sorbitol), cyclodextrins and the like.
Suitable wetting agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, oleic acid, glyceryl monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, quaternary ammonium compounds (e.g., Polyquat 10®), sodium oleate, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium stearate, sodium docusate, triacetin, vitamin E TPGS and the like.
Suitable surfactants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polysorbates, polaxomers, bile salts, glyceryl monostearate, copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, e.g., Pluronic® (BASF), and the like.
Suitable suspending agents for use in the solid dosage forms described here include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidone, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone K12, polyvinylpyrrolidone K17, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 5400 to about 7000, vinyl pyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S630), sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulosics, such as, e.g., sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, sodium alginate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, povidone and the like.
Suitable antioxidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, e.g., butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), sodium ascorbate, and tocopherol.
There is considerable overlap between additives used in the solid dosage forms described herein. Thus, the above-listed additives should be taken as merely exemplary, and not limiting, of the types of additives that can be included in solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
In other embodiments, one or more layers of the pharmaceutical formulation are plasticized. Illustratively, a plasticizer is generally a high boiling point solid or liquid. Suitable plasticizers can be added from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight (w/w) of the coating composition. Plasticizers include, but are not limited to, diethyl phthalate, citrate esters, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, acetylated glycerides, triacetin, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate, dibutyl sebacate, stearic acid, stearol, stearate, and castor oil.
Compressed tablets are solid dosage forms prepared by compacting the bulk blend of the formulations described above. In various embodiments, compressed tablets which are designed to dissolve in the mouth will include one or more flavoring agents. In other embodiments, the compressed tablets will include a film surrounding the final compressed tablet. In some embodiments, the film coating aids in patient compliance (e.g., Opadry® coatings or sugar coating). Film coatings including Opadry® typically range from about 1% to about 3% of the tablet weight. In other embodiments, the compressed tablets include one or more excipients.
A capsule may be prepared, for example, by placing the bulk blend of the formulation of the compound described above, inside of a capsule. In some embodiments, the formulations (non-aqueous suspensions and solutions) are placed in a soft gelatin capsule. In other embodiments, the formulations are placed in standard gelatin capsules or non-gelatin capsules such as capsules comprising HPMC. In other embodiments, the formulation is placed in a sprinkle capsule, wherein the capsule may be swallowed whole or the capsule may be opened and the contents sprinkled on food prior to eating. In some embodiments, the therapeutic dose is split into multiple (e.g., two, three, or four) capsules. In some embodiments, the entire dose of the formulation is delivered in a capsule form.
In various embodiments, the particles of the compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), and one or more excipients are dry blended and compressed into a mass, such as a tablet, having a hardness sufficient to provide a pharmaceutical composition that substantially disintegrates within less than about 30 minutes, less than about 35 minutes, less than about 40 minutes, less than about 45 minutes, less than about 50 minutes, less than about 55 minutes, or less than about 60 minutes, after oral administration, thereby releasing the formulation into the gastrointestinal fluid.
In another aspect, dosage forms may include microencapsulated formulations. In some embodiments, one or more other compatible materials are present in the microencapsulation material. Exemplary materials include, but are not limited to, pH modifiers, erosion facilitators, anti-foaming agents, antioxidants, flavoring agents, and carrier materials such as binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, and diluents.
Materials useful for the microencapsulation described herein include materials compatible with compounds described herein, which sufficiently isolate the compound from other non-compatible excipients.
In still other embodiments, effervescent powders are also prepared in accordance with the present disclosure. Effervescent salts have been used to disperse medicines in water for oral administration. Effervescent salts are granules or coarse powders containing a medicinal agent in a dry mixture, usually composed of sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. When such salts are added to water, the acids and the base react to liberate carbon dioxide gas, thereby causing “effervescence.” Examples of effervescent salts include, e.g., the following ingredients: sodium bicarbonate or a mixture of sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. Any acid-base combination that results in the liberation of carbon dioxide can be used in place of the combination of sodium bicarbonate and citric and tartaric acids, as long as the ingredients were suitable for pharmaceutical use and result in a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
In other embodiments, the formulations described herein, which include a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), are solid dispersions. Methods of producing such solid dispersions include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,343,789, 5,340,591, 5,456,923, 5,700,485, 5,723,269, and U.S. patent publication no. 2004/0013734. In still other embodiments, the formulations described herein are solid solutions. Solid solutions incorporate a substance together with the active agent and other excipients such that heating the mixture results in dissolution of the drug and the resulting composition is then cooled to provide a solid blend which can be further formulated or directly added to a capsule or compressed into a tablet. Methods of producing such solid solutions include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,151,273, 5,281,420, and 6,083,518.
In some embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations are provided that include particles of the compounds or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), and at least one dispersing agent or suspending agent for oral administration to a subject. The formulations may be a powder and/or granules for suspension, and upon admixture with water, a substantially uniform suspension is obtained.
Liquid formulation dosage forms for oral administration can be aqueous suspensions selected from the group including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous oral dispersions, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, gels, and syrups. See, e.g., Singh et al., Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 2nd Ed., pp. 754-757 (2002).
The aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein can remain in a homogenous state, as defined in The USP Pharmacists' Pharmacopeia (2005 edition, chapter 905), for at least 4 hours. The homogeneity should be determined by a sampling method consistent with regard to determining homogeneity of the entire composition. In one embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 1 minute. In another embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 45 seconds. In yet another embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 30 seconds. In still another embodiment, no agitation is necessary to maintain a homogeneous aqueous dispersion.
The pharmaceutical compositions described herein may include sweetening agents such as, but not limited to, acacia syrup, acesulfame K, alitame, anise, apple, aspartame, banana, Bavarian cream, berry, black currant, butterscotch, calcium citrate, camphor, caramel, cherry, cherry cream, chocolate, cinnamon, bubble gum, citrus, citrus punch, citrus cream, cotton candy, cocoa, cola, cool cherry, cool citrus, cyclamate, cylamate, dextrose, eucalyptus, eugenol, fructose, fruit punch, ginger, glycyrrhetinate, glycyrrhiza (licorice) syrup, grape, grapefruit, honey, isomalt, lemon, lime, lemon cream, monoammonium glyrrhizinate (MagnaSweet®), maltol, mannitol, maple, marshmallow, menthol, mint cream, mixed berry, neohesperidine DC, neotame, orange, pear, peach, peppermint, peppermint cream, Prosweet® Powder, raspberry, root beer, rum, saccharin, safrole, sorbitol, spearmint, spearmint cream, strawberry, strawberry cream, stevia, sucralose, sucrose, sodium saccharin, saccharin, aspartame, acesulfame potassium, mannitol, talin, sucralose, sorbitol, swiss cream, tagatose, tangerine, thaumatin, tutti fruitti, vanilla, walnut, watermelon, wild cherry, wintergreen, xylitol, or any combination of these flavoring ingredients, e.g., anise-menthol, cherry-anise, cinnamon-orange, cherry-cinnamon, chocolate-mint, honey-lemon, lemon-lime, lemon-mint, menthol-eucalyptus, orange-cream, vanilla-mint, and mixtures thereof.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS). Emulsions are dispersions of one immiscible phase in another, usually in the form of droplets. Generally, emulsions are created by vigorous mechanical dispersion. SEDDS, as opposed to emulsions or microemulsions, spontaneously form emulsions when added to an excess of water without any external mechanical dispersion or agitation. An advantage of SEDDS is that only gentle mixing is required to distribute the droplets throughout the solution. Additionally, water or the aqueous phase can be added just prior to administration, which ensures stability of an unstable or hydrophobic active ingredient. Thus, the SEDDS provides an effective delivery system for oral and parenteral delivery of hydrophobic active ingredients. SEDDS may provide improvements in the bioavailability of hydrophobic active ingredients. Methods of producing self-emulsifying dosage forms include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,858,401, 6,667,048, and 6,960,563.
There is overlap between the above-listed additives used in the aqueous dispersions or suspensions described herein, since a given additive is often classified differently by different practitioners in the field, or is commonly used for any of several different functions. Thus, the above-listed additives should be taken as merely exemplary, and not limiting, of the types of additives that can be included in formulations described herein.
Potential excipients for intranasal formulations include, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,476,116, 5,116,817 and 6,391,452. Formulations solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents. See, for example, Ansel, H. C. et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Sixth Ed. (1995). Preferably these compositions and formulations are prepared with suitable nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients. The choice of suitable carriers is highly dependent upon the exact nature of the nasal dosage form desired, e.g., solutions, suspensions, ointments, or gels. Nasal dosage forms generally contain large amounts of water in addition to the active ingredient. Minor amounts of other ingredients such as pH adjusters, emulsifiers or dispersing agents, preservatives, surfactants, gelling agents, or buffering and other stabilizing and solubilizing agents may also be present. Preferably, the nasal dosage form should be isotonic with nasal secretions.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds described herein may be in a form as an aerosol, a mist or a powder. Pharmaceutical compositions described herein are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, such as, by way of example only, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound described herein and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
Buccal formulations that include compounds described herein may be administered using a variety of formulations which include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,229,447, 4,596,795, 4,755,386, and 5,739,136. In addition, the buccal dosage forms described herein can further include a bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier that also serves to adhere the dosage form to the buccal mucosa. The buccal dosage form is fabricated so as to erode gradually over a predetermined time period, wherein the delivery of the compound is provided essentially throughout. Buccal drug delivery avoids the disadvantages encountered with oral drug administration, e.g., slow absorption, degradation of the active agent by fluids present in the gastrointestinal tract and/or first-pass inactivation in the liver. With regard to the bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier, virtually any such carrier can be used, so long as the desired drug release profile is not compromised, and the carrier is compatible with the compounds described herein, and any other components that may be present in the buccal dosage unit. Generally, the polymeric carrier comprises hydrophilic (water-soluble and water-swellable) polymers that adhere to the wet surface of the buccal mucosa. Examples of polymeric carriers useful herein include acrylic acid polymers and co, e.g., those known as “carbomers” (Carbopol®, which may be obtained from B.F. Goodrich, is one such polymer). Other components may also be incorporated into the buccal dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, disintegrants, diluents, binders, lubricants, flavoring, colorants, preservatives, and the like. For buccal or sublingual administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, or gels formulated in a conventional manner.
Transdermal formulations described herein may be administered using a variety of devices including but not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,598,122, 3,598,123, 3,710,795, 3,731,683, 3,742,951, 3,814,097, 3,921,636, 3,972,995, 3,993,072, 3,993,073, 3,996,934, 4,031,894, 4,060,084, 4,069,307, 4,077,407, 4,201,211, 4,230,105, 4,292,299, 4,292,303, 5,336,168, 5,665,378, 5,837,280, 5,869,090, 6,923,983, 6,929,801 and 6,946,144.
The transdermal dosage forms described herein may incorporate certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are conventional in the art. In one embodiment, the transdermal formulations described herein include at least three components: (1) a formulation of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4); (2) a penetration enhancer; and (3) an aqueous adjuvant. In addition, transdermal formulations can include additional components such as, but not limited to, gelling agents, creams and ointment bases, and the like. In some embodiments, the transdermal formulation can further include a woven or non-woven backing material to enhance absorption and prevent the removal of the transdermal formulation from the skin. In other embodiments, the transdermal formulations described herein can maintain a saturated or supersaturated state to promote diffusion into the skin.
Formulations suitable for transdermal administration of compounds described herein may employ transdermal delivery devices and transdermal delivery patches and can be lipophilic emulsions or buffered, aqueous solutions, dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer or an adhesive. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. Still further, transdermal delivery of the compounds described herein can be accomplished by means of iontophoretic patches and the like. Additionally, transdermal patches can provide controlled delivery of the compounds described herein. The rate of absorption can be slowed by using rate-controlling membranes or by trapping the compound within a polymer matrix or gel. Conversely, absorption enhancers can be used to increase absorption. An absorption enhancer or carrier can include absorbable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin. For example, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound to the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
Formulations suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous injection may include physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents, or vehicles including water, ethanol, polyols (propyleneglycol, polyethylene-glycol, glycerol, cremophor and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants. Formulations suitable for subcutaneous injection may also contain additives such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispensing agents. Prevention of the growth of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
For intravenous injections, compounds described herein may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally recognized in the field. For other parenteral injections, appropriate formulations may include aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, preferably with physiologically compatible buffers or excipients. Such excipients are generally recognized in the field.
Parenteral injections may involve bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in a form suitable for parenteral injection as a sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
In certain embodiments, delivery systems for pharmaceutical compounds may be employed, such as, for example, liposomes and emulsions. In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein also include an mucoadhesive polymer, selected from among, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer), poly(methylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.
In some embodiments, the compounds described herein may be administered topically and are formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments. Such pharmaceutical compounds can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
The compounds described herein may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG, and the like. In suppository forms of the compositions, a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter is first melted.
Generally, an agent, such as a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), is administered in an amount effective for amelioration of, or prevention of the development of symptoms of, the disease or disorder (i.e., a therapeutically effective amount). Thus, a therapeutically effective amount can be an amount that is capable of at least partially preventing or reversing a disease or disorder. The dose required to obtain an effective amount may vary depending on the agent, formulation, disease or disorder, and individual to whom the agent is administered.
Determination of effective amounts may also involve in vitro assays in which varying doses of agent are administered to cells in culture and the concentration of agent effective for ameliorating some or all symptoms is determined in order to calculate the concentration required in vivo. Effective amounts may also be based in in vivo animal studies.
An agent can be administered prior to, concurrently with and subsequent to the appearance of symptoms of a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, an agent is administered to a subject with a family history of the disease or disorder, or who has a phenotype that may indicate a predisposition to a disease or disorder, or who has a genotype which predisposes the subject to the disease or disorder.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein are provided as pharmaceutical and/or therapeutic compositions. The pharmaceutical and/or therapeutic compositions of the present invention can be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration can be topical (including ophthalmic and to mucous membranes including vaginal and rectal delivery), pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal), oral or parenteral. Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular, administration. Compositions and formulations for topical administration can include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional carriers; aqueous, powder, or oily bases; thickeners; and the like can be necessary or desirable. Compositions and formulations for oral administration include powders or granules, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, sachets or tablets. Thickeners, flavoring agents, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders can be desirable. Compositions and formulations for parenteral, intrathecal or intraventricular administration can include sterile aqueous solutions that can also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives such as, but not limited to, penetration enhancers, carrier compounds and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients. Pharmaceutical and/or therapeutic compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, solutions, emulsions, and liposome containing formulations. These compositions can be generated from a variety of components that include, but are not limited to, preformed liquids, self-emulsifying solids and self-emulsifying semisolids.
The pharmaceutical and/or therapeutic formulations, which can conveniently be presented in unit dosage form, can be prepared according to conventional techniques well known in the pharmaceutical/nutriceutical industries. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredients with the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredients with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product. The compositions of the present invention can be formulated into any of many possible dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas. The compositions of the present invention can also be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non-aqueous, oil-based, or mixed media. Suspensions can further contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran. The suspension can also contain stabilizers. In one embodiment of the present invention the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated and used as foams. Pharmaceutical foams include formulations such as, but not limited to, emulsions, microemulsions, creams, jellies and liposomes. While basically similar in nature these formulations vary in the components and the consistency of the final product.
The pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages. In unit dosage form, the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compound. The unit dosage may be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation. Non-limiting examples are packaged tablets or capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Alternatively, multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition. By way of example only, formulations for parenteral injection may be presented in unit dosage form, which include, but are not limited to ampoules, or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
Dosing and administration regimes are tailored by the clinician, or others skilled in the pharmacological arts, based upon well-known pharmacological and therapeutic considerations including, but not limited to, the desired level of therapeutic effect, and the practical level of therapeutic effect obtainable. Generally, it is advisable to follow well-known pharmacological principles for administrating chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., it is generally advisable to not change dosages by more than 50% at time and no more than every 3-4 agent half-lives). For compositions that have relatively little or no dose-related toxicity considerations, and where maximum efficacy is desired, doses in excess of the average required dose are not uncommon. This approach to dosing is commonly referred to as the “maximal dose” strategy. In certain embodiments, the compounds are administered to a subject at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, more preferably at about 0.1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, even more preferably at about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg. When the compounds described herein are co-administered with another agent (e.g., as sensitizing agents), the effective amount may be less than when the agent is used alone. Dosing may be once per day or multiple times per day for one or more consecutive days.
Methods of Treatment
The present disclosure provides compounds and methods for modulating the interaction of menin with its upstream or downstream signaling molecules including but not limited to MLL1, MLL2 and MLL-fusion oncoproteins. In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction of menin with one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication.
Inhibition of the interaction of menin and one or more MLL proteins may be assessed and demonstrated by a wide variety of ways known in the art. Non-limiting examples include a showing of any one of (a) a decrease in menin binding to one or more MLL proteins or MLL protein fragments; (b) a decrease in cell proliferation and/or cell viability; (c) an increase in cell differentiation; (d) a decrease in the levels of downstream targets of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, e.g., Hoxa9 and Meis1; and (e) decrease in tumor volume and/or tumor volume growth rate. Kits and commercially available assays can be utilized for determining one or more of the above.
The disclosure provides compounds and methods for treating a subject suffering from a disease, comprising administering a compound or salt described herein, for example, a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), to the subject. In certain embodiments, the disease is selected from a disease associated with menin, MLL, MLL1, MLL2, and/or MLL fusion proteins (e.g., cancer). In certain embodiments, the disease is mediated by menin. In certain embodiments, the disease is leukemia, hematologic malignancies, solid tumor cancer, glioma, or diabetes. In particular embodiments, the leukemia is Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), Acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), Mixed Lineage Leukemia or leukemias with Partial Tandem Duplications of MLL. In certain embodiments, the compound covalently binds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin and MLL.
In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a method for treating cancer in a subject, comprising administering a compound or salt described herein, for example, a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), to the subject. In some embodiments, the cancer is mediated by a MLL fusion protein. In certain embodiments, the cancer is leukemia, breast cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, skin cancer, or a brain tumor. In certain embodiments, the cancer is leukemia.
In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides method of treating a disease in a subject, wherein the the method comprises determining if the subject has a MLL fusion protein and if the subject is determined to have a MLL fusion protein, then administering to the subject a therapeutically effective dose of a compound or salt described herein, for example, a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
MLL fusion proteins have been identified in hematological malignancies, e.g., cancers that affect blood, bone marrow and/or lymph nodes. Accordingly, certain embodiments are directed to administration of a compound or salt described herein, for example, a compound or salt of any of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), to a subject with a hematological malignancy. Such malignancies include, but are not limited to, leukemias and lymphomas. For example, the presently disclosed compounds can be used for treatment of diseases such as ALL, AML, Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), small lymphocytic lymphoma (SLL), Chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Acute monocytic leukemia (AMoL), hairy cell leukemia, and/or other leukemias. In certain embodiments, the compounds or salts of the disclosure can be used for treatment of lymphomas such as all subtypes of Hodgkins lymphoma or non-Hodgkins lymphoma.
Determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a MLL fusion protein can be undertaken by assessing the nucleotide sequence encoding the MLL fusion protein, by assessing the amino acid sequence of the MLL fusion protein, or by assessing the characteristics of a putative MLL fusion protein.
Methods for detecting a nucleotide sequence encoding a MLL fusion protein are known by those of skill in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length polymorphism (PCR-RFLP) assays, polymerase chain reaction-single strand conformation polymorphism (PCR-SSCP) assays, real-time PCR assays, PCR sequencing, mutant allele-specific PCR amplification (MASA) assays, direct sequencing, primer extension reactions, electrophoresis, oligonucleotide ligation assays, hybridization assays, TaqMan assays, SNP genotyping assays, high resolution melting assays and microarray analyses. In some embodiments, the MLL fusion protein is identified using a direct sequencing method of specific regions, e.g., exon 2 and/or exon 3, in the MLL or fusion partner gene, for example. This technique will identify all possible mutations in the region sequenced.
Methods for detecting a MLL fusion protein are known by those of skill in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, detection of a MLL fusion protein using a binding agent, e.g., an antibody, specific for the fusion protein, protein electrophoresis and Western blotting, and direct peptide sequencing.
Methods for determining whether a tumor or cancer comprises a MLL fusion protein can use a variety of samples. In some embodiments, the sample is taken from a subject having a tumor or cancer. In some embodiments, the sample is taken from a subject having a cancer or tumor. In some embodiments, the sample is a fresh tumor/cancer sample. In some embodiments, the sample is a frozen tumor/cancer sample. In some embodiments, the sample is a formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded sample. In some embodiments, the sample is processed to a cell lysate. In some embodiments, the sample is processed to DNA or RNA.
In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides a method of inhibiting the interaction of menin with MLL in a sample, comprising administering the compound or salt described herein to said sample comprising MLL and menin. In certain embodiments, the MLL is selected from one or more of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication.
In certain embodiments, the method comprises treating a disease mediated by chromosomal rearrangement on chromosome 11q23, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. In certain embodiments, the disease is mediated by menin.
The disclosure provides methods for treating a disease by administering a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), to a subject suffering from the disease, wherein the compound binds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin with one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication. In certain embodiments, the compound covalently binds to menin and inhibits the interaction of menin and MLL.
The disclosure also relates to a method of treating a hyperproliferative disorder in a mammal that comprises administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4). In some embodiments, the method relates to the treatment of cancer such as acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers, e.g., Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myleoproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, extrahepatic ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), embryonal tumors, CNS cancer, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer, esthesioneuroblastoma, ewing sarcoma, extracranial germ cell tumor, extragonadal germ cell tumor, eye cancer, fibrous histiocytoma of bone, gall bladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), germ cell tumor, gestational trophoblastic tumor, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heart cancer, liver cancer, hodgkin lymphoma, hypopharyngeal cancer, intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, liver cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), lung cancer, lymphoma, metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary, midline tract carcinoma, mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes, multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosis fungoides, myelodysplastic syndromes, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms, multiple myeloma, merkel cell carcinoma, malignant mesothelioma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone and osteosarcoma, nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, non-hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), oral cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis, paraganglioma, paranasal sinus and nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, transitional cell cancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer, stomach (gastric) cancer, small cell lung cancer, small intestine cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, T-Cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, throat cancer, thymoma and thymic carcinoma, thyroid cancer, transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter, trophoblastic tumor, unusual cancers of childhood, urethral cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, or Viral-Induced cancer. In some embodiments, the method relates to the treatment of a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin, e.g., psoriasis, restenosis, or prostate, e.g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH). In some cases, the method relates to the treatment of leukemia, hematologic malignancy, solid tumor cancer, prostate cancer, e.g., castration-resistant prostate cancer, breast cancer, Ewing's sarcoma, bone sarcoma, primary bone sarcoma, T-cell prolymphocyte leukemia, glioma, glioblastoma, liver cancer, e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma, or diabetes. In some cases, the leukemia comprises AML, ALL, Mixed Lineage Leukemia or leukemias with Partial Tandem Duplications of MLL.
In certain particular embodiments, the disclosure relates to methods for treatment of lung cancers, the methods comprise administering an effective amount of any of the above described compound or salt or pharmaceutical composition thereof to a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments the lung cancer is a non-small cell lung carcinoma (NSCLC), for example adenocarcinoma, squamous-cell lung carcinoma or large-cell lung carcinoma. In other embodiments, the lung cancer is a small cell lung carcinoma. Other lung cancers treatable with the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, glandular tumors, carcinoid tumors and undifferentiated carcinomas.
Subjects that can be treated with compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopologue, hydrate or derivative of the compounds, according to the methods of this invention include, for example, subjects that have been diagnosed as having acute myeloid leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, cancer in adolescents, adrenocortical carcinoma childhood, AIDS-related cancers, e.g., Lymphoma and Kaposi's Sarcoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, atypical teratoid, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain stem glioma, brain tumor, breast cancer, bronchial tumors, burkitt lymphoma, carcinoid tumor, atypical teratoid, embryonal tumors, germ cell tumor, primary lymphoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chordoma, cardiac tumors, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myleoproliferative disorders, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, extrahepatic ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), embryonal tumors, CNS cancer, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer, esthesioneuroblastoma, ewing sarcoma, extracranial germ cell tumor, extragonadal germ cell tumor, eye cancer, fibrous histiocytoma of bone, gall bladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), germ cell tumor, gestational trophoblastic tumor, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heart cancer, liver cancer, hodgkin lymphoma, hypopharyngeal cancer, intraocular melanoma, islet cell tumors, pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, liver cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), lung cancer, lymphoma, metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary, midline tract carcinoma, mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes, multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm, mycosis fungoides, myelodysplastic syndromes, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms, multiple myeloma, merkel cell carcinoma, malignant mesothelioma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone and osteosarcoma, nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma, non-hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), oral cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, papillomatosis, paraganglioma, paranasal sinus and nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pleuropulmonary blastoma, primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, transitional cell cancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer, stomach (gastric) cancer, small cell lung cancer, small intestine cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, T-Cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, throat cancer, thymoma and thymic carcinoma, thyroid cancer, transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter, trophoblastic tumor, unusual cancers of childhood, urethral cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, Viral-Induced cancer, leukemia, hematologic malignancy, solid tumor cancer, prostate cancer, castration-resistant prostate cancer, breast cancer, Ewing's sarcoma, bone sarcoma, primary bone sarcoma, T-cell prolymphocyte leukemia, glioma, glioblastoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, liver cancer, or diabetes. In some embodiments subjects that are treated with the compounds of the invention include subjects that have been diagnosed as having a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder such as benign hyperplasia of the skin, e.g., psoriasis, restenosis, or prostate, e.g., benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH).
The invention further provides methods of modulating the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, by contacting the menin with an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4). Modulation can be inhibiting or activating protein activity of menin, one or more of its binding partners, and/or one or more of the downstream targets of menin or one or more of its binding partners. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, by contacting menin with an effective amount of a compound of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, by contacting a cell, tissue, or organ that expresses menin, MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting protein activity in subject including but not limited to rodents and mammals, e.g., humans, by administering into the subject an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4). In some embodiments, the percentage modulation exceeds 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%. In some embodiments, the percentage of inhibiting exceeds 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
In some embodiments, the disclosure provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication, in a cell by contacting the cell with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more of MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in the cell. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL proteins in a tissue by contacting the tissue with an amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL proteins in the tissue. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in an organism by contacting the organism with an amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in the organism. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in an animal by contacting the animal with an amount of a compound or salt of the disclosure sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in the animal. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in a mammal by contacting the mammal with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in the mammal. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication in a human by contacting the human with an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit the interaction of menin and one or more proteins such as MLL Proteins in the human. The invention also provides methods of treating a disease mediated by menin interaction with one or more proteins such as MLL1, MLL2, a MLL fusion protein, and/or a MLL Partial Tandem Duplication by administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4).
The compositions containing the compounds or salts thereof described herein can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. In therapeutic applications, the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease. Amounts effective for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
In prophylactic applications, compositions containing the compounds or salts thereof described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition. Such an amount is defined to be a “prophylactically effective amount or dose.” In this use, the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. When used in a patient, effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
In the case wherein the patient's condition does not improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient's life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease.
In the case wherein the patient's status does improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered may be temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a “drug holiday”). The length of the drug holiday can vary between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days. The dose reduction during a drug holiday may be from about 10% to about 100%, including, by way of example only, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100%.
Once improvement of the patient's conditions has occurred, a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, can be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. Patients can, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms.
The amount of a given agent that will correspond to such an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease and its severity, the identity (e.g., weight) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be determined in a manner recognized in the field according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated. In general, however, doses employed for adult human treatment will typically be in the range of about 0.02- about 5000 mg per day, in some embodiments, about 1-about 1500 mg per day. The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered simultaneously (or over a short period of time) or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LD50 and ED50. Compounds exhibiting high therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with minimal toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
Combination Therapies
The present invention also provides methods for combination therapies in which an agent known to modulate other pathways, or other components of the same pathway, or even overlapping sets of target enzymes are used in combination with a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4). In one aspect, such therapy includes but is not limited to the combination of one or more compounds of the invention with chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic antibodies, and radiation treatment, to provide a synergistic or additive therapeutic effect.
In general, the compositions described herein and, in embodiments where combinational therapy is employed, other agents do not have to be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, have to be administered by different routes. The determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition, is well within the knowledge of the clinician. The initial administration can be made according to established protocols recognized in the field, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the clinician.
In certain instances, it may be appropriate to administer at least one compound described herein in combination with another therapeutic agent. By way of example only, if one of the side effects experienced by a patient upon receiving one of the compounds herein, such as a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), is nausea, then it may be appropriate to administer an anti-nausea agent in combination with the initial therapeutic agent. Or, by way of example only, the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced). Or, by way of example only, the benefit experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit. In any case, regardless of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
The particular choice of compounds used will depend upon the diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgment of the condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment protocol. The compounds may be administered concurrently (e.g., simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of the disease, disorder, or condition, the condition of the patient, and the actual choice of compounds used. The determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within the knowledge of the physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
Therapeutically-effective dosages can vary when the drugs are used in treatment combinations. Methods for experimentally determining therapeutically-effective dosages of drugs and other agents for use in combination treatment regimens are described in the literature. For example, the use of metronomic dosing, i.e., providing more frequent, lower doses in order to minimize toxic side effects, has been described extensively in the literature. Combination treatment further includes periodic treatments that start and stop at various times to assist with the clinical management of the patient.
For combination therapies described herein, dosages of the co-administered compounds will of course vary depending on the type of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the disease being treated and so forth. In addition, when co-administered with one or more biologically active agents, the compound provided herein may be administered either simultaneously with the biologically active agent(s), or sequentially. If administered sequentially, the attending physician will decide on the appropriate sequence of administering protein in combination with the biologically active agent(s).
In any case, the multiple therapeutic agents (one of which is a compound or salt of any one of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) may be administered in any order or even simultaneously. If simultaneously, the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills). One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may vary from more than zero weeks to less than four weeks. In addition, the combination methods, compositions and formulations are not to be limited to the use of only two agents; the use of multiple therapeutic combinations are also envisioned.
It is understood that the dosage regimen to treat, prevent, or ameliorate the condition(s) for which relief is sought, can be modified in accordance with a variety of factors. These factors include the disorder or condition from which the subject suffers, as well as the age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject. Thus, the dosage regimen actually employed can vary widely and therefore can deviate from the dosage regimens set forth herein.
The pharmaceutical agents which make up the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a combined dosage form or in separate dosage forms intended for substantially simultaneous administration. The pharmaceutical agents that make up the combination therapy may also be administered sequentially, with either therapeutic compound being administered by a regimen calling for two-step administration. The two-step administration regimen may call for sequential administration of the active agents or spaced-apart administration of the separate active agents. The time period between the multiple administration steps may range from, a few minutes to several hours, depending upon the properties of each pharmaceutical agent, such as potency, solubility, bioavailability, plasma half-life and kinetic profile of the pharmaceutical agent. Circadian variation of the target molecule concentration may also determine the optimal dose interval.
In addition, the compounds described herein also may be used in combination with procedures that may provide additional or synergistic benefit to the patient. By way of example only, patients are expected to find therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit in the methods described herein, wherein pharmaceutical composition of a compound disclosed herein and/or combinations with other therapeutics are combined with genetic testing to determine whether that individual is a carrier of a mutant gene that is known to be correlated with certain diseases or conditions.
The compounds described herein and combination therapies can be administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease, and the timing of administering the composition containing a compound can vary. Thus, for example, the compounds can be used as a prophylactic and can be administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in order to prevent the occurrence of the disease. The compounds and compositions can be administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms. The administration of the compounds can be initiated within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, preferably within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, more preferably within the first 6 hours of the onset of the symptoms, and most preferably within 3 hours of the onset of the symptoms. The initial administration can be via any route practical, such as, for example, an intravenous injection, a bolus injection, infusion over about 5 minutes to about 5 hours, a pill, a capsule, transdermal patch, buccal delivery, and the like, or combination thereof. A compound is preferably administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease, such as, for example, from 1 day to about 3 months. The length of treatment can vary for each subject, and the length can be determined using the known criteria. For example, the compound or a formulation containing the compound can be administered for at least 2 weeks, preferably about 1 month to about 5 years.
Where desired, the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be used in combination with Notch inhibitors and/or c-Myb inhibitors. Where desired, the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be used in combination with MLL-WDR5 inhibitors and/or Dotl 1 inhibitors.
Many chemotherapeutics are presently known in the art and can be used in combination with the compounds of the invention. In some embodiments, the chemotherapeutic is selected from the group consisting of mitotic inhibitors, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, intercalating antibiotics, growth factor inhibitors, cell cycle inhibitors, enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, biological response modifiers, anti-hormones, angiogenesis inhibitors, and anti-androgens.
Non-limiting examples are chemotherapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, and non-peptide small molecules such as Gleevec® (Imatinib Mesylate), Velcade® (bortezomib), Casodex (bicalutamide), Iressa® (gefitinib), and Adriamycin as well as a host of chemotherapeutic agents. Non-limiting examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclosphosphamide (CYTOXAN™); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphaoramide and trimethylolomelamine; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine; antibiotics such as aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, calicheamicin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, Casodex™, chromomycins, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, doxorubicin, epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine, androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elfomithine; elliptinium acetate; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidamine; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidamol; nitracrine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK®; razoxane; sizofiran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2′,2″-trichlorotriethylamine; urethan; vindesine; dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside (“Ara-C”); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; taxanes, e.g., paclitaxel (TAXOL™, Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.) and docetaxel (TAXOTERE™, Rhone-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France); retinoic acid; esperamicins; capecitabine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above. Also included as suitable chemotherapeutic cell conditioners are anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens including for example tamoxifen, (Nolvadex™), raloxifene, aromatase inhibiting 4(5)-imidazoles, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY 117018, onapristone, and toremifene (Fareston); and anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; chlorambucil; gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitomycin C; mitoxantrone; vincristine; vinorelbine; navelbine; novantrone; teniposide; daunomycin; aminopterin; xeloda; ibandronate; camptothecin-11 (CPT-11); topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylornithine (DMFO). Where desired, the compounds or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be used in combination with commonly prescribed anti-cancer drugs such as Herceptin®, Avastin®, Erbitux®, Rituxan®, Taxol®, Arimidex®, Taxotere®, ABVD, AVICINE, Abagovomab, Acridine carboxamide, Adecatumumab, 17-N-Allylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin, Alpharadin, Alvocidib, 3-Aminopyridine-2-carboxaldehyde thiosemicarbazone, Amonafide, Anthracenedione, Anti-CD22 immunotoxins, Antineoplastic, Antitumorigenic herbs, Apaziquone, Atiprimod, Azathioprine, Belotecan, Bendamustine, BIBW 2992, Biricodar, Brostallicin, Bryostatin, Buthionine sulfoximine, CBV (chemotherapy), Calyculin, cell-cycle nonspecific antineoplastic agents, Dichloroacetic acid, Discodermolide, Elsamitrucin, Enocitabine, Epothilone, Eribulin, Everolimus, Exatecan, Exisulind, Ferruginol, Forodesine, Fosfestrol, ICE chemotherapy regimen, IT-101, Imexon, Imiquimod, Indolocarbazole, Irofulven, Laniquidar, Larotaxel, Lenalidomide, Lucanthone, Lurtotecan, Mafosfamide, Mitozolomide, Nafoxidine, Nedaplatin, Olaparib, Ortataxel, PAC-1, Pawpaw, Pixantrone, Proteasome inhibitor, Rebeccamycin, Resiquimod, Rubitecan, SN-38, Salinosporamide A, Sapacitabine, Stanford V, Swainsonine, Talaporfin, Tariquidar, Tegafur-uracil, Temodar, Tesetaxel, Triplatin tetranitrate, Tris(2-chloroethyl)amine, Troxacitabine, Uramustine, Vadimezan, Vinflunine, ZD6126 or Zosuquidar.
This invention further relates to a method for using the compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4) or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein, in combination with radiation therapy for inhibiting abnormal cell growth or treating the hyperproliferative disorder in the mammal. Techniques for administering radiation therapy are known in the art, and these techniques can be used in the combination therapy described herein. The administration of the compound of the invention in this combination therapy can be determined as described herein.
Radiation therapy can be administered through one of several methods, or a combination of methods, including without limitation external-beam therapy, internal radiation therapy, implant radiation, stereotactic radiosurgery, systemic radiation therapy, radiotherapy and permanent or temporary interstitial brachytherapy. The term “brachytherapy,” as used herein, refers to radiation therapy delivered by a spatially confined radioactive material inserted into the body at or near a tumor or other proliferative tissue disease site. The term is intended without limitation to include exposure to radioactive isotopes (e.g., At-211, I-131, I-125, Y-90, Re-186, Re-188, Sm-153, Bi-212, P-32, and radioactive isotopes of Lu). Suitable radiation sources for use as a cell conditioner of the present invention include both solids and liquids. By way of non-limiting example, the radiation source can be a radionuclide, such as I-125, I-131, Yb-169, Ir-192 as a solid source, I-125 as a solid source, or other radionuclides that emit photons, beta particles, gamma radiation, or other therapeutic rays. The radioactive material can also be a fluid made from any solution of radionuclide(s), e.g., a solution of I-125 or I-131, or a radioactive fluid can be produced using a slurry of a suitable fluid containing small particles of solid radionuclides, such as Au-198, Y-90. Moreover, the radionuclide(s) can be embodied in a gel or radioactive micro spheres.
The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be used in combination with an amount of one or more substances selected from anti-angiogenesis agents, signal transduction inhibitors, antiproliferative agents, glycolysis inhibitors, or autophagy inhibitors.
Anti-angiogenesis agents, such as MMP-2 (matrix-metalloproteinase 2) inhibitors, MMP-9 (matrix-metalloprotienase 9) inhibitors, and COX-11 (cyclooxygenase 11) inhibitors, can be used in conjunction with a compound of the invention and pharmaceutical compositions described herein. Anti-angiogenesis agents include, for example, rapamycin, temsirolimus (CCI-779), everolimus (RAD001), sorafenib, sunitinib, and bevacizumab. Examples of useful COX-II inhibitors include CELEBREX™ (alecoxib), valdecoxib, and rofecoxib. Examples of useful matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors are described in WO 96/33172 (published Oct. 24, 1996), WO 96/27583 (published Mar. 7, 1996), European Patent Application No. 97304971.1 (filed Jul. 8, 1997), European Patent Application No. 99308617.2 (filed Oct. 29, 1999), WO 98/07697 (published Feb. 26, 1998), WO 98/03516 (published Jan. 29, 1998), WO 98/34918 (published Aug. 13, 1998), WO 98/34915 (published Aug. 13, 1998), WO 98/33768 (published Aug. 6, 1998), WO 98/30566 (published Jul. 16, 1998), European Patent Publication 606,046 (published Jul. 13, 1994), European Patent Publication 931, 788 (published Jul. 28, 1999), WO 90/05719 (published May 31, 1990), WO 99/52910 (published Oct. 21, 1999), WO 99/52889 (published Oct. 21, 1999), WO 99/29667 (published Jun. 17, 1999), PCT International Application No. PCT/IB98/01113 (filed Jul. 21, 1998), European Patent Application No. 99302232.1 (filed Mar. 25, 1999), Great Britain Patent Application No. 9912961.1 (filed Jun. 3, 1999), U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/148,464 (filed Aug. 12, 1999), U.S. Pat. No. 5,863,949 (issued Jan. 26, 1999), U.S. Pat. No. 5,861,510 (issued Jan. 19, 1999), and European Patent Publication 780,386 (published Jun. 25, 1997), all of which are incorporated herein in their entireties by reference. Preferred MMP-2 and MMP-9 inhibitors are those that have little or no activity inhibiting MMP-1. More preferred, are those that selectively inhibit MMP-2 and/or AMP-9 relative to the other matrix-metalloproteinases (e.g., MAP-1, MMP-3, MMP-4, MMP-5, MMP-6, MMP-7, MMP-8, MMP-10, MMP-11, MMP-12, and MMP-13). Some specific examples of MMP inhibitors useful in the invention are AG-3340, RO 32-3555, and RS 13-0830.
Autophagy inhibitors include, but are not limited to chloroquine, 3-methyladenine, hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil™), bafilomycin A1, 5-amino-4-imidazole carboxamide riboside (AICAR), okadaic acid, autophagy-suppressive algal toxins which inhibit protein phosphatases of type 2A or type 1, analogues of cAMP, and drugs which elevate cAMP levels such as adenosine, LY204002, N6-mercaptopurine riboside, and vinblastine. In addition, antisense or siRNA that inhibits expression of proteins including but not limited to ATG5 (which are implicated in autophagy), may also be used.
In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are formulated or administered in conjunction with liquid or solid tissue barriers also known as lubricants. Examples of tissue barriers include, but are not limited to, polysaccharides, polyglycans, seprafilm, interceed and hyaluronic acid.
In some embodiments, medicaments which are administered in conjunction with the compounds described herein include any suitable drugs usefully delivered by inhalation for example, analgesics, e.g., codeine, dihydromorphine, ergotamine, fentanyl or morphine; anginal preparations, e.g., diltiazem; antiallergics, e.g., cromoglycate, ketotifen or nedocromil; anti-infectives, e.g., cephalosporins, penicillins, streptomycin, sulphonamides, tetracyclines or pentamidine; antihistamines, e.g., methapyrilene; anti-inflammatories, e.g., beclomethasone, flunisolide, budesonide, tipredane, triamcinolone acetonide or fluticasone; antitussives, e.g., noscapine; bronchodilators, e.g., ephedrine, adrenaline, fenoterol, formoterol, isoprenaline, metaproterenol, phenylephrine, phenylpropanolamine, pirbuterol, reproterol, rimiterol, salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutalin, isoetharine, tulobuterol, orciprenaline or (−)-4-amino-3,5-dichloro-α-[[[6-[2-(2-pyridinyl)ethoxy]hexyl]-amino]methyl]benzenemethanol; diuretics, e.g., amiloride; anticholinergics e.g., ipratropium, atropine or oxitropium; hormones, e.g., cortisone, hydrocortisone or prednisolone; xanthines e.g., aminophylline, choline theophyllinate, lysine theophyllinate or theophylline; and therapeutic proteins and peptides, e.g., insulin or glucagon. It will be clear to a person skilled in the art that, where appropriate, the medicaments are used in the form of salts (e.g., as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts) or as esters (e.g., lower alkyl esters) or as solvates (e.g., hydrates) to optimize the activity and/or stability of the medicament.
Other exemplary therapeutic agents useful for a combination therapy include but are not limited to agents as described above, radiation therapy, hormone antagonists, hormones and their releasing factors, thyroid and antithyroid drugs, estrogens and progestins, androgens, adrenocorticotropic hormone; adrenocortical steroids and their synthetic analogs; inhibitors of the synthesis and actions of adrenocortical hormones, insulin, oral hypoglycemic agents, and the pharmacology of the endocrine pancreas, agents affecting calcification and bone turnover: calcium, phosphate, parathyroid hormone, vitamin D, calcitonin, vitamins such as water-soluble vitamins, vitamin B complex, ascorbic acid, fat-soluble vitamins, vitamins A, K, and E, growth factors, cytokines, chemokines, muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists; anticholinesterase agents; agents acting at the neuromuscular junction and/or autonomic ganglia; catecholamines, sympathomimetic drugs, and adrenergic receptor agonists or antagonists; and 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT, serotonin) receptor agonists and antagonists.
Therapeutic agents can also include agents for pain and inflammation such as histamine and histamine antagonists, bradykinin and bradykinin antagonists, 5-hydroxytryptamine (serotonin), lipid substances that are generated by biotransformation of the products of the selective hydrolysis of membrane phospholipids, eicosanoids, prostaglandins, thromboxanes, leukotrienes, aspirin, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents, analgesic-antipyretic agents, agents that inhibit the synthesis of prostaglandins and thromboxanes, selective inhibitors of the inducible cyclooxygenase, selective inhibitors of the inducible cyclooxygenase-2, autacoids, paracrine hormones, somatostatin, gastrin, cytokines that mediate interactions involved in humoral and cellular immune responses, lipid-derived autacoids, eicosanoids, β-adrenergic agonists, ipratropium, glucocorticoids, methylxanthines, sodium channel blockers, opioid receptor agonists, calcium channel blockers, membrane stabilizers and leukotriene inhibitors.
Additional therapeutic agents contemplated herein include diuretics, vasopressin, agents affecting the renal conservation of water, rennin, angiotensin, agents useful in the treatment of myocardial ischemia, anti-hypertensive agents, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, β-adrenergic receptor antagonists, agents for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, and agents for the treatment of dyslipidemia.
Other therapeutic agents contemplated include drugs used for control of gastric acidity, agents for the treatment of peptic ulcers, agents for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease, prokinetic agents, antiemetics, agents used in irritable bowel syndrome, agents used for diarrhea, agents used for constipation, agents used for inflammatory bowel disease, agents used for biliary disease, agents used for pancreatic disease. Therapeutic agents used to treat protozoan infections, drugs used to treat Malaria, Amebiasis, Giardiasis, Trichomoniasis, Trypanosomiasis, and/or Leishmaniasis, and/or drugs used in the chemotherapy of helminthiasis. Other therapeutic agents include antimicrobial agents, sulfonamides, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole quinolones, and agents for urinary tract infections, penicillins, cephalosporins, and other, β-lactam antibiotics, an agent comprising an aminoglycoside, protein synthesis inhibitors, drugs used in the chemotherapy of tuberculosis, mycobacterium avium complex disease, and leprosy, antifungal agents, antiviral agents including nonretroviral agents and antiretroviral agents.
Examples of therapeutic antibodies that can be combined with a compound of the invention include but are not limited to anti-receptor tyrosine kinase antibodies (cetuximab, panitumumab, trastuzumab), anti CD20 antibodies (rituximab, tositumomab), and other antibodies such as alemtuzumab, bevacizumab, and gemtuzumab.
Moreover, therapeutic agents used for immunomodulation, such as immunomodulators, immunosuppressive agents, tolerogens, and immunostimulants are contemplated by the methods herein. In addition, therapeutic agents acting on the blood and the blood-forming organs, hematopoietic agents, growth factors, minerals, and vitamins, anticoagulant, thrombolytic, and antiplatelet drugs.
For treating renal carcinoma, one may combine a compound of the present invention with sorafenib and/or avastin. For treating an endometrial disorder, one may combine a compound of the present invention with doxorubincin, taxotere (taxol), and/or cisplatin (carboplatin). For treating ovarian cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with cisplatin (carboplatin), taxotere, doxorubincin, topotecan, and/or tamoxifen. For treating breast cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine (capecitabine), tamoxifen, letrozole, tarceva, lapatinib, PD0325901, avastin, herceptin, OSI-906, and/or OSI-930. For treating lung cancer, one may combine a compound of the present invention with taxotere (taxol), gemcitabine, cisplatin, pemetrexed, Tarceva, PD0325901, and/or avastin.
Further therapeutic agents that can be combined with a compound of the invention are found in Goodman and Gilman's “The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics” Tenth Edition edited by Hardman, Limbird and Gilman or the Physician's Desk Reference, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
The compounds described herein can be used in combination with the agents disclosed herein or other suitable agents, depending on the condition being treated. Hence, in some embodiments the one or more compounds of the invention will be co-administered with other agents as described above. When used in combination therapy, the compounds described herein are administered with the second agent simultaneously or separately. This administration in combination can include simultaneous administration of the two agents in the same dosage form, simultaneous administration in separate dosage forms, and separate administration. That is, a compound described herein and any of the agents described above can be formulated together in the same dosage form and administered simultaneously. Alternatively, a compound of the invention and any of the agents described above can be simultaneously administered, wherein both the agents are present in separate formulations. In another alternative, a compound of the present invention can be administered just followed by and any of the agents described above, or vice versa. In some embodiments of the separate administration protocol, a compound of the invention and any of the agents described above are administered a few minutes apart, or a few hours apart, or a few days apart.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with another therapeutic agent effective in treating leukemia and/or other cancers. In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL), for example: ABITREXATE (Methotrexate), ADRIAMYCIN PFS (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride), ADRIAMYCIN RDF (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride), ARRANON (Nelarabine), Asparaginase Erwinia chrysanthemi, CERUBIDINE (Daunorubicin Hydrochloride), CLAFEN (Cyclophosphamide), CLOFARABINE, CLOFAREX (Clofarabine), CLOLAR (Clofarabine), Cyclophosphamide, Cytarabine, CYTOSAR-U (Cytarabine), CYTOXAN (Cyclophosphamide), Dasatinib, Daunorubicin Hydrochloride, Doxorubicin Hydrochloride, Erwinaze (Asparaginase Erwinia Chrysanthemi), FOLEX (Methotrexate), FOLEX PFS (Methotrexate), GLEEVEC (Imatinib Mesylate), ICLUSIG (Ponatinib Hydrochloride), Imatinib Mesylate, MARQIBO (Vincristine Sulfate Liposome), Methotrexate, METHOTREXATE LPF (Methorexate), MEXATE (Methotrexate), MEXATE-AQ (Methotrexate), Nelarabine, NEOSAR (Cyclophosphamide), ONCASPAR (Pegaspargase), Pegaspargase, Ponatinib Hydrochloride, RUBIDOMYCIN (Daunorubicin Hydrochloride), SPRYCEL (Dasatinib), TARABINE PFS (Cytarabine), VINCASAR PFS (Vincristine Sulfate), Vincristine Sulfate, etc.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML), for example: ADRIAMYCIN PFS (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride), ADRIAMYCIN RDF (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride), Arsenic Trioxide, CERUBIDINE (Daunorubicin Hydrochloride), CLAFEN (Cyclophosphamide), Cyclophosphamide, Cytarabine, CYTOSAR-U (Cytarabine), CYTOXAN (Cyclophosphamide), Daunorubicin Hydrochloride, Doxorubicin Hydrochloride, NEOSAR (Cyclophosphamide), RUBIDOMYCIN (Daunorubicin Hydrochloride), TARABINE PFS (Cytarabine), TRISENOX (Arsenic Trioxide), VINCASAR PFS (Vincristine Sulfate), Vincristine Sulfate, etc.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia (CLL), for example: Alemtuzumab, AMBOCHLORIN (Chlorambucil), AMBOCLORIN (Chlorambucil), ARZERRA (Ofatumumab), Bendamustine Hydrochloride, CAMPATH (Alemtuzumab), CHLORAMBUCILCLAFEN (Cyclophosphamide), Cyclophosphamide, CYTOXAN (Cyclophosphamide), FLUDARA (Fludarabine Phosphate), Fludarabine Phosphate, LEUKERAN (Chlorambucil), LINFOLIZIN (Chlorambucil), NEOSAR (Cyclophosphamide), Ofatumumab, TREANDA (Bendamustine Hydrochloride), etc.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia (CML), for example: BOSULIF (Bosutinib), Bosutinib, CLAFEN (Cyclophosphamide), Cyclophosphamide, Cytarabine, CYTOSAR-U (Cytarabine), CYTOXAN (Cyclophosphamide), Dasatinib, GLEEVEC (Imatinib Mesylate), ICLUSIG (Ponatinib Hydrochloride), Imatinib Mesylate, NEOSAR (Cyclophosphamide), Nilotinib, Omacetaxine Mepesuccinate, Ponatinib Hydrochloride, SPRYCEL (Dasatinib), SYNRIBO (Omacetaxine Mepesuccinate), TARABINE PFS (Cytarabine), TASIGNA (Nilotinib), etc.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more therapeutic agents approved for the treatment of Meningeal Leukemia, for example: CYTARABINE, CYTOSAR-U (Cytarabine), TARABINE PFS (Cytarabine), etc.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more alkylating agents (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, nitrogen mustard N-oxide, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, thiotepa, ranimustine, nimustine, temozolomide, altretamine, apaziquone, brostallicin, bendamustine, carmustine, estramustine, fotemustine, glufosfamide, mafosfamide, bendamustin, mitolactol, cisplatin, carboplatin, eptaplatin, lobaplatin, nedaplatin, oxaliplatin, and satraplatin.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more anti-metabolites (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurineriboside, mercaptopurine, 5-fluorouracil, tegafur, doxifluridine, carmofur, cytarabine, cytarabine ocfosfate, enocitabine, gemcitabine, fludarabin, 5-azacitidine, capecitabine, cladribine, clofarabine, decitabine, eflornithine, ethynylcytidine, cytosine arabinoside, hydroxyurea, melphalan, nelarabine, nolatrexed, ocfosf[iota]te, disodium premetrexed, pentostatin, pelitrexol, raltitrexed, triapine, trimetrexate, vidarabine, vincristine, and vinorelbine;
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more hormonal therapy agents (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, exemestane, Lupron, anastrozole, doxercalciferol, fadrozole, formestane, abiraterone acetate, finasteride, epristeride, tamoxifen citrate, fulvestrant, Trelstar, toremifene, raloxifene, lasofoxifene, letrozole, sagopilone, ixabepilone, epothilone B, vinblastine, vinflunine, docetaxel, and paclitaxel;
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more cytotoxic topoisomerase inhibiting agents (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, aclarubicin, doxorubicin, amonafide, belotecan, camptothecin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, 9-aminocamptothecin, diflomotecan, irinotecan, topotecan, edotecarin, epimbicin, etoposide, exatecan, gimatecan, lurtotecan, mitoxantrone, pirambicin, pixantrone, rubitecan, sobuzoxane, tafluposide;
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more anti-angiogenic compounds (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, acitretin, aflibercept, angiostatin, aplidine, asentar, axitinib, recentin, bevacizumab, brivanib alaninat, cilengtide, combretastatin, DAST, endostatin, fenretinide, halofuginone, pazopanib, ranibizumab, rebimastat, removab, revlimid, sorafenib, vatalanib, squalamine, sunitinib, telatinib, thalidomide, ukrain, and vitaxin.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more antibodies (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, trastuzumab, cetuximab, bevacizumab, rituximab, ticilimumab, ipilimumab, lumiliximab, catumaxomab, atacicept, oregovomab, and alemtuzumab.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more VEGF inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, sorafenib, DAST, bevacizumab, sunitinib, recentin, axitinib, aflibercept, telatinib, brivanib alaninate, vatalanib, pazopanib, and ranibizumab.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more EGFR inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, cetuximab, panitumumab, vectibix, gefitinib, erlotinib, and Zactima.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more HER2 inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, lapatinib, tratuzumab, and pertuzumab; CDK inhibitor is selected from roscovitine and flavopiridol;
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more proteasome inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, bortezomib and carfilzomib.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more serine/threonine kinase inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer), for example, MEK inhibitors and Raf inhibitors such as sorafenib.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more tyrosine kinase inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, dasatinib, nilotibib, DAST, bosutinib, sorafenib, bevacizumab, sunitinib, AZD2171, axitinib, aflibercept, telatinib, imatinib mesylate, brivanib alaninate, pazopanib, ranibizumab, vatalanib, cetuximab, panitumumab, vectibix, gefitinib, erlotinib, lapatinib, tratuzumab and pertuzumab.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more androgen receptor antagonists (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, nandrolone decanoate, fluoxymesterone, Android, Prostaid, andromustine, bicalutamide, flutamide, apocyproterone, apoflutamide, chlormadinone acetate, Androcur, Tabi, cyproterone acetate, and nilutamide.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more aromatase inhibitors (e.g., for the treatment of cancer) selected from, for example, anastrozole, letrozole, testolactone, exemestane, aminoglutethimide, and formestane.
In some embodiments, a compound described herein is co-administered with one or more other anti-cancer agents including, e.g., alitretinoin, ampligen, atrasentan bexarotene, borte-zomib, bosentan, calcitriol, exisulind, fotemustine, ibandronic acid, miltefosine, mitoxantrone, 1-asparaginase, procarbazine, dacarbazine, hydroxycarbamide, pegaspargase, pentostatin, tazaroten, velcade, gallium nitrate, canfosfamide, darinaparsin, and tretinoin. In a preferred embodiment, the compounds of the present disclosure may be used in combination with chemotherapy (e.g., cytotoxic agents), anti-hormones and/or targeted therapies such as other kinase inhibitors, mTOR inhibitors and angiogenesis inhibitors.
Kits
For use in the therapeutic applications described herein, kits and articles of manufacture are also provided. In some embodiments, such kits comprise a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the container(s) comprising one of the separate elements to be used in a method described herein. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers are formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
The articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials. Packaging materials for use in packaging pharmaceutical products include those found in, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,323,907, 5,052,558 and 5,033,252. Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment. For example, the container(s) includes a compound or salt of any of Formulas (1), (2), (1A), (1B), (1C), (1D), (1E), (1F), (1G), (1H), (1I), (1J), (3), (3A), (3B), (3C), (3D), (3E), (3F), (3G), (3H), (3I), (3J), and (4), optionally in a composition or in combination with another agent as disclosed herein. The container(s) optionally have a sterile access port (for example the container is an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). Such kits optionally comprising a compound with an identifying description or label or instructions relating to its use in the methods described herein.
For example, a kit typically includes one or more additional containers, each with one or more of various materials (such as reagents, optionally in concentrated form, and/or devices) desirable from a commercial and user standpoint for use of a compound described herein. Non-limiting examples of such materials include, but not limited to, buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes; carrier, package, container, vial and/or tube labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts with instructions for use. A set of instructions will also typically be included. A label is optionally on or associated with the container. For example, a label is on a container when letters, numbers or other characters forming the label are attached, molded or etched into the container itself, a label is associated with a container when it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the container, e.g., as a package insert. In addition, a label is used to indicate that the contents are to be used for a specific therapeutic application. In addition, the label indicates directions for use of the contents, such as in the methods described herein. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is presented in a pack or dispenser device which contains one or more unit dosage forms containing a compound provided herein. The pack, for example, contains metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. Or, the pack or dispenser device is accompanied by instructions for administration. Or, the pack or dispenser is accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, is the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. In some embodiments, compositions containing a compound provided herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier are prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
The examples and preparations provided below further illustrate and exemplify the compounds of the present invention and methods of preparing such compounds. It is to be understood that the scope of the present invention is not limited in any way by the scope of the following examples and preparations.
EXAMPLES
Where indicated, the compounds of Table 1 were analyzed by LC-MS and TLC under the following conditions. The LC-MS conditions for procedure A are as follows: Phenomenex Kinetex 2.6 u C18 column dimensions 3.0 mm×50 mm; temperature—60° C.; solvent A—0.1% TFA in water; solvent B—0.1% TFA in MeCN; gradient program—5% to 100% B/6 min; and UV wavelength: 254 nm. The LC-MS conditions for procedure B (indicated by * in Table 1) are as follows: Shimadzu VP-ODS 150LX2.0 5 u column; temperature—40° C.; solvent A—0.1% HOOH in water; solvent B—acetonitrile; flow rate −0.2 mL/min; gradient program—80% A and 20% B/0.1 min., 10% A and 90% B/5.0 min., 0% A and 100% B/5.1 min., and 0% A and 100% B/8.0 min. The TLC conditions are as follows: pre-coated Silica Gel 60 F254 plates; and DCM:MeOH:NH3H2O, 20:1:0.1.
TABLE 1
Inhibitors of the menin-MLL interaction
LC-MS RT
Compound (min.) or TLC
Number Structure [MH]+ Rf
1
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00127
 		637.2684 0.25
2
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00128
 		651.2834 0.25
3
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00129
 		687.2505 0.3
4
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00130
 		665.2993 0.25
5
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00131
 		649.2680 0.25
6
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00132
 		708.3415 0.15
7
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00133
 		701.2661 0.3
8
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00134
 		686.2556 0.3
9
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00135
 		657.2745 0.25
10
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00136
 		648.5 1.83 min
11
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00137
 		656.6 1.88 min
12
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00138
 		729.2222 0.3
13
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00139
 		693.2551 0.25
14
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00140
 		675.2649 0.25
15
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00141
 		668.3102 0.15
16
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00142
 		547.2198 0.3
17
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00143
 		699.2508 0.3
18
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00144
 		713.2664 0.3
19
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00145
 		943.4083 0.15
20
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00146
 		650.2884 0.25
21
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00147
 		485.1732 0.3
22
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00148
 		701.2669 0.25
23
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00149
 		713.2661 0.25
24
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00150
 		677.2994 0.25
25
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00151
 		665.2997 0.25
26
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00152
 		579.2267 0.15
27
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00153
 		722.3578 0.15
28
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00154
 		637.2679 0.25
29
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00155
 		651.2830 0.25
30
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00156
 		611.1987 0.1
31
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00157
 		651.2841 0.25
32
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00158
 		651.2838 0.25
33
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00159
34
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00160
 		665.2081 0.2
35
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00161
36
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00162
37
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00163
38
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00164
39
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00165
40
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00166
41
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00167
42
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00168
43
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00169
44
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00170
45
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00171
46
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00172
47
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00173
48
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00174
49
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00175
50
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00176
51
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00177
52
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00178
53
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00179
54
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00180
55
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00181
56
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00182
57
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00183
58
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00184
59
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00185
60
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00186
61
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00187
62
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00188
63
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00189
64
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00190
65
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00191
66
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00192
67
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00193
68
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00194
69
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00195
70
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00196
71
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00197
72
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00198
73
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00199
74
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00200
75
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00201
76
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00202
77
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00203
78
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00204
79
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00205
80
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00206
81
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00207
82
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00208
83
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00209
84
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00210
85
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00211
86
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00212
87
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00213
88
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00214
89
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00215
90
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00216
91
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00217
 		658.2572 0.2
92
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00218
 		604.2467 0.25
93
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00219
 		667.2765 0.2
94
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00220
 		666.2945 0.15
95
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00221
 		600.1999 0.15
96
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00222
 		667.3149 0.25
97
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00223
 		594.2370 0.2
98
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00224
 		665.2992 0.25
99
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00225
 		645.2475 0.25
100
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00226
 		659.2523 0.25
101
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00227
 		674.2520 0.2
102
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00228
103
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00229
 		667.3149 0.25
104
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00230
 		682.2240 0.25
105
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00231
 		736.2346 0.25
106
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00232
 		673.2679 0.3
107
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00233
108
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00234
109
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00235
110
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00236
111
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00237
 		673.2682 0.15
112
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00238
 		675.2478 5.02 min
113
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00239
114
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00240
115
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00241
 		688.45 3.688*
116
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00242
117
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00243
118
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00244
119
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00245
120
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00246
121
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00247
122
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00248
123
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00249
124
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00250
125
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00251
126
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00252
127
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00253
128
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00254
129
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00255
130
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00256
131
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00257
132
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00258
133
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00259
134
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00260
135
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00261
136
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00262
137
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00263
138
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00264
139
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00265
140
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00266
141
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00267
142
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00268
143
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00269
144
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00270
145
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00271
146
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00272
147
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00273
148
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00274
149
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00275
150
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00276
151
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00277
152
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00278
153
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00279
154
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00280
155
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00281
156
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00282
157
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00283
158
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00284
159
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00285
160
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00286
161
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00287
162
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00288
163
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00289
164
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00290
165
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00291
166
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00292
167
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00293
168
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00294
 		677.45 1.45*
169
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00295
170
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00296
 		705.5 2.262*
171
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00297
172
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00298
 		691.45 1.3*
173
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00299
174
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00300
 		663.45 2.455*
175
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00301
176
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00302
 		677.5 2.519*
177
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00303
178
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00304
179
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00305
180
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00306
181
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00307
182
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00308
183
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00309
184
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00310
185
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00311
186
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00312
187
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00313
188
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00314
189
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00315
190
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00316
191
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00317
192
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00318
193
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00319
194
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00320
195
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00321
196
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00322
197
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00323
198
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00324
199
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00325
 		734.40 2.84*
200
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00326
201
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00327
202
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00328
203
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00329
 		762.45 3.708*
204
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00330
205
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00331
206
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00332
 		790.5 3.924*
207
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00333
208
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00334
 		622.4 3.492*
209
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00335
 		689.45 3.438*
210
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00336
 		666 3.307*
211
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00337
212
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00338
213
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00339
214
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00340
215
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00341
216
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00342
 		685.45 2.956*
217
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00343
218
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00344
219
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00345
 		636.35 3.263*
220
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00346
221
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00347
222
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00348
223
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00349
224
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00350
225
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00351
226
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00352
227
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00353
228
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00354
229
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00355
230
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00356
231
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00357
 		694.2237 4.34 min
232
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00358
 		701.2658 4.56 min
233
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00359
 		636.4 3.58*
234
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00360
 		606.2651 4.23 min
235
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00361
 		677.2634 4.82 min
236
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00362
 		621.2378 4.21 min
237
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00363
238
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00364
239
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00365
240
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00366
241
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00367
 		661.2764 4.43 min
242
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00368
 		678.2666 5.02 min
243
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00369
 		688.5 2.784*
244
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00370
 		688.45 3.631*
245
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00371
246
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00372
247
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00373
248
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00374
249
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00375
250
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00376
251
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00377
252
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00378
253
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00379
254
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00380
255
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00381
256
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00382
257
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00383
258
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00384
259
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00385
260
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00386
261
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00387
262
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00388
263
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00389
264
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00390
TABLE 2
IC50 values for Table 1 inhibitors of menin
+
+++ ++ (IC50
++++ (30 nM < (100 < IC50 ≤ >1000
(IC50 ≤30 nM) IC50 ≤100 nM) 1000 nM) nM)
167, 184, 199, 203, 169, 170, 171, 168, 190, 192, 206, 205, 207
102, 105, 112, 11, 3, 172, 189, 182, 178, 17, 210, 211,
4, 6, 7, 8, 20, 229, 115, 176, 174, 202, 218, 193, 216,
27, 29, 31, 81, 93, 204, 197, 103, 104, 254
66, 100, 101, 9, 18, 106, 10, 20, 1, 2, 18,
230, 23, 32, 105, 24, 25, 28, 34, 94, 5,
112, 231, 232, 91 14, 106, 241, 208,
209, 233, 194, 219,
242, 243, 244, 212
TABLE 3
Reaction rate (k) for Table 1 inhibitors with menin
++++ +++ ++ +
(k ≥10−3 s−1) (10−3 s−1 > k ≥ 10−4 s−1) (10−4 s−1 > k ≥ 10−5 s−1) (k <10−5 s−1)
199, 209, 3, 100, 115, 81, 91, 99, 192, 25, 94, 66, 208, 210, 190, 233, 11, 20, 1,
101, 105, 112, 231, 203, 206, 18, 230, 10, 28, 29, 93, 32, 2, 20, 17, 229, 24,
241, 232, 242, 209, 243 168, 172, 182, 184, 31, 178, 219
194, 6, 8, 34, 5, 18, 176, 174
23, 105, 244, 216
Example 1. Schemes for Preparing Compounds of the Disclosure
Compounds and salts described herein may be prepared according to the following general schemes.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00391
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00392
Example 2. Representative Procedure for Synthesis of Compounds 3, 8, and 20
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00393
4,4,4-trifluorouteraldehyde (5 g, 39.6 mmol), cyanoacetamide (3.36 g, 39.6 mmol) and sulfur (1.28 g, 39.6 mmol) were stirred in N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (40 mL) in the presence of triethylamine (6.7 mL) for 24 h. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was loaded on a silica gel column and eluted with pure ethyl acetate to afford 2-amino-5-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiophene-3-carboxamide (8.4 g). 1H NMR CDCl3 (300 MHz): 7.97 (s, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 3.59 (br, 2H), 3.35 (q, 2H, J 10.3 Hz), 2.98 (s, 1H), 2.88 (s, 1H). 13C NMR CDCl3 (75 MHz): 168.6, 125.6, 124.3, 111.7, 107.3, 36.8, 34.7 (q, J 31.4 Hz).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00394
2-Amino-5-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiophene-3-carboxamide (8.4 g) was refluxed in a mixture of triethylorthoformate (28 mL) and acetic acid (20 mL) for 4 h. Solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was triturated in a hexane-ethyl acetate mixture (1:1). The solid was filtered off to afford 6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (5.7 g). 1H NMR MeOH-d4 (300 MHz): 12.6 (br, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 4.07 (q, 2H, J 11.0 Hz). 13C NMR MeOH-d4 (75 MHz): 164.5, 157.01, 146.1, 128.4, 124.6, 123.5, 33.6 (q, J 31.5 Hz).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00395
6-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one (5.7 g) was added to POCl3 (16 mL) with one drop of DMF. The heterogeneous mixture was refluxed for 3 h, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was quenched with ice and saturated ammonia solution and extracted with chloroform. Combined extracts were evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a short silica gel column. The column was eluted with hexane-ethyl acetate (5:1) to afford 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (5.9 g). 1H NMR CDCl3 (300 MHz): 8.86 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 3.76 (q, 2H, J 9.9 Hz). 13C NMR CDCl3 (75 MHz): 169.0, 154.7, 153.2, 129.9, 125.3, 123.5, 121.3, 35.9 (q, J 33.0 Hz).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00396
4-Chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (4.8 g, 19 mmol) was added to a stirred solution (95 mL) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (7.4 g, 57 mmol) and 4-amino-N-Boc-piperidine (4.56 g, 22.8 mmol) and was heated at reflux overnight. In the morning, the reaction mixture was evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a column. The product was eluted with hexane-ethyl acetate (increasing from 1:1 to 1:5) yielding the boc-derivative (7.42 g). Boc-intermediate was dissolved in 4M HCl in dioxane (40 mL) and stirred for 2 h. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to afford N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (5.3 g), which was used in later steps without purification. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 5.32 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 4.32 (m, 1H), 3.64 (q, 2H, 10 Hz), 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.57 (br, 1H), 2.14 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): δC 166.85, 155.96, 154.33, 128.12, 126.62, 118.66, 116.48, 47.98, 45.32, 35.56 (q, J=31.5 Hz), 33.10. ESI MS [MH+]: 317.2.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00397
3-Bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid (30 g, 139 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (180 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Lithium aluminium hydride (9.5 g, 250 mmol) was added in small portions. After stirring for 3 h, no starting material was observed by TLC. The reaction mixture was carefully quenched with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20 mL). Silica gel was added and the mixture was evaporated to dryness and loaded on a small silica gel column. The product was eluted with hexane:ethyl acetate (1:1) resulting in the pure alcohol (3-bromo-2-methylphenyl)methanol (24 g) after evaporation. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 7.50 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.29 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.04 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 4.68 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.90 (br s, 1H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 140.60, 135.84, 132.03, 127.12, 126.70, 126.05.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00398
(3-Bromo-2-methylphenyl)methanol (24 g, 119 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (240 mL) and manganese (IV) oxide (103 g, 1.2 mol) was added. After stirring overnight, TLC showed no starting material. Reaction mixture was evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a small silica gel column. The product was eluted with hexane:ethyl acetate (10:1) to afford the pure aldehyde 3-bromo-2-methylbenzaldehyde (18.6 g) after evaporation. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 10.25 (s, 1H), 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.23 (t, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 2.75 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 191.84, 137.72, 130.93, 130.20, 127.61, 127.37, 126.82, 18.13.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00399
To the mixture of 3-bromo-2-methylbenzaldehyde (18.6 g, 93 mmol) and methyl azidoacetate (26.8 g, 233 mmol) in MeOH (130 mL) was added 5.4 M MeONa (43 mL) over 30 min at −10° C. After addition, the mixture was stirred for additional hour at the same temperature and then transferred to a cold room (4° C.) and stirred overnight. In the morning, the reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of ice and concentrated ammonium chloride solution (1 L), stirred for 10 minutes and filtered off. The solid was washed with plenty of ice cold water and then air dried for 1 hr at ambient temperature. Then the solid was dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM) (100 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate and passed through a short silica gel plug. Evaporation of solvent produced methyl (E)-2-azido-3-(3-bromo-2-methylphenyl)acrylate (21.1 g), that was used in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 7.72 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 7.53 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.07 (t, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 163.61, 136.65, 133.94, 133.09, 129.25, 128.76, 126.78, 125.81, 123.64, 53.10, 20.04.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00400
Methyl (E)-2-azido-3-(3-bromo-2-methylphenyl)acrylate (21.1 g, 71 mmol) was dissolved in xylene (700 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 10 minutes. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature (RT) and kept in a −20° C. freezer overnight. The precipitated product was filtered off and dried on a funnel to produce methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carboxylate (10.0 g). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 8.98 (br s, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 162.12, 135.38, 131.56, 129.52, 128.98, 127.36, 115.92, 110.82, 107.70, 52.15, 18.97.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00401
Methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carboxylate (10.0 g, 38 mmol) was refluxed in solution of KOH (10.6 g, 190 mmol) in methanol (130 mL) for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and acidified with 12 M HCl in water. The precipitated product was filtered off. After drying, the 5-bromo-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carboxylic acid was added to a solution of oxalyl chloride (6.5 mL, 76 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) with DMF (0.6 mL). After stirring for 1 hr, the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and concentrated ammonia in water (40 mL) was added dropwise. The heterogeneous mixture was stirred for another 3 h and filtered off to obtain the carboxamide. A mixture of 5-bromo-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carboxamide, phosphorus oxychloride (36 mL, 380 mmol) and chloroform (120 mL) was refluxed for 5 h. Then reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and quenched with ice and concentrated ammonia (about 40 mL). The formed precipitate was filtered off, washed with plenty of water and dissolved in THF (100 mL). The solution was evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a medium silica gel column. The product was eluted in hexane:ethyl acetate (2:1) affording the pure carbonitrile (7.4 g) after evaporation. 1H NMR (600 MHz, Me2CO-d6): 11.42 (br s, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 2.59 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, Me2CO-d6): 137.48, 131.99, 130.95, 129.33, 117.21, 114.93, 113.71, 112.95, 108.51, 19.59.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00402
5-Bromo-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (2.35 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 mL). The flask was flushed with argon and potassium hydride (3.2 g) was added (30% suspension in oil, 24 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, the reaction mixture was cooled to −90° C. (internal temperature, ethanol/N2(liq.)) and tert-butyl lithium (11.8 mL, 20 mmol) was slowly added to maintain the temperature in the range between −95° C. and −90° C. After stirring for 1 h, DMF (3.8 ml, 50 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to −70° C. and kept for 30 minutes at that temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with acetic acid (2.9 mL, 50 mmol) and warmed to room temperature. After the addition of brine (100 mL), the organic phase was separated, evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a medium silica gel column. Elution started with pure hexane and then product was washed out with hexane:THF (1:1). After evaporation of the product-containing fractions, the pure aldehyde (1.11 g) was obtained. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3CN): 10.39 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 2.86 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3CN): 191.15, 138.90, 137.17, 127.26, 126.94, 126.55, 113.70, 113.11, 109.97, 107.19, 13.39.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00403
Tert-butyl 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (1 g, 4.3 mmol) and triethyl amine (0.89 mL, 6.5 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (14 mL). MsCl (0.4 mL, 5.2 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction was stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The intermediate was dissolved in DMF (4 mL) and 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (368 mg, 2 mmol) and cesium carbonate (2 g, 6 mmol) was added. After stirring for 18 h, TLC showed consumption of aldehyde. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic phase was evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a silica gel column. The product was eluted with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) to afford tert-butyl 4-(2-(2-cyano-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (240 mg). HR MS (ESI): C22H28N4O3+H+ calculated 397.2234; found 397.2239.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00404
Tert-butyl 4-(2-(2-cyano-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (120 mg, 0.3 mmol), N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine hydrochloride (126 mg, 0.36 mmol), and triethylamine (0.06 mL, 0.45 mmol) were mixed in dry dichloromethane (3 mL). Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (97 mg, 0.45 mmol) was added to the mixture in one portion. After stirring overnight, TLC showed absence of starting aldehyde and the reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with 1M NaOH (20 mL). The organic phase was evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a silica gel column. The product was eluted starting from DCM:MeOH:NH3*H2O 40:1:0.1 and decreasing to 20:1:0.1. Evaporation of solvent gave tert-butyl 4-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (180 mg). HR MS (ESI): C35H43F3N8O2S+H+ calculated 697.3255; found 697.3259.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00405
Tert-butyl 4-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (180 mg, 0.26 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (ACN) (2.6 mL) and SnCl4 (0.3 mL, 2.6 mmol) was added. The homogenous reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h and then volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was quenched with ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. Combined organic fractions were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified using preparative TLC to afford 4-methyl-1-(2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethyl)-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (88 mg). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.10 (s, 1H), 5.20 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 4.32 (m, 2H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 3.63 (q, 2H, J=10.5 Hz), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.91, (m, 6H), 2.69 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.50 (m, 4H), 2.26 (t, 2H, J=10.6 Hz), 2.09 (d, 2H, J=10.3 Hz), 1.58 (d, 2H, J=9.9 Hz). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 166.79, 156.09, 154.36, 136.37, 131.18, 128.97, 128.65, 127.33, 125.61, 118.62, 116.43, 114.03, 111.64, 109.76, 107.23, 60.14, 57.80, 57.80, 53.86, 52.36, 51.34, 48.05, 45.48, 43.34, 35.53 (q, J=32 Hz), 32.39, 15.06. HR MS (ESI): C30H35F3N8S+H+ calculated 597.2730; found 597.2727.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00406
To a mixture of 4-methyl-1-(2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethyl)-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (520 mg, 0.87 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (0.23 mL, 1.3 mmol) in DCM (17 mL) was added 2-chloroethanesulfonyl chloride (0.1 mL, 0.96 mmol) with external cooling of ice water. After stirring for 15 minutes, the reaction mixture was loaded directly on a column and eluted with DCM-MeOH (10:1) and then purified again in a column using Hexane-Ethyl Acetate-Methanol (1:1:0.2). Evaporating the product-containing fractions resulted in 4-methyl-1-(2-(4-vinylsulfonylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (Compound 3) (308 mg). Compound 3 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (4 mL), adding 1M HCl in water (0.55 mL) and evaporating. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J=16.5, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 6.14 (m, 2H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 3.86 (q, 2H, J=10.5 Hz), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.34 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.56 (m, 4H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.02, 157.69, 154.84, 138.70, 135.10 133.74, 130.56, 129.96, 129.77, 126.60 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.74, 121.01, 118.18, 114.62, 113.18, 112.65, 100.44, 58.59, 58.05, 53.85, 52.94, 47.11, 46.72, 44.46, 35.63 (q, J=32 Hz), 30.92, 30.01, 15.80. HR MS (ESI): C32H37F3N8O2S2+H+ calculated 687.2506; found 687.2505.
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 3, Compound 8 was synthesized starting with the tert-butyl 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 6.60 (dd, J=16.5, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (m, 2H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.86 (q, 2H, J=10.5 Hz), 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 3H), 1.44 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 166.69, 157.70, 154.70, 138.80, 135.23, 134.19, 130.71, 129.09, 128.74, 126.53 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.74, 120.99, 118.21, 114.26, 113.64, 111.43, 110.41, 58.91, 52.95, 46.94, 44.29, 37.47, 35.54 (q, J=32 Hz), 34.18, 32.71, 30.77, 30.00, 27.33, 15.79. HR MS (ESI): C33H38F3N7O2S2+H+ calculated 686.2553; found 687.2556.
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 3, Compound 20 was synthesized starting with 4-methyl-1-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 2H) 7.48 (s, 1H), 6.60 (dd, J=16.9, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (dd, J=16.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.74 (dd, J=10.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (m, 3H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.88 (q, 2H, J=10.5 Hz), 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.34 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 4H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.23 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.45, 167.07, 157.72, 154.87, 138.79, 135.18, 130.77, 129.66, 129.23, 128.71, 128.28, 126.53 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.87, 121.15, 118.20, 114.32, 113.65, 111.35, 110.40, 58.82, 52.93, 47.20, 44.29, 43.37, 37.61, 35.68 (q, J=32 Hz), 34.81, 33.83, 32.88, 29.99, 15.85. HR MS (ESI): C34H38F3N7OS+H+ calculated 650.2884; found 650.2881.
Example 3. Representative Procedure for Synthesis of Compounds 17, 18, 22-25, 27-29, 31 and 32
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00407
Monosilylated ethylene glycol (704 mg, 4 mmol) and triethylamine (0.89 mL, 6 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (10 mL). Ms2O (835 mg, 4.8 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction was stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The reaction intermediate was dissolved in DMF (5.3 mL) and 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (490.6 mg, 2.67 mmol) and cesium carbonate (2.6 g, 8 mmol) were added. After stirring for 4 h at 50° C., TLC showed consumption of the aldehyde. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (2×50 mL). The organic phase was evaporated and dissolved in acetonitrile (4 mL). Et3N-3HF (0.7 mL) was added and mixture was stirred for 1 h at 50° C. Reaction mixture was concentrated and purified using column chromatography eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) to afford pure 5-formyl-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (369 mg). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 10.38 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 4.40 (m, 2H), 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 2.86 (s, 3H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00408
Methanesulfonic anhydride (Ms2O) (662 mg, 3.81 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of 5-formyl-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (290 mg, 1.27 mmol) and DIPEA (1.1 mL) in THF (6.3 mL). After stirring for 10 minutes, the mixture was diluted with saturated bicarbonate solution and stirred for 20 minutes, and the product was filtered off and thoroughly dried. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3CN): 10.39 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 4.66 (m, 2H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 2.86 (m, 6H). The mesylated derivative (130 mg, 0.42 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and tert-butyl 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (166 mg, 0.84 mmol) and potassium carbonate (86 mg, 0.63 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated at 85° C. for 1 h, cooled down, diluted with water, and extracted with DCM. The crude mixture was purified on silica gel column to produce tert-butyl 5-(2-(2-cyano-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (10 mg). HR MS (ESI): C23H28N4O3+H+ calculated 409.2234; found 409.2232.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00409
Tert-butyl 5-(2-(2-cyano-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (10 mg, 0.025 mmol), N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine hydrochloride (126 mg, 0.038 mmol), and triethylamine (0.01 mL, 0.045 mmol) were mixed in dry dichloromethane (0.3 mL). Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (10 mg, 0.045 mmol) was added to it in one portion. After stirring overnight, TLC showed absence of starting aldehyde in reaction mixture. Reaction mixture was purified using preparative thin-layer chromatography (pTLC) eluting with DCM:MeOH:NH3*H2O (20:1:0.1). After washing the product from silica gel with methanol, it was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.5 mL) and tin chloride (0.03 mL, 0.26 mmol). After stirring for 15 minutes, volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was quenched with ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. Combined organic fractions were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified using preparative TLC to afford 1-(2-(2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (10 mg).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00410
To a mixture of 1-(2-(2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (10 mg, 0.016 mmol) and DIPEA (0.011 mL, 0.066 mmol) in DCM (0.32 mL) was added 2-chloroethanesulfonyl chloride (0.002 mL, 0.02 mmol) with external cooling of ice water. After stirring for 15 minutes, the reaction mixture was purified using pTLC and eluted with DCM-MeOH (15:1). The product was washed off from silica gel with methanol affording after evaporation 4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(2-(5-(vinylsulfonyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)ethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (Compound 17) (0.7 mg). HR MS (ESI): C33H37F3N8O2S2+H+ calculated 699.2506; found 699.2508.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00411
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 17, Compound 18 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-3-carboxylate. Compound 18 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 3H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 6.57 (m, 1H), 6.08 (m, 1H), 5.96 (m, 1H), 4.43 (m, 5H), 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.32 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 4H), 1.71 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD, not all signals reported because of low conc.): 167.10, 157.76, 154.89, 138.74, 133.84, 130.37, 128.94, 128.82, 114.81, 113.06, 61.33, 54.03, 52.54, 46.60, 26.25, 15.73. HR MS (ESI): M+H calculated 713.2662; found 713.2664.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00412
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 17, Compound 22 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl (R)-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate. Compound 22 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 6.63 (m, 1H), 6.13 (m, 1H), 5.98 (m, 1H), 4.55 (m, 2H), 4.48 (m, 3H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 2.94 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.38 (m, 4H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.09 (m, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.09, 157.74, 154.89, 138.90, 137.71, 134.99, 130.47, 129.97, 128.76, 126.64 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.83, 121.20, 118.21, 114.70, 113.19, 112.48, 110.57, 60.33, 58.54, 53.84, 50.79, 44.63, 41.41, 35.66 (q, J=32 Hz), 16.34, 15.79. HR MS (ESI): C33H39F3N8O2S2+H+ calculated 701.2662; found 701.2669.
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 17, Compound 23 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate. Compound 23 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 6.19 (m, 1H), 5.96 (m, 1H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.47 (m, 3H), 3.97 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 4H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 4H), 1.32 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.10, 157.74, 154.89, 139.01, 137.36, 135.10, 130.53, 130.01, 128.75, 127.72, 126.64 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.79, 121.16, 118.21, 114.66, 113.42, 112.07, 110.6860.92, 58.54, 57.14, 44.75, 35.66 (q, J=32 Hz), 28.91, 15.80. HR MS (ESI): M+H+ calculated 713.2662; found 713.2661.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00413
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 17, Compound 24 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl 3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate. Compound 24 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.62 (m, 3H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 6.28 (m, 1H), 5.76 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 5H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.66 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 4H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.31 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 166.71, 164.31, 157.69, 154.71, 139.05, 135.19, 130.63, 130.12, 129.07, 128.77, 126.63 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.79, 121.07, 118.19, 114.62, 113.53, 112.07, 110.72, 60.88, 59.35, 58.86, 57.20, 56.71, 53.87, 52.93, 47.14, 35.65 (q, J=32 Hz), 30.80, 29.98, 29.00, 27.27, 15.82. HR MS (ESI): M+H+ calculated 677.2992; found 677.2994.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00414
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 17, Compound 25 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl piperidin-4-ylcarbamate. Compound 25 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 3H), 7.43, (s, 1H), 6.21 (m, 2H), 5.61 (m, 1H), 4.46 (m, 5H), 3.86 (q, 2H, J=10.5 Hz), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, 4H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.43, 167.06, 157.74, 154.88, 138.72, 134.83, 132.10, 130.57, 129.92, 128.77, 126.70, 126.63 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.85, 118.20, 114.42, 113.26, 112.24, 110.32, 58.91, 58.17, 53.85, 52.75, 47.77, 44.46, 35.66 (q, J=32 Hz), 32.50, 30.72, 15.77. HR MS (ESI): M+H+ calculated 665.2992; found 665.2997.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00415
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 17, Compound 28 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl azetidin-3-ylcarbamate. Compound 28 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.58 (m, 3H), 7.49, (s, 1H), 6.20 (m, 2H), 5.66 (m, 1H), 4.46 (m, 6H), 3.86 (q, 2H, J=10.5 Hz), 3.76 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.67, 167.09, 157.74, 154.89, 139.01, 135.09, 131.54, 130.83, 129.97, 128.76, 127.46, 126.65 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 21.85, 118.21, 114.27, 113.99, 111.76, 110.36, 62.42, 58.80, 55.87, 44.64, 43.84, 41.58, 35.66 (q, J=32 Hz), 18.74, 17.31, 15.78, 14.59, 13.21. M+H+ calculated 637.2679; found 635.2683.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00416
Following the same general procedures for preparing Compound 17, Compound 32 was synthesized starting with tert-butyl (R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylcarbamate. Compound 32 was converted to its hydrochloride salt by dissolving it in methanol (0.1 mL), adding 1 equivalent of 1M HCl in water and evaporating. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 3H), 7.47, (s, 1H), 6.21 (m, 2H), 5.64 (m, 1H), 4.51 (m, 4H), 4.34 (m, 1H), 3.86 (q, 2H, J=10.5 Hz), 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.75, 167.09, 157.74, 154.88, 138.87, 135.04, 131.87, 130.72, 129.96, 128.77, 126.92, 126.64 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.81, 118.21, 114.42, 113.74, 111.95, 110.35, 61.20, 55.87, 54.36, 45.29, 35.66 (q, J=32 Hz), 32.10, 30.50, 15.77. HR MS M+H+ calculated 651.2836; found 651.2838.
Example 4. Representative Procedure for the Synthesis of Compounds 30 and 34
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00417
Ethyl 2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)acetate (0.93 g, 5 mmol) and trityl chloride (0.167 g, 0.6 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (8 mL). Triethyl amine (0.9 mL, 0.7 mmol) was added and mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Then the reaction mixture was washed with water, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and a solution of 4 M lithium aluminum hydride (LAH) in ether (1.25 mL) was added slowly. After 30 minutes, the reaction was carefully quenched with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and then with water (4 mL). After stirring for 5 minutes, the mixture was evaporated with silica gel. Product was eluted with hexane-ethyl acetate mixture (1:1) resulting in 2-(2-(tritylamino)thiazol-4-yl)ethan-1-ol (1.5 g) after concentration. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 7.30 (m, 15H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.47 (br s, 1H), 2.65 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 167.88, 149.46, 143.77, 129.17, 128.10, 127.37, 103.25, 72.21, 61.87, 33.52.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00418
2-(2-(Tritylamino)thiazol-4-yl)ethan-1-ol (640 mg, 1.65 mmol) and triethyl amine (0.7 mL) were dissolved in DCM (8.3 mL). Ms2O (574 mg, 3.3 mmol) was added in small portions with cooling of reaction mixture in an ice water bath. After 5 minutes of stirring, the mixture was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The mesylate intermediate was dissolved in DMF (0.5 mL) and 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.27 mmol) and cesium carbonate (265 mg, 0.81 mmol) were added. After stirring for 3 h at 60° C., TLC showed consumption of aldehyde. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×25 mL). The organic phase was evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a silica gel column. The product was eluted with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) to afford 5-formyl-4-methyl-1-(2-(2-tritylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (50 mg). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 10.42 (s, 1H), 7.78 (m, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 1.62 (s, 9H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00419
5-formyl-4-methyl-1-(2-(2-tritylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.09 mmol), N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine hydrochloride (57 mg, 0.15 mmol), and triethylamine (0.0125 mL, 0.36 mmol) were mixed in dry dichloromethane (1 mL). Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (42 mg, 0.2 mmol) was added to the mixture in one portion. After stirring overnight, TLC showed absence of starting aldehyde in reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with 1M NaOH (10 mL). The organic phase was evaporated with silica gel and loaded on a silica gel column. The product was eluted with DCM:MeOH:NH3*H2O (starting from 40:1:0.1 and decreasing to 20:1:0.1). Evaporation of solvent gave the trityl protected intermediate (25 mg) that was dissolved in chloroform (1 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). After 5 minutes, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated sodium carbonate solution and extracted with ethyl dichloromethane. The organic phase was evaporated and purified using pTLC to obtain 1-(2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (Compound 30) (10 mg). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.07 (s, 1H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 5.19 (br s, 2H), 512, (br s, 1H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.08 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 168.04, 166.76, 156.07, 154.34, 148.10, 136.50, 130.98, 128.96, 128.47, 128.09, 127.16, 126.64 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 118.48, 166.43, 113.72, 111.92, 108.97, 107.92, 107.38, 104.99, 104.94, 52.31, 50.77, 48.09, 45.00, 35.54 (q, J=32 Hz), 32.39, 32.32, 15.06. HR MS (ESI): M+H+ calculated 611.1981; found 611.1987.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00420
To a mixture of 1-(2-(2-aminothiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (11.5 mg, 0.018 mmol) and DIPEA (0.0063 mL, 0.036 mmol) in DCM (0.2 mL) was added acryloyl chloride (0.00153 mL, 0.18 mmol) with external cooling of ice water. After stirring for 15 minutes, the reaction mixture was purified using pTLC and developed with DCM-MeOH (10:1) to isolate N-(4-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)thiazol-2-yl)acrylamide (Compound 34) (3 mg). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3CN): 10.07 (br s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.29, (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.44 (m, 3H), 6.19 (br d, 1H), 5.86 (m, 1H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.14 (m, 1H), 3.81 (q, 2H, J=10.5 Hz), 3.60 (s, 1H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3CN): 168.04, 164.40, 159.15, 157.80, 155.70, 149.28, 138.12, 132.38, 130.76, 130.47, 130.31, 128.99, 128.53, 126.92 (q, J=289.5 Hz), 121.94 117.90, 114.95, 113.24, 111.64, 110.49, 109.23, 61.05, 53.68, 49.57, 46.48, 36.01 (q, J=32 Hz), 33.16, 32.96, 30.49, 15.68. HR MS (ESI): M+H+ calculated 65.2087; found 665.2081.
Example 5. Representative Procedure for the Synthesis of Compound 81
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00421
Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (Tf2O) (2.6 mL, 15 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-nitrophenyl-2-ethanol (1.67 g, 10 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (2.1 mL, 18 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) at −50° C. The reaction mixture allowed to warm to room temperature and then washed with NaHCO3, followed by 4% citric acid solution, and finally with brine. The reaction mixture was dried over Na2SO4. After concentration, the 4-nitrophenethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (quantitative yield) was used immediately in the next step.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00422
NaH (120 mg, 3 mmol) was added to a solution of 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (368 mg, 2 mmol) in THF (4 mL) at room temperature and then cooled to −78° C. 4-Nitrophenethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate was dissolved in THF (4 mL) and transferred via syringe to the precooled flask containing the sodium salt of 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile. After stirring for 30 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and quenched with 7 M NH3 in MeOH (2 mL). The reaction mixture was evaporated with silica gel and eluted starting with hexane:THF (4:1), then with hexane:THF (1:1), and finally with pure THF. 5-Formyl-4-methyl-1-(4-nitrophenethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (1.4 g) (MW=333) was isolated. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 10.42 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.44 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.18 (m, 3H), 4.58 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.9 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 191.1, 147.3, 144.2, 139.0, 138.1, 129.8, 127.9, 127.3, 124.1, 113.6, 112.5, 110.8, 108.1, 46.6, 36.1, 14.6.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00423
Following a similar general procedure as in Example 2 for preparing Compound 3, 4-methyl-1-(4-nitrophenethyl)-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile was synthesized from 5-Formyl-4-methyl-1-(4-nitrophenethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (666 mg, 2 mmol) and N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine hydrochloride (934 mg). The product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel and eluted with DCM:MeOH:NH3—H2O (15:1:0.1). Evaporation of solvent gave 4-methyl-1-(4-nitrophenethyl)-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (1070 mg).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00424
A mixture of 4-methyl-1-(4-nitrophenethyl)-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (1.2 g, 1.7 mmol), ammonium chloride (3.6 g, 68 mmol), and Zn powder (2.2 g, 34 mmol) were stirred in acetone-water (6:1 v/v) (40 mL). After stirring for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated, diluted with 1 M NaOH and EtOAc, and filtered through celite. The organic fraction was evaporated with silica gel, loaded on a column, and eluted with DCM:MeOH:NH3—H2O (starting with 20:10:0.1 and decreasing to 10:1:0.1). 1-(4-Aminophenethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (910 mg) was isolated. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.44 Hz), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=8.44 Hz), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 2H), 5.11 (br d), 4.39 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, 4H), 2.98 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.09 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 166.8, 156.1, 154.3, 145.3, 136.3, 131.1, 129.7, 129.0. 127.3, 127.2, 124.7 (q, J=277 Hz), 118.5, 116.4, 115.4, 113.7, 111.6, 109.1, 107.3, 60.1, 52.2, 50.8, 48.0, 47.6, 35.8, 35.6 (q, J=32 Hz), 32.3, 15.1.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00425
Acryloyl chloride (0.135 mL, 1.7 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 1-(4-aminophenethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (917 mg, 1.5 mmol) and Et3N (0.46 mL, 3.3 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, evaporated with silica gel at room temperature, loaded on a column, and eluted with DCM:MeOH:NH3—H2O (starting with 15:1:0.1 and decreasing to 10:1:0.1) to isolate N-(4-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)phenyl)acrylamide with a minor impurity of the starting material. N-(4-(2-(2-Cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)phenyl)acrylamide was recrystallized from MeOH to afford pure product (510 mg). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.41 (m, 3H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 2H), 6.35 (m, 1H), 6.24 (d, J=16.87 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (d, J=10.27 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (m, 3H), 3.85 (q, J=10.5 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 2.26 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.1, 166.0, 157.8, 155.0, 147.5, 139.0, 138.7, 135.1, 134.5, 132.6, 130.7, 130.6, 128.6, 127.8, 126.7 (q, J=277 Hz), 122.0, 121.4, 118.2, 116.9, 114.3, 113.5, 113.3, 111.3, 110.4, 59.1, 52.8, 37.0, 36.8, 35.7 (q, J=32 Hz), 30.2, 15.8. HRMS (ESI): M+H+ calculated 658.2570; found 658.2572.
Example 6. Representative Procedure for the Synthesis of Compound 100
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00426
NaH (800 mg, 20 mmol) was added in small portions to a solution of tert-butyl ethyl malonate (3.8 mL, 20 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL). After 5 minutes, 5-bromo-2-nitropyridine (2.03 g, 10 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was sealed and heated at 80° C. for 5 h. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with diethyl ether. Organic fractions were evaporated, purified by column chromatography, eluted with Hexane:EtOAc (4:1), and dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) (30 mL). The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, dissolved in EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO3. Organic fractions were evaporated with silica gel and purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with Hexane:EtOAc (2:1) to afford ethyl 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)acetate (1.3 g). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (m, 1H), 4.21 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 1.28 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 169.3, 155.9, 149.5, 140.7, 136.4, 117.8, 61.8, 38.0, 14.1.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00427
Ethyl 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)acetate (1.4 g, 6.2 mmol) was dissolved in 1 M BH3-THF complex in THF (19 mL). The mixture was heated at 60° C. for 0.5 h. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, carefully quenched with 1 M NaOH and extracted with EtOAc. Organic fractions were evaporated with silica gel and purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with Hexane:EtOAc:MeOH (1:1:0.1) to afford 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)ethanol (850 mg).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00428
Following the same general procedure for synthesizing 4-nitrophenethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate in Example 5, 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate was synthesized from 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)ethanol (840 mg, 5 mmol). Following the same general procedure for synthesizing 5-Formyl-4-methyl-1-(4-nitrophenethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile in Example 5, 5-formyl-4-methyl-1-(2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile was synthesized from 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (460 mg, 2.5 mmol) and 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate. After reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was quenched with AcOH (2 mL) and carefully concentrated to dryness. The residue was suspended in water (50 mL), sonicated and filtered to afford crude 5-formyl-4-methyl-1-(2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile, used as is in the next step. 1H NMR (600 MHz, Me2CO): 10.41, (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (t, J=6.97 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (t, J=6.97 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, Me2CO): 150.2, 141.8, 141.4, 140.3, 138.5, 128.8, 128.2, 128.1, 126.2, 118.7, 114.7, 113.4, 111.8, 110.0, 47.1, 33.7, 14.6.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00429
Following the same general procedure as described in Example 2 for the preparation of Compound 3, 1-(2-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile was synthesized from 5-formyl-4-methyl-1-(2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile and N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine hydrochloride. 1-(2-(6-Aminopyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (1080 mg) was isolated. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3): 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.42 (d, J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (br d), 4.40 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m 4H), 2.98 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.09 (m, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3): 166.8, 157.5, 156.0, 154.4, 147.9, 138.4, 136.2, 131.2, 129.0, 128.7, 127.3, 126.7 (q, J=277 Hz), 122.5, 118.3, 116.4, 113.6, 111.8, 109.0, 108.6, 107.1, 60.2, 52.3, 48.1, 47.0, 35.5 (q, J=32 Hz), 32.8, 32.5, 15.0.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00430
Acryloyl chloride was added dropwise to a solution of 1-(2-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (1.03 g) and Et3N in THF at −78° C. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, evaporated with silica gel at room temperature, loaded on a column, eluted with DCM:MeOH:NH3—H2O (starting with 15:1:0.1 and decreasing to 10:1:0.1), and recrystallized from MeOH to afford N-(5-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)acrylamide (470 mg). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD for HCl salt): 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 6.41 (m, 1H), 6.30 (m, 1H), 5.67 (m, 1H), 4.62 (m, 3H), 4.39 (m, 2H), 3.86 (q, J=10.5 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 1.91 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 167.2, 166.2, 157.9, 155.0, 152.1, 149.4, 140.1, 139.0, 135.0, 132.3, 131.0, 130.6, 130.1, 128.8, 128.6, 126.8 (q, J=277 Hz), 121.9, 118.3, 115.5, 114.1, 113.8, 111.5, 110.6, 47.8, 35.7 (q, J=32 Hz), 34.0, 15.8. HRMS (ESI): M+H+ calculated 659.2523; found 659.2523.
Example 7. Representative Procedure for Synthesis of Compound 199
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00431
Ethyl 2-(4-aminophenyl)acetate (5.3 g, 29.6 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of acetonitrile, followed by the addition of NaHCO3 (5 g, 59.2 mmol) and 50 mL of water. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C., iodine (7.8 g, 29.6 mmol) was added slowly. The black reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC showed the reaction was completed and water was added. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium thiosulfate solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with petroleum) to give ethyl 2-(4-amino-3-iodophenyl)acetate as a solid (5.3 g, yield: 58%), 305.9(M+H)+.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00432
To a mixture of ethyl 2-(4-amino-3-iodophenyl)acetate (3.05 g, 10 mmol) in 30 mL of dioxane was added dimethylphosphine oxide (860 mg, 11 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (460 mg, 0.50 mmol), xantphos (580 mg, 1 mmol), Cs2CO3 (6.5 g, 20 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 90° C. overnight. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give ethyl 2-(4-amino-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenyl)acetate as a solid (1.8 g, yield: 70%). 256(M+H)+.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00433
To a mixture of 2-(4-amino-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenyl)acetate (1.8 g, 7.0 mmol), 4-methoxybenzaldehyde (1.44 g, 10.5 mmol) in dichloromethane was added NaBH(OAc)3 at room temperature. Then the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC test indicated that reaction was complete. Water was added, and the reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give ethyl 2-(4-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenyl)acetate (2.05 g, yield: 77%). 376(M+H)+.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00434
To a solution of 2-(4-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenyl)acetate (1.9 g, 5.0 mmol) in 20 mL of ethanol was added NaBH4 (960 mg, 25 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed that the reaction was complete. Water was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 2-(4-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenyl)ethanol as a solid (1.21 g, yield: 72%). 334(M+H)+.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00435
To a mixture of 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (728 mg, 3.95 mmol), 2-(4-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenyl)ethanol (878 mg, 2.63 mmol) in 40 mL of anhydrous THF was added diisopropyl azodicarboxylateDiisopropyl azodicarboxylate (1.06 g, 5.3 mmol) under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred room temperature overnight. LCMS showed that the reaction was complete. Water was added, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column (eluted with 2% of methanol in dichloromethane) to give 1-(4-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenethyl)-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as a solid (450 mg, yield: 34%). 500(M+H)+.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00436
To a mixture of 1-(4-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenethyl)-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (450 mg, 0.9 mmol) and N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (313 mg, 1.0 mmol) in dichloromethane was added TEA (273 mg, 2.7 mmol), followed by NaBH(OAc)3 (573 mg, 2.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. LCMS showed that the reaction was complete. Water was added, and the reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash column (eluted with 10% of methanol in dichloromethane) to give 1-(4-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as a solid (180 mg, 25%). 800(M+H)+.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00437
A mixture of 1-(4-(4-methoxybenzylamino)-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.125 mmol) in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid was stirred at reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness. 7 N NH3 in methanol was added to neutralize the residue acid and the reaction mixture was concentrated again. The residue was purified by silica gel column (eluted with 10% of methanol in dichloromethane) to give 1-(4-amino-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as a solid (48 mg, yield: 56%). 680(M+H)+.
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00438
To a solution of 1-(4-amino-3-(dimethylphosphoryl)phenethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (48 mg, 0.07 mmol) in 10 mL of dichloromethane was added TEA (14 mg, 0.14 mmol) at −78° C., followed by acryloyl chloride (7 mg, 0.08 mmol), then the reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min. A TLC test indicated that the reaction was complete. Dichloromethane was added, the reaction mixture was washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate, brine. The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column (eluted with 10% of methanol in dichloromethane) to give Compound 199 as a solid (46 mg, yield: 88%). 734(M+H)+. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): 11.46 (s, 1H), 8.54 (dd, J=4.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.84 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J=2.4, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 6.09-6.16 (m, 1H), 5.20 (dd, J=1.1, 10 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (s, 1H), 4.41 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.52-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.04 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (br, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.26 (t, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.03 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 1.52 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 3H).
Example 8. Representative Procedure for Synthesis of Compound 196
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00439
A mixture of 1-bromo-4-nitrobenzene (2 g, 9.9 mmol), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (3.3 g, 19.8 mmol), K2CO3 (4.14 g, 29.7 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (365 mg, 0.5 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) was stirred at 110° C. under N2 overnight. TLC test showed that the reaction was completed. The solid was removed by filtration and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with petroleum) to give 1-nitro-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)benzene as a yellow solid (1.6 g, yield: 99%).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00440
To a mixture of 1-nitro-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)benzene (1.4 g, 8.6 mmol) in 20 mL of dichloromethane was added mCPBA (2.22 g, 12.9 mmol) at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. TLC showed that the reaction was completed. Saturated NaHCO3 aqueous was added to the reaction mixture, the organic layer was separated and washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solid was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with petroleum) to give 2-methyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)oxirane as a solid (1.1 g, yield: 71%).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00441
A mixture of 2-methyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)oxirane (1.1 g, 6.1 mmol), 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (1.13 g, 6.1 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.7 g, 12.2 mmol) in 15 mL of DMF was stirred at 90° C. for 5-6 hours. The solid was removed by filtration. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the filtrate, the organic layer was collected, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The dried organic solution was filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 50% ethyl acetate in petroleum) to give 5-formyl-1-(2-hydroxy-2-(4-nitrophenyl)propyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as a solid (2.0 g, yield: 89%).
ESI-MS m/z: 363.05 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00442
A mixture of 5-formyl-1-(2-hydroxy-2-(4-nitrophenyl)propyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (320 mg, 0.88 mmol), 6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-N-(piperidin-4-yl) thieno-[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (411 mg, 1.05 mmol) and TEA (534 mg, 5.29 mmol) in 15 mL of DCM was stirred at room temperature for 1 hours, then NaBH(OAc)3 (1.12 g, 5.29 mmol) was added to the reaction under ice bath, the mixture reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give 5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(2-hydroxy-2-(4-nitrophenyl)propyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as a solid (150 mg, yield: 26%).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00443
To a mixture of 5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(2-hydroxy-2-(4-nitrophenyl)propyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (1.0 g, 1.51 mmol), NH4Cl (3.23 mg, 60.3 mmol) and H2O (5.9 g, 332 mmol) in 15 mL of acetone was add Zn dust (2.0 g, 30.2 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then the solid was removed by filtration, the solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 6% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give 5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(2-(4-aminophenyl)-2-hydroxypropyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as a solid (330 mg, yield: 35%).
ESI-MS m/z: 634.35 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00444
To a mixture of 5-((4-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-(2-(4-aminophenyl)-2-hydroxypropyl)-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.16 mmol) and TEA (32 mg, 0.32 mmol) in 10 mL of THF was add slowly acryloyl chloride (16 mg, 0.17 mmol) in dry THF at −78° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours before NH3/MeOH was added. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give Compound 196 as a solid (48 mg, yield: 44%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ: 10.13 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (br, 1H), 7.19 (br, 1H), 6.38-6.45 (m, 1H), 6.25-6.20 (m, 1H), 5.70 (dd, J=2.0, 10 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (s, 1H), 4.38-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.02-4.11 (m, 3H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.52 (br, 2H), 2.82 (br, 2H), 2.05-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.91 (br, 2H), 1.76 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.52 (br, 2H), 1.47 (s, 3H). ESI-MS m/z: 688.40 (M+H).
Example 9. Representative Procedure for Synthesis of Compound 174
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00445
A mixture of tert-butyl 2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (200 mg, 1.01 mmol), 2-bromoethanol (251 mg, 2.02 mmol), and K2CO3 (558 mg, 4.04 mmol) in 30 mL of CH3CN was stirred at 90° C. under N2 overnight. TLC test showed that the reaction was completed. Solid was removed by filtration and solvent was removed under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 2.5% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give tert-butyl 6-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate as a yellow oil (193 mg, yield: 80%).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00446
To a mixture of tert-butyl 6-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (193 mg, 0.8 mmol) and Et3N (161 mg, 1.60 mmol) in 20 mL of dichloromethane was added MsCl (136 mg, 1.20 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. TLC test showed that the reaction was completed. Saturated NaHCO3 aqueous was added to the reaction mixture. Organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. Solvent was removed and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with petroleum) to give tert-butyl 6-(2-((methylsulfonyl)oxy)ethyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate as an oil (193 mg, yield: 75%).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00447
A mixture of tert-butyl 6-(2-((methylsulfonyl)oxy)ethyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (193 mg, 0.6 mmol), 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (92 mg, 0.5 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (328 mg, 1.0 mmol) in 10 mL of DMF was stirred at 60° C. for 4 hours. The solid was removed by filtered and water and ethyl acetate were added to the filtrate, the organic layer was collected, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum) to give tert-butyl 6-(2-(2-cyano-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate as an oil (99 mg, yield: 40%). ESI-MS m/z: 408.51 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00448
A mixture of tert-butyl 6-(2-(2-cyano-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (99 mg, 0.243 mmol), N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (115 mg, 0.364 mmol) and Et3N (147 mg, 1.456 mmol) in 20 mL of DCM was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, then NaBH(OAc)3 (309 mg, 1.456 mmol) was added to the reaction under ice bath. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 2.5% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give tert-butyl 6-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate as an oil (18 mg, yield: 10%). ESI-MS m/z: 708.84 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00449
To a solution of tert-butyl 6-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)ethyl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (18 mg, 0.025 mmol) in 15 mL of DCM was added 5 mL of TFA. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness before 10 mL of 7 N NH3 in MeOH solution was added. Solvent was removed and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give 1-(2-(2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as an oil (11 mg, yield: 71%). ESI-MS m/z: 608.71 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00450
To a mixture of 1-(2-(2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (11 mg, 0.018 mmol) and Et3N (4 mg, 0.036 mmol) in 10 mL of DCM was slowly added acryloyl chloride (1.6 mg, 0.17 mmol) in dry THF at −78° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then NH3/MeOH was added. Solvent was removed and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give Compound 174 as a solid (3 mg, yield: 25%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ: 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.55˜7.40 (m, 4H), 6.32˜6.17 (m, 2H), 5.72˜5.69 (m, 1H), 4.34˜4.29 (m, 5H), 4.06˜4.02 (m, 4H), 3.90˜3.82 (m, 2H), 3.39˜3.32 (m, 4H), 3.27˜3.22 (m, 2H), 2.91˜2.88 (m, 2H), 2.73˜2.67 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.16˜2.13 (m, 2H), 1.84˜1.82 (m, 2H); ESI-MS m/z: 663.35 (M+H).
Example 9. Representative Procedure for Synthesis of Compound 210
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00451
To a suspension of trimethylsulfoxonium iodide (1.2 g, 5.6 mmol) in DMSO at 0° C. was added NaH (250 mg, 6.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. Then tert-butyl 4-formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (1.0 g, 4.7 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature under N2 overnight. TLC test showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and H2O. The organic layer was washed by brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was used without further purification as yellow oil (1.0 g, yield: 99%).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00452
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(oxiran-2-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (3.0 g, 13.2 mmol), 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (1.2 g, 6.5 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.7 g, 19.5 mmol) in 30 mL of DMF was stirred at 120° C. for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature before solid was removed by filtration. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and H2O. The organic layer was washed by brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under vacuum to get the residue, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE: ethyl acetate=10:1˜5:1) to give tert-butyl 4-(2-(2-cyano-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl)-1-hydroxyethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate as a yellow solid (800 mg, yield: 30%).
ESI-MS m/z: 434.15 (M+Na), 312.15 (M−100+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00453
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(2-(2-cyano-5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indol-1-yl)-1-hydroxyethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (500 mg, 1.2 mmol), 6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-N-(piperidin-4-yl)thieno-[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (455 mg, 1.4 mmol) and triethylamine (727 mg, 7.2 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. NaBH(OAc)3 (1.5 g, 7.2 mmol) was added with ice bath cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before partitioned between DCM and NaHCO3 (sat.). Organic layer was washed by brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under vacuum to get the residue, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=50:1˜30:1) to give tert-butyl 4-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)-1-hydroxyethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate as a yellow solid (500 mg, yield: 60%). ESI-MS m/z: 712.55 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00454
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indol-1-yl)-1-hydroxyethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.21 mmol) in 3 mL of DCM was added 2 mL of TFA. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours. Solvent was removed under vacuum to get the residue, which was diluted with DCM and washed with NaHCO3 (sat.). The organic layer was washed by brine, dried over Na2SO4. Then solvent was removed under vacuum to get the residue, which was used without further purification as a yellow foam (100 mg, yield: 99%).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00455
A mixture of acrylic acid (8.6 mg, 0.12 mmol), BOP (66 mg, 0.15 mmol) and DIEA (65 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, before 1-(2-hydroxy-2-(piperidin-4-yl)ethyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (70 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added under ice bath cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM and NaHCO3 (sat.), and the organic layer was washed by brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under vacuum to get the residue, which was purified by Prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=15:1) to give Compound 210 as a white solid (10 mg, yield: 20%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ: 10.40 (br, 1H), 8.96 (br, 1H), 8.35 (m, 1H), 8.11-8.12 (m, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 6.80-6.87 (m, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J=2.4, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (dd, J=2.4, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.04-4.49 (m, 8H), 3.57˜3.63 (m, 3H), 3.12˜3.30 (m, 4H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 1.86-2.13 (m, 7H), 1.30-1.36 (m, 2H). ESI-MS m/z: 666.15 (M+H).
Example 10. Representative Procedure for Synthesis of Compound 216
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00456
To a solution of tert-butyl ethyl malonate (37.64 g, 200 mmol) in DMSO (100 mL) was added NaH (8 g, 200 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour before 5-bromo-2-nitropyridine (20.3 g, 100 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 5 h. 100 mL of saturated NH3C1 aqueous solution was added and 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added. The organic solution was washed with H2O, brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated to give 1-(tert-butyl) 3-ethyl 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)malonate as a solid (23 mg, yield: 74%).
ESI-MS m/z: 310.33 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00457
A solution of 1-(tert-butyl) 3-ethyl 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)malonate (23 g, 74.2 mmol) in 40 mL of TFA was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Then the reaction was concentrated and 500 mL of ethyl acetate was added. Then, the solution was washed with NaHCO3 and H2O and brine and died over Na2SO4. The solution was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted 20% ethyl acetate in PE) to give ethyl 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)acetate as a solid (14.9 g, yield: 95%). ESI-MS m/z: 210.19 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00458
To a solution of ethyl 2-(6-nitropyridin-3-yl)acetate (14.9 g, 70.9 mmol) in 50 mL of EtOH was added catalytical amount of Pd/C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours under H2. TLC showed the reaction was completed. Then the reaction was filtered and concentrated to give ethyl 2-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)acetate as a solid (12.5 g, yield: 98%).
ESI-MS m/z: 180.23 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00459
To a mixture of ethyl 2-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)acetate (12.5 g, 69.4 mmol) in 50 mL of CHCl3 were added Et3N (19.07 g, 189 mmol) and TrtCl (24.1 g, 86.7 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature overnight. TLC test showed that the reaction was completed. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted 20% ethyl acetate in PE) to give ethyl 2-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)acetate as a solid (25.6 g, yield: 87%).
ESI-MS m/z: 422.57 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00460
A mixture of ethyl 2-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)acetate (6 g, 14.2 mmol), K2CO3 (3.92 g, 28.4 mmol), Benzyltriethylammonium chloride (0.324 g, 1.42 mmol) in 30 mL of toluene was degassed and then paraformaldehyde (2.56 g, 85.3 mol) was added in portions to the mixture. The reaction mixture was heated with stirring at 80° C. overnight. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature and solvent was removed. The residue was dissolved in ice-water (100 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column (eluted with 20% ethyl acetate in PE) to afford 2.3 g of ethyl 2-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)acrylate as a white solid (yield: 37%). ESI-MS m/z: 434.48 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00461
To a solution of trimethyl sulfoxide chloride (221 mg, 1.728 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added potassium tert-butylate (194 mg, 1.728 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Then a solution of ethyl 2-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)acrylate in 5 mL of THF was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted 20% ethyl acetate in PE) to give ethyl 1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylate as a solid (493 mg, yield: 95%). ESI-MS m/z: 448.58 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00462
To a solution of ethyl 1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylate (493 mg, 1.1 mmol) in 20 mL of THF was added LiAlH4 (125 mg, 3.3 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour before 0.12 ml of H2O, 0.12 mL of 15% NaOH, 0.36 mL H2O were added sequentially. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered and the organic solution was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 50% ethyl acetate in PE) to give (1-(6-(tritylamino) pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methanol as a solid (411 mg, yield: 92%). ESI-MS m/z: 406.52 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00463
To a solution of (1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methanol (411 mg, 1.01 mmol) and Et3N (351 mg, 3.47 mmol) in 20 mL of DCM was added MsCl (297 mg, 2.605 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. TLC test showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was washed with H2O and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 332 m g of (1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl methanesulfonate as a white solid (yield: 68%). ESI-MS m/z: 484.63 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00464
A mixture of (1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl methanesulfonate (332 mg, 0.686 mmol), Cs2CO3 (279 mg, 0.857 mmol), 5-formyl-4-methyl-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (63 mg, 0.343 mmol) in 30 mL of DMF was stirred at 60° C. for 3 hours. 200 mL of ethyl acetate was added into the resulting mixture after cooling to room temperature. The combined organic layer was washed with H2O and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column (eluted with 30% ethyl acetate in PE) to afford 103 mg of 5-formyl-4-methyl-1-((1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as a white solid (yield: 26%). ESI-MS m/z: 572.71 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00465
A mixture of 5-formyl-4-methyl-1-((1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (103 mg, 0.18 mmol), N-(piperidin-4-yl)-6- (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine (85 mg, 0.27 mmol) and Et3N (109 mg, 1.08 mmol) in 20 mL of DCM was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before NaBH(OAc)3 (229 mg, 1.08 mmol) was added under ice bath cooling. The mixture reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 2.5% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give 4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-((1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as an oil (81 mg, yield: 52%). ESI-MS m/z: 873.04 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00466
A solution of 4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1-((1-(6-(tritylamino)pyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl)- 1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (81 mg, 0.093 mmol) in TFA (15 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TFA was removed and 10 mL of 7N NH3 in MeOH was added. The resulting mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give 1-((1-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile as an oil (57 mg, yield: 99%). ESI-MS m/z: 630.75 (M+H).
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00467
To a mixture of 1-((1-(6-aminopyridin-3-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl)-4-methyl-5-((4-((6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-1H-indole-2-carbonitrile (57 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Et3N (4 mg, 0.181 mmol) in 10 mL of DCM was add slowly acryloyl chloride (8 mg, 0.09 mmol) at −78° C. under N2. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours before NH3.MeOH was added. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give Compound 216 as a solid (12 mg, yield: 21%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ: 10.78 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.98˜7.91 (m, 2H), 7.72˜7.70 (m, 2H), 7.47 (br, 1H), 6.62˜6.55 (m, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J=1.6, 17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (dd, J=2.0, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.28˜4.31 (m, 2H), 4.00˜4.10 (m, 3H), 3.17˜3.23 (m, 5H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.02˜2.07 (m, 4H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.18˜1.23 (m, 3H), 0.81˜0.85 (m, 1H). ESI-MS m/z: 685.78 (M+H).
Example 11. Characterization of Compounds 110 and 112
Compound 110:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00468
1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.38 (m, 1H), 6.30 (m, 1H), 5.66 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 1H), 4.5 (m, 4H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 166.0, 157.7, 139.6, 139.5, 138.9, 134.6, 132.4, 130.3, 130.1, 128.5, 127.9, 127.8, 126.5 (q, J=277 Hz), 121.7, 121.1, 120.7, 118.2, 114.3, 113.5, 112.4, 111.1, 73.5, 59.0, 53.9, 52.9, 47.2, 35.7 (q, J=32 Hz), 30.8, 30.0, 15.7. HRMS (ESI): M+H+ calculated 674.2520; found 674.2522.
Compound 112:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00469
1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD): 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.06 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=8.80 Hz. 1H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 6.34 (d, J=17.24 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (d, J=11.7 Hz), 5.10 (t, J=5.10 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 3.84 (q, J=10.5 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.97 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.66 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CD3OD): 166.7, 166.1, 157.8, 155.0, 152.8, 147.2, 138.6, 137.4, 134.8, 132.2, 130.30, 129.5, 128.7, 128.5, 126.7 (q, J=277 Hz), 121.9, 118.1, 115.3, 114.7, 113.1, 111.0, 109.4, 71.4, 60.8, 53.8, 53.4, 35.6, (q, J=32 Hz), 32.4, 30.7, 15.3. HRMS (ESI): M+H calculated 674.2472; found 675.2478.
Example 12. Biological Assays
Fluorescence Polarization Assay.
This example illustrates an assay effective in monitoring the binding of MLL to menin. Fluorescence polarization (FP) competition experiments are performed to determine the effectiveness with which a compound inhibits the menin-MLL interaction, reported as an IC50 value. A fluorescein-labeled 12-amino acid peptide containing the high affinity menin binding motif found in MLL is produced according to Yokoyama et al. (Cell, 2005, 123(2): 207-218), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Binding of the labeled peptide (1.7 kDa) to the much larger menin (˜67 kDa) is accompanied by a significant change in the rotational correlation time of the fluorophore, resulting in a substantial increase in the fluorescence polarization and fluorescence anisotropy (excitation at 500 nm, emission at 525 nm). The effectiveness with which a compound inhibits the menin-MLL interaction is measured in an FP competition experiment, wherein a decrease in fluorescence anisotropy correlates with inhibition of the interaction and is used as a read-out for IC50 determination.
Homogenous Time-Resolve Fluorescence (HTRF) Assay.
A homogeneous time-resolve fluorescence (HTRF) assay may be utilized as a secondary assay to confirm the results of the FP assay. In some embodiments, the HTRF assay is the primary assay and the FP assay is used as a secondary assay to confirm results. HTRF is based on the non-radiative energy transfer of the long-lived emission from the Europium cryptate (Eu3+-cryptate) donor to the allophycocyanin (XL665) acceptor, combined with time-resolved detection. An Eu3+-cryptate donor is conjugated with mouse anti-6His monoclonal antibody (which binds His-tagged menin) and XL665-acceptor is conjugate to streptavidin (which binds biotinylated MLL peptide). When these two fluorophores are brought together by the interaction of menin with the MLL peptide, energy transfer to the acceptor results in an increase in fluorescence emission at 665 nm and increased HTRF ratio (emission intensity at 665 nm/emission intensity at 620 nm). Inhibition of the menin-MLL interaction separates the donor from the acceptor, resulting in a decrease in emission at 665 nm and decreased HTRF ratio.
Menin Engagement Assay.
Sample Preparation: 2.5 μL of 100 M compound is added to 47.5 μL of 526 nM menin in PBS (5 μM compound 500 nM menin in 5% DMSO final concentration). Reaction is incubated at room temperature for variable lengths of time and quenched with 2.5 μL of 4% formic acid (FA, 0.2% final concentration). Method: A Thermo Finnigan Surveyor Autosampler, PDA Plus UV detector and MS Pump along with an LTQ linear ion trap mass spectrometer were used to collect sample data under XCalibur software control. A 5 μL sample in “no waste” mode was injected onto a Phenomenex Jupiter 5 u 300A C5 (guard column) 2×4.00 mm at 45° C. Mobile phase composition: Buffer A (95:5 water:acetonitrile, 0.1% FA) and Buffer B (acetonitrile, 0.1% FA). Gradient elution was used with an initial mobile phase of 85:15 (Buffer A:B) and a flow rate of 250 μL/min. Upon injection, 85:15 A:B was held for 1.3 min, Buffer B was increased to 90% over 3.2 min, held for 1 min, and then returned to initial conditions in 0.1 min and held for 2.4 min. The total run time is 8 min. A post-column divert valve employed to direct void volume salts to waste was used for the first 2 min of the sample method. Blank injection of Buffer A is used in between each of the sample injections. A needle wash of 1:1 acetonitrile:water with 0.1% FA was used. The electrospray ionization (ESI) source used a 300° C. capillary temperature, 40 units sheath gas flow, 20 units aux gas flow, 3 units sweep gas flow, 3.5 kV spray voltage, 120 V tube lens. Data Collection: Data collection was performed in the positive ion full scan mode 550-1500 Da, 10 microscans, 200 ms max ion time. Data analysis: Protein mass spectra were acquired as XCalibur datafiles. The best scans were added together using XCalibur Qual Browser. The spectra were displayed using “View/Spectrum List with a Display option to display all peaks. The Edit/Copy cell menu was used to copy the mass spectrum into the PC clipboard. The spectrum in the PC clipboard was pasted into Excel. The first two columns (m/z and Intensity were kept and the third column (Relative) was deleted. The remaining two columns were then saved as a tab delimited file (m/z and intensity) as filename.txt from Excel. The Masslynx Databridge program was then used to convert the filename.txt tab delimited file to Masslynx format. In some cases, an external calibration using a (similarly converted) myoglobin spectrum was applied in Masslynx to correct the m/z values of the menin protein m/z data. MaxEntl software from the MassLynx software suite was used for deconvolution of the mass spectrum to yield the average MW of the protein(s). The percentage of covalent adduct formation was determined from the deconvoluted spectrum and used to calculate the reaction rate (k) of the covalent reaction.
Cellproliferation Assay.
The ability of a compound of the present invention to inhibit the growth of cells, such as human leukemia, VCaP, LNCaP, 22RV1, DU145, LNCaP-AR, MV4;11, KOPN-8, ML-2, MOLM-13, bone marrow cells (BMCs), MLL-AF9, MLL-ENL, E2A-HLF, HL-60 and NB4 cells, is tested using a cell viability assay, such as the Promega CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega Technical Bulletin, 2015, “CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay”: 1-15, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Cells are plated at relevant concentrations, for example about 1×105-2×105 cells per well in a 96-well plate. A compound of the present invention is added at a concentration up to about 2 M with eight, 2-fold serial dilutions for each compound. Cells are incubated at 37° C. for a period of time, for example, 72 hours, then cells in the control wells are counted. Media is changed to restore viable cell numbers to the original concentration, and compounds are re-supplied. Proliferation is measured about 72 hours later using Promega CellTiter-Glo® reagents, as per kit instructions.
RT-PCR Analysis of MLL Fusion Protein Downstream Targets.
The effect of a compound of the present invention on expression of one or more MLL fusion protein downstream targets is assessed by RT-PCR. Cells, such as VCaP, LNCaP, 22RV1, DU145, LNCaP-AR, MV4;11, KOPN-8, ML-2, MOLM-13, bone marrow cells (BMCs), MLL-AF9, MLL-ENL, E2A-HLF, HL-60 and NB4 cells, are treated with an effective concentration of a compound for about 7 days or less, then total RNA is extracted from cells using an RNeasy mini kit (QIAGEN). Total RNA is reverse transcribed using a High Capacity cDNA Reverse Transcription Kit (Applied Biosystems), and relative quantification of relevant gene transcripts (e.g., Hoxa9 and Meis1) is determined by real-time PCR. Effective inhibition of the menin-MLL interaction is expected to result in the downregulation of downstream targets of MLL, including Hoxa9 and Meis1.
Pharmacokinatic Studies in Mice.
The pharmacokinetics of menin-MLL inhibitors are determined in female C57BL/6 mice following intravenous (iv) dosing at 15 mg/kg and oral dosing (po) at 30 mg/kg. Compounds are dissolved in the vehicle containing 25% (v/v) DMSO, 25% (v/v) PEG-400 and 50% (v/v) PBS. Serial blood samples (50 μL) are collected over 24 h, centrifuged at 15,000 rpm for 10 min and saved for analysis. Plasma concentrations of the compounds are determined by the LC-MS/MS method developed and validated for this study. The LC-MS/MS method consists of an Agilent 1200 HPLC system and chromatographic separation of tested compound is achieved using an Agilent Zorbax Extend-C18 column (5 cm×2.1 mm, 3.5 m; Waters). An AB Sciex QTrap 3200 mass spectrometer equipped with an electrospray ionization source (ABI-Sciex, Toronto, Canada) in the positive-ion multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) mode is used for detection. All pharmacokinetic parameters are calculated by noncompartmental methods using WinNonlin® version 3.2 (Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View, Calif., USA).
Efficacy Study in Mouse Xenograft Tumor Model.
Immunodeficient mice, such as 8-10 week-old female nude (nu/nu) mice, are used for in vivo efficacy studies in accordance with the guidelines approved by IACUC. Leukemia cells, such as human MV4-11 leukemia cells available from ATCC, are implanted subcutaneously via needle into female nude mice (5×106 cells/mouse). When the tumor reaches a size of approximately 100 mm3 in mice, the tumor-bearing mice are randomly assigned to a vehicle control or compound treatment group (8 animals per group). Animals are treated with a compound of the present invention by oral gavage or intraperitoneal injection in an appropriate amount and frequency as can be determined by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. Subcutaneous tumor volume in nude mice and mice body weight are measured twice weekly. Tumor volumes are calculated by measuring two perpendicular diameters with calipers (V=(length×width2)/2). Percentage tumor growth inhibition (% TGI=1−[change of tumor volume in treatment group/change of tumor volume in control group]*100) is used to evaluate anti-tumor efficacy. Statistical significance is evaluated using a one-tailed, two sample t test. P<0.05 is considered statistically significant.
Efficacy Study in Prostate Tumor Xenograft Model.
Immunodeficient mice, such as 4-6 week-old male CB17 severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) mice, are used for in vivo efficacy studies in accordance with the guidelines approved by IACUC. Parental prostate cancer cells, such as VCaP or LNCaP-AR cells, are implanted subcutaneously into male CB. 17.SCID mice (3-4×106 cells in 50% Matrigel). When the tumor reaches a palpable size of approximately 80 mm3, the tumor-bearing mice are randomly assigned to a vehicle control or compound treatment group (6 or more animals per group). Animals are treated with a compound of the present invention by intraperitoneal injection in an appropriate amount and frequency as can be determined by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In one example, mice are treated with 40 mg/kg of a compound of the present invention daily by i.p. injection for two weeks, then 5 days per week thereafter. Subcutaneous tumor volume and mice body weight are measured twice weekly. Tumor volumes are calculated by measuring two perpendicular diameters with calipers (V=(length×width2)/2).
Efficacy Study in Castration-Resistant Prostate Tumor Xenograft Model (VCaP).
Immunodeficient mice, such as 4-6 week-old male CB17 severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) mice, are used for in vivo efficacy studies in accordance with the guidelines approved by IACUC. Parental prostate cancer cells, such as VCaP cells, are implanted subcutaneously into male CB. 17.SCID mice (3-4×106 cells in 50% Matrigel). When the tumor reaches a size of approximately 200-300 mm3, the tumor-bearing mice are physically castrated and tumors observed for regression and regrowth to approximately 150 mm3. The tumor-bearing mice are randomly assigned to a vehicle control or compound treatment group (6 or more animals per group). Animals are treated with a compound of the present invention by intraperitoneal injection in an appropriate amount and frequency as can be determined by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In one example, mice are treated with 40 mg/kg of a compound of the present invention daily by i.p. injection. Subcutaneous tumor volume and mice body weight are measured twice weekly. Tumor volumes are calculated by measuring two perpendicular diameters with calipers (V=(length×width2)/2).
Efficacy Study in Castration-Resistant Prostate Tumor Xenograft Model (LNCaP-AR).
Immunodeficient mice, such as 4-6 week-old male CB17 severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) mice, are used for in vivo efficacy studies in accordance with the guidelines approved by IACUC. CB. 17.SCID mice are surgically castrated and allowed to recover for 2-3 weeks before implanting parental prostate cancer cells, such as LNCaP-AR cells, subcutaneously into (3-4×106 cells in 50% Matrigel). When the tumor reaches a size of approximately 80-100 mm3, the tumor-bearing mice are randomly assigned to a vehicle control or compound treatment group (6 or more animals per group). Animals are treated with a compound of the present invention by intraperitoneal injection in an appropriate amount and frequency as can be determined by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In one example, mice are treated with 60 mg/kg of a compound of the present invention daily by i.p. injection for 27 days. Subcutaneous tumor volume and mice body weight are measured twice weekly. Tumor volumes are calculated by measuring two perpendicular diameters with calipers (V=(length×width2)/2).
While preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the invention. It is intended that the following claims define the scope of the invention and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.

Claims (25)

What is claimed is:
1. A compound represented by the structure of Formula (4):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00470
or a salt thereof, wherein:
R1, R2, R4, R5, R8, and Ra are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R1, R2, R4, R5, R8, and Ra is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R3 is selected from selected from hydrogen, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2 —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R3 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R6 is independently selected at each occurrence from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, or two substituents on the same carbon atom of an C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; and C3-10o C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; wherein any C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R6 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, C(O)N(R20)2 —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)22, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
R20 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R30)2, —N(R30)C(O)R30, —C(O)R30, —C(O)OR30, —C(O)N(R30)2, —OC(O)R30, —S(O)2R30, —S(O)2N(R30)2, —N(R30)S(O)2R30, —NO2, —P(O)(OR30)2, —P(O)(R30)2, —OP(O)(OR30)2, and —CN; and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle and C3-10 carbocycle;
R30 at each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl;
Y is N or C(Ra);
L is absent or selected from alkylene and heteroalkylene;
s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
R7a is -G-V-R9a:;
G is selected from alkylene, heteroalkylene, C3-12 carbocycle, 3- to 12-membered heterocycle, and combinations thereof, wherein G is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
V is selected from a C3-12 carbocycle, and 3- to 12-membered heterocycle;
wherein V is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups;
R9a is selected from halogen, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —OC(O)R20, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, =S, =N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl; and
R32 at each occurrence is selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted at each occurrence with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C3-10 carbocycle, and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle; or two R32 on the same carbon atom can come together to form a C3-10 carbocycle or 3- to 10-membered heterocycle, wherein each C3-10 carbocycle and 3- to 10-membered heterocycle of R32 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R20)2, —N(R20)C(O)R20, —C(O)R20, —C(O)OR20, —C(O)N(R20)2, —OC(O)R20, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)2N(R20)2, —N(R20)S(O)2R20, —NO2, ═O, ═S, ═N(R20), —P(O)(OR20)2, —P(O)(R20)2, —OP(O)(OR20)2, —CN, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl.
2. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —CN, —NO2, —NH2, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl.
3. The compound or salt of claim 2, wherein R1 is selected from halogen, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl.
4. The compound or salt of claim 3, wherein R1 is selected from —CH2CF3 and —CH2CHF2.
5. The compound or salt of claim 2, wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —CN, —NO2, —NH2, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 alkoxy.
6. The compound or salt of claim 5, wherein R2 is hydrogen.
7. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein R3, R4, and R5 are each hydrogen.
8. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein R6, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halogen, —OH, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 alkoxy.
9. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein R8 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —CN, —NO2, —NH2, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl.
10. The compound or salt of claim 9, wherein R8 is —CN.
11. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein Y is N.
12. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein L is absent.
13. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein G is alkylene optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
14. The compound or salt of claim 13, wherein G is selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00471
15. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein V is selected from azetidine, oxetane, piperidine, oxane, piperazine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, imidazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, azepane, and homopiperazine, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
16. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein V is selected from phenyl, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoxaline, acridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, furan, dihydrofuran, thiophene, dihydrothiophene, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazole, oxazoline, pyrrole, dihydropyrrole, thiazole, dihydrothiazole, pyrazole, dihydropyrazole, isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, isothiazole, dihydroisothiazole, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, purine, indazole, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, and benzothiazole, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R32 groups.
17. The compound or salt of claim 1, wherein R9a is
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00472
18. A compound selected from:
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00473
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00474
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00475
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00476
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00477
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00478
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00479
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00480
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00481
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00482
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00483
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00484
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00485
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00486
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00487
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00488
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00489
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00490
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00491
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00492
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00493
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00494
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00495
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00496
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00497
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00498
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00499
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00500
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00501
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00502
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00503
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00504
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00505
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00506
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00507
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00508
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00509
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00510
or a salt thereof.
19. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 1, or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
20. A method for the treatment of a disease, of treating leukemia, a hematologic malignancy, a solid tumor cancer, glioma, or diabetes in a subject suffering therefrom comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of claim 1, or a salt thereof, to a the subject suffering from said disease, wherein said disease is leukemia, hematologic malignancies, solid tumor cancer, glioma, or diabetes.
21. A process of making a compound of claim 1 comprising mixing a compound of structure (a):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00511
with a compound with the structure (b):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00512
in the presence of a reducing agent.
22. The process of claim 21, wherein the reducing agent comprises boron.
23. The process of claim 22, wherein the reducing agent comprises sodium cyanoborohydride.
24. The process of claim 21, comprising preparing compound (b) by: mixing a compound with the structure (c):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00513
with a compound with the structure (d):
Figure USRE049687-20231010-C00514
in the presence of a base to obtain a product; and
subjecting the product to an acid to form compound (b).
25. The process of claim 24, wherein the acid is HCl.
US17/165,794 2014-09-09 2015-09-08 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof Active USRE49687E1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/165,794 USRE49687E1 (en) 2014-09-09 2015-09-08 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462048036P 2014-09-09 2014-09-09
US201462095588P 2014-12-22 2014-12-22
US201562171124P 2015-06-04 2015-06-04
US201562214681P 2015-09-04 2015-09-04
US17/165,794 USRE49687E1 (en) 2014-09-09 2015-09-08 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US15/509,989 US10246464B2 (en) 2014-09-09 2015-09-08 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
PCT/US2015/048957 WO2016040330A1 (en) 2014-09-09 2015-09-08 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
USRE49687E1 true USRE49687E1 (en) 2023-10-10

Family

ID=55459480

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/165,794 Active USRE49687E1 (en) 2014-09-09 2015-09-08 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US15/509,989 Ceased US10246464B2 (en) 2014-09-09 2015-09-08 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/509,989 Ceased US10246464B2 (en) 2014-09-09 2015-09-08 Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (2) USRE49687E1 (en)
WO (1) WO2016040330A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EA030253B1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2018-07-31 Кэнсэр Ресерч Текнолоджи Лимитед Azaquinazoline inhibitors of atypical protein kinase c
WO2016040330A1 (en) 2014-09-09 2016-03-17 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2016164608A1 (en) * 2015-04-07 2016-10-13 Alector Llc Methods of screening for sortilin binding antagonists
TWI703150B (en) 2015-06-04 2020-09-01 美商庫拉腫瘤技術股份有限公司 Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin and mll proteins
EP3302057A4 (en) 2015-06-04 2018-11-21 Kura Oncology, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with mll proteins
MX2018011092A (en) * 2016-03-16 2018-11-22 Kura Oncology Inc Bridged bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll and methods of use.
ES2947636T3 (en) * 2016-03-16 2023-08-14 Kura Oncology Inc Substituted thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of menin-MLL and methods of use
SG11201809714TA (en) 2016-05-02 2018-11-29 Univ Michigan Regents Piperidines as menin inhibitors
MX2019002959A (en) 2016-09-14 2019-07-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Fused bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll interaction.
KR102493644B1 (en) 2016-09-14 2023-01-30 얀센 파마슈티카 엔.브이. Spiro bicyclic inhibitor of the menin-MLL interaction
US12084462B2 (en) 2016-09-14 2024-09-10 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Spiro bicyclic inhibitors of menin-MLL interaction
WO2018106820A1 (en) * 2016-12-07 2018-06-14 Kura Oncology, Inc. Methods of promoting beta cell proliferation
CA3044739A1 (en) 2016-12-15 2018-06-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Azepane inhibitors of menin-mll interaction
WO2018160534A1 (en) * 2017-02-28 2018-09-07 Joslin Diabetes Center Protection of beta cells from immune attack
CN110691779B (en) * 2017-03-24 2023-10-10 库拉肿瘤学公司 Method for treating hematological malignancies and ewing's sarcoma
EA201992320A1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2020-04-22 Дзе Риджентс Оф Дзе Юниверсити Оф Мичиган PIPERIDINES AS COVALENT MENIN INHIBITORS
US11542248B2 (en) 2017-06-08 2023-01-03 Kura Oncology, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with MLL proteins
US11649251B2 (en) 2017-09-20 2023-05-16 Kura Oncology, Inc. Substituted inhibitors of menin-MLL and methods of use
US11396517B1 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-07-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Exo-aza spiro inhibitors of menin-MLL interaction
CN110204551B (en) * 2018-02-28 2021-08-17 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Thieno [3,2-d ] pyrimidine derivatives containing cyclopropylamine structure, and preparation method and application thereof
US11325921B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2022-05-10 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Co., Ltd. Optically active crosslinked cyclic secondary amine derivative
CN113164443A (en) * 2018-09-26 2021-07-23 库拉肿瘤学公司 Treatment of hematologic malignancies with multiple endocrine oncostatin inhibitors
WO2020116662A1 (en) 2018-12-06 2020-06-11 第一三共株式会社 Cycloalkane-1,3-diamine derivative
WO2020132384A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Celgene Corporation Thienopyridine inhibitors of ripk2
EP4006037A4 (en) 2019-07-31 2023-12-13 Fimecs, Inc. Heterocyclic compound
JP2021024787A (en) 2019-07-31 2021-02-22 ファイメクス株式会社 Heterocyclic compound
CN117177744A (en) 2021-01-29 2023-12-05 塞迪拉治疗股份有限公司 CDK2 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
CA3215379A1 (en) 2021-05-08 2022-11-17 Olivier Alexis Georges Querolle Substituted spiro derivatives
CA3214746A1 (en) 2021-05-08 2022-11-17 Olivier Alexis Georges Querolle Substituted spiro derivatives
EP4347588A1 (en) 2021-06-01 2024-04-10 JANSSEN Pharmaceutica NV Substituted phenyl-1h-pyrrolo[2, 3-c]pyridine derivatives
CN117425659A (en) 2021-06-03 2024-01-19 詹森药业有限公司 Pyridazine or 1,2, 4-triazines substituted by spirocyclic amines
AU2022292697A1 (en) 2021-06-17 2024-02-01 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv (r)-n-ethyl-5-fluoro-n-isopropyl-2-((5-(2-(6-((2-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino)-2-methylhexan-3-yl)-2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)-1,2,4-triazin-6-yl)oxy)benzamide besylate salt for the treatment of diseases such as cancer
CN117561058A (en) 2021-06-26 2024-02-13 塞迪拉治疗股份有限公司 CDK2 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
CN116375707A (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-07-04 成都先导药物开发股份有限公司 Menin inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2024110649A1 (en) 2022-11-24 2024-05-30 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. Combinations of lsd1 inhibitors and menin inhibitors for treating cancer

Citations (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10330377A (en) 1997-06-02 1998-12-15 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Piperidine derivative
WO1999065909A1 (en) 1998-06-19 1999-12-23 Pfizer Products Inc. PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS
WO2002088138A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-11-07 Bayer Corporation Novel 4-amino-5,6-substituted thiopheno[2,3-d]pyrimidines
WO2003022214A2 (en) 2001-09-06 2003-03-20 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperazine and homopiperazine compounds
EP1382603A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2004-01-21 Eisai Co., Ltd. NITROGENOUS FUSED&minus;RING COMPOUND HAVING PYRAZOLYL GROUP AS SUBSTITUENT AND MEDICINAL COMPOSITION THEREOF
WO2004030672A1 (en) 2002-10-02 2004-04-15 Merck Patent Gmbh Use of 4 amino-quinazolines as anti cancer agents
WO2004030671A2 (en) 2002-10-02 2004-04-15 Merck Patent Gmbh Use of 4-amino-quinazolines as anti cancer agents
WO2005020897A2 (en) 2003-08-22 2005-03-10 Dendreon Corporation Compositions and methods for the treatment of disease associated with trp-p8 expression
US20050123906A1 (en) 2003-11-06 2005-06-09 Rana Tariq M. Protein modulation
US20050222176A1 (en) 2003-03-31 2005-10-06 Dhanoa Dale S Piperidinylamino-thieno[2,3-D] pyrimidine compounds
US20050222175A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-06 Dhanoa Dale S New piperidinylamino-thieno[2,3-D] pyrimidine compounds
US20060025406A1 (en) 2004-07-06 2006-02-02 Angion Biomedica Corporation Modulators of hepatocyte growth factor/c- Met activity
US7030240B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2006-04-18 Predix Pharmaceuticals Holdings, Inc. Piperidinylamino-thieno[2,3-d] pyrimidine compounds
US20060281771A1 (en) 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Baumann Christian A Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using aminoquinoline and aminoquinazoline kinase modulators
US20060281769A1 (en) 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Baumann Christian A Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine kinase modulators
WO2007026024A2 (en) 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Tibotec Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Benzodiazepines as hcv inhibitors
US20070078133A1 (en) 2005-06-03 2007-04-05 Huaqing Liu Cyclobutyl amine derivatives
WO2007115822A1 (en) 2006-04-07 2007-10-18 Develogen Aktiengesellschaft Thienopyrimidines having mnkl /mnk2 inhibiting activity for pharmaceutical compositions
WO2008070303A2 (en) 2006-10-19 2008-06-12 The University Of Chicago Therapeutics to inhibit mll-menin interaction for treating leukemia
WO2008090140A1 (en) 2007-01-22 2008-07-31 4Sc Ag Aryloxypropanolamines, methods of preparation thereof and use of aryloxypropanolamines as medicaments
WO2008099019A1 (en) 2007-02-16 2008-08-21 Tibotec Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 6-hydroxy-dibenzodiazepinones useful as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2008107320A1 (en) 2007-02-23 2008-09-12 Cerep Piperidine and piperazine derivatives used as anti-neoplasic agents or cell proliferation inhibitors
WO2008114275A2 (en) 2007-03-19 2008-09-25 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Anthranilic acid derivatives as anticancer agents and process for the preparation thereof
US20080293699A1 (en) 2007-05-25 2008-11-27 Burnham Institute For Medical Research Inhibitors of thapsigargin-induced cell death
WO2009017838A2 (en) 2007-08-01 2009-02-05 Exelixis, Inc. Combinations of jak-2 inhibitors and other agents
WO2009064388A2 (en) 2007-11-09 2009-05-22 Liu Jun O Inhibitors of human methionine aminopeptidase 1 and methods of treating disorders
US20090163545A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-06-25 University Of Rochester Method For Altering The Lifespan Of Eukaryotic Organisms
US20100063047A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2010-03-11 Kalypsys, Inc. Aminopyrimidine inhibitors of histamine receptors for the treatment of disease
WO2011003418A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2011-01-13 Leo Pharma A/S Heterocyclic compounds as jak receptor and protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2011029054A1 (en) 2009-09-04 2011-03-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for treatment of leukemia
WO2013024291A2 (en) 2011-08-18 2013-02-21 Ucb Pharma S.A. Therapeutically active fused pyrimidine derivatives
WO2013072694A1 (en) 2011-11-15 2013-05-23 Xention Limited Thieno- and furo - pyrimidines and pyridines, useful as potassium channel inhibitors
US20140275070A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions comprising thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US20140371239A1 (en) 2013-06-12 2014-12-18 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Menin-mll inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2015154039A2 (en) 2014-04-04 2015-10-08 Syros Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (cdk7)
WO2015191701A1 (en) 2014-06-10 2015-12-17 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Scaffolds for inhibitors of menin-mll interactions
WO2016040330A1 (en) 2014-09-09 2016-03-17 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2016195776A1 (en) 2015-06-04 2016-12-08 Kura Oncology, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with mll proteins
WO2016197027A1 (en) 2015-06-04 2016-12-08 Kura Oncology, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with mll proteins
WO2017112768A1 (en) 2015-12-22 2017-06-29 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of the menin-mll interaction
WO2017132398A1 (en) 2016-01-26 2017-08-03 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Targeting chromatin regulators inhibits leukemogenic gene expression in npm1 mutant leukemia
WO2017161002A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Kura Oncology, Inc. Bridged bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll and methods of use
WO2017161028A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Kura Oncology, Inc. Substituted inhibitors of menin-mll and methods of use
WO2017192543A1 (en) 2016-05-02 2017-11-09 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Piperidines as menin inhibitors
WO2017207387A1 (en) 2016-05-31 2017-12-07 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Spiro condensed azetidine derivatives as inhibitors of the menin-mml1 interaction
WO2017214367A1 (en) 2016-06-10 2017-12-14 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of the menin-mll interaction
WO2018024602A1 (en) 2016-08-04 2018-02-08 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonanes
WO2018050686A1 (en) 2016-09-14 2018-03-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Spiro bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll interaction
WO2018050684A1 (en) 2016-09-14 2018-03-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Fused bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll interaction
WO2018053267A1 (en) 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of the menin-mll interaction

Patent Citations (71)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10330377A (en) 1997-06-02 1998-12-15 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Piperidine derivative
WO1999065909A1 (en) 1998-06-19 1999-12-23 Pfizer Products Inc. PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS
EP1382603A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2004-01-21 Eisai Co., Ltd. NITROGENOUS FUSED&minus;RING COMPOUND HAVING PYRAZOLYL GROUP AS SUBSTITUENT AND MEDICINAL COMPOSITION THEREOF
US6849638B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2005-02-01 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 4-amino-5,6-substituted thiopheno [2,3-d] pyrimidines, pharmaceutical compositions containing the same, and their use in the treatment or prevention of pde7b-mediated diseases and conditions
WO2002088138A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-11-07 Bayer Corporation Novel 4-amino-5,6-substituted thiopheno[2,3-d]pyrimidines
US20030119829A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2003-06-26 Andreas Stolle 4-amino-5,6-substituted thiopheno [2,3-d] pyrimidines, pharmaceutical compositions containing the same, and their use in the treatment or prevention of PDE7B-mediated diseases and conditions
WO2003022214A2 (en) 2001-09-06 2003-03-20 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperazine and homopiperazine compounds
US20030153556A1 (en) 2001-09-06 2003-08-14 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Piperazine and homopiperazine compounds
WO2004030671A2 (en) 2002-10-02 2004-04-15 Merck Patent Gmbh Use of 4-amino-quinazolines as anti cancer agents
WO2004030672A1 (en) 2002-10-02 2004-04-15 Merck Patent Gmbh Use of 4 amino-quinazolines as anti cancer agents
US20050222176A1 (en) 2003-03-31 2005-10-06 Dhanoa Dale S Piperidinylamino-thieno[2,3-D] pyrimidine compounds
US7030240B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2006-04-18 Predix Pharmaceuticals Holdings, Inc. Piperidinylamino-thieno[2,3-d] pyrimidine compounds
WO2005020897A2 (en) 2003-08-22 2005-03-10 Dendreon Corporation Compositions and methods for the treatment of disease associated with trp-p8 expression
US20050123906A1 (en) 2003-11-06 2005-06-09 Rana Tariq M. Protein modulation
US20050222175A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-06 Dhanoa Dale S New piperidinylamino-thieno[2,3-D] pyrimidine compounds
US20060025406A1 (en) 2004-07-06 2006-02-02 Angion Biomedica Corporation Modulators of hepatocyte growth factor/c- Met activity
US20070078133A1 (en) 2005-06-03 2007-04-05 Huaqing Liu Cyclobutyl amine derivatives
WO2006135630A1 (en) 2005-06-10 2006-12-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine kinase modulators
WO2006135636A2 (en) 2005-06-10 2006-12-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using aminoquinoline and aminoquinazoline kinase modulators
US20060281769A1 (en) 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Baumann Christian A Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine kinase modulators
US20060281771A1 (en) 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Baumann Christian A Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using aminoquinoline and aminoquinazoline kinase modulators
WO2007026024A2 (en) 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Tibotec Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Benzodiazepines as hcv inhibitors
WO2007115822A1 (en) 2006-04-07 2007-10-18 Develogen Aktiengesellschaft Thienopyrimidines having mnkl /mnk2 inhibiting activity for pharmaceutical compositions
US20090298772A1 (en) 2006-10-19 2009-12-03 The University Of Chicago Therapeutics to inhibit mll-menin interaction for treating leukemia
WO2008070303A2 (en) 2006-10-19 2008-06-12 The University Of Chicago Therapeutics to inhibit mll-menin interaction for treating leukemia
US20120322742A1 (en) 2006-10-19 2012-12-20 The University Of Chicago Therapeutics to inhibit mll-menin interaction for treating leukemia
WO2008090140A1 (en) 2007-01-22 2008-07-31 4Sc Ag Aryloxypropanolamines, methods of preparation thereof and use of aryloxypropanolamines as medicaments
US8207174B2 (en) 2007-01-22 2012-06-26 4Sc Ag Aryloxypropanolamines, methods of preparation therof and use of aryloxypropanolamines as medicaments
US20080249114A1 (en) 2007-01-22 2008-10-09 Stefan Tasler Aryloxypropanolamines, methods of preparation therof and use of aryloxypropanolamines as medicaments
WO2008099019A1 (en) 2007-02-16 2008-08-21 Tibotec Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 6-hydroxy-dibenzodiazepinones useful as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2008107320A1 (en) 2007-02-23 2008-09-12 Cerep Piperidine and piperazine derivatives used as anti-neoplasic agents or cell proliferation inhibitors
WO2008114275A2 (en) 2007-03-19 2008-09-25 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Anthranilic acid derivatives as anticancer agents and process for the preparation thereof
US20080293699A1 (en) 2007-05-25 2008-11-27 Burnham Institute For Medical Research Inhibitors of thapsigargin-induced cell death
WO2009017838A2 (en) 2007-08-01 2009-02-05 Exelixis, Inc. Combinations of jak-2 inhibitors and other agents
WO2009064388A2 (en) 2007-11-09 2009-05-22 Liu Jun O Inhibitors of human methionine aminopeptidase 1 and methods of treating disorders
US20090163545A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-06-25 University Of Rochester Method For Altering The Lifespan Of Eukaryotic Organisms
US20100063047A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2010-03-11 Kalypsys, Inc. Aminopyrimidine inhibitors of histamine receptors for the treatment of disease
WO2010030757A2 (en) 2008-09-10 2010-03-18 Kalypsys Inc. Aminopyrimidine inhibitors of histamine receptors for the treatment of disease
WO2011003418A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2011-01-13 Leo Pharma A/S Heterocyclic compounds as jak receptor and protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US8993552B2 (en) 2009-09-04 2015-03-31 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for treatment of leukemia
US20110065690A1 (en) 2009-09-04 2011-03-17 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for treatment of leukemia
JP2013503906A (en) 2009-09-04 2013-02-04 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ ミシガン Compositions and methods for treating leukemia
WO2011029054A1 (en) 2009-09-04 2011-03-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for treatment of leukemia
US20160045504A1 (en) 2009-09-04 2016-02-18 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for treatment of leukemia
WO2013024291A2 (en) 2011-08-18 2013-02-21 Ucb Pharma S.A. Therapeutically active fused pyrimidine derivatives
WO2013072694A1 (en) 2011-11-15 2013-05-23 Xention Limited Thieno- and furo - pyrimidines and pyridines, useful as potassium channel inhibitors
WO2014164543A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-10-09 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions comprising thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US9216993B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2015-12-22 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions comprising thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US20170253611A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-09-07 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions comprising thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US20160046647A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-02-18 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions comprising thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US20140275070A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions comprising thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US9505781B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-11-29 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions comprising thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US9505782B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-11-29 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions comprising thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US20140371239A1 (en) 2013-06-12 2014-12-18 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Menin-mll inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2015154039A2 (en) 2014-04-04 2015-10-08 Syros Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (cdk7)
WO2015191701A1 (en) 2014-06-10 2015-12-17 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Scaffolds for inhibitors of menin-mll interactions
WO2016040330A1 (en) 2014-09-09 2016-03-17 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US20180105531A1 (en) 2015-06-04 2018-04-19 Kura Oncology, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with mll proteins
WO2016195776A1 (en) 2015-06-04 2016-12-08 Kura Oncology, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with mll proteins
WO2016197027A1 (en) 2015-06-04 2016-12-08 Kura Oncology, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with mll proteins
WO2017112768A1 (en) 2015-12-22 2017-06-29 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of the menin-mll interaction
WO2017132398A1 (en) 2016-01-26 2017-08-03 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Targeting chromatin regulators inhibits leukemogenic gene expression in npm1 mutant leukemia
WO2017161002A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Kura Oncology, Inc. Bridged bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll and methods of use
WO2017161028A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Kura Oncology, Inc. Substituted inhibitors of menin-mll and methods of use
WO2017192543A1 (en) 2016-05-02 2017-11-09 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Piperidines as menin inhibitors
WO2017207387A1 (en) 2016-05-31 2017-12-07 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Spiro condensed azetidine derivatives as inhibitors of the menin-mml1 interaction
WO2017214367A1 (en) 2016-06-10 2017-12-14 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of the menin-mll interaction
WO2018024602A1 (en) 2016-08-04 2018-02-08 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonanes
WO2018050686A1 (en) 2016-09-14 2018-03-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Spiro bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll interaction
WO2018050684A1 (en) 2016-09-14 2018-03-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Fused bicyclic inhibitors of menin-mll interaction
WO2018053267A1 (en) 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of the menin-mll interaction

Non-Patent Citations (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Agarwal et al. Menin molecular interactions: insights into normal functions and tumorigenesis. Horm Matab Res, 37(6), pp. 369-374 (2005).
Arkin et al. Small-molecule inhibitors of protein-protein interactions: progressing toward the reality. Chem Biol. 21(9):1102-1114 (2014).
Bhaskar et al. Synthesis, Antimicrobial and Antihyperlipidemic Activities of Some 4-Substituted-5,6,7,8-tetrhydrol. Asian J Chemistry 2007, 19(7):5187-5194.
Borkin et al. Pharmacologic inhibition of the Menin-MLL interaction blocks progression of MLL leukemia in vivo. Cancer Cell. Apr. 13, 2015;27(4):589-602. doi: 10.1016/j.cce11.2015.02.016. Epub Mar. 26, 2015.
Borkin et al. Property Focused Structure-Based Optimization of Small Molecule Inhibitors of the Protein-Protein Interaction between Menin and Mixed Lineage Leukemia (MLL). J Med Chem. Feb. 11, 2016;59(3):892-913.
Chen et al. The tumor suppressor menin regulates hematopoiesis and myeloid transformation by influencing Hox gene expression. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 103(4), pp. 1018-1023 (2006).
Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 15/578,837, filed Dec. 1, 2017.
Cox et al. Chromosomal aberration of the 11q23 locus in acute leukemia and frequency of MLL gene translocation: results in 378 adult patients. Am J Clin Pathol, 122(2), pp. 298-306 (2004).
Eguchi et al. The role of the MLL gene in infant leukemia. Int J Hematol, 78(5), pp. 390-401 (2003).
Grembecka et al. Menin-MLL inhibitors reverse oncogenic activity of MLL fusion proteins in leukemia. Nature Chemical Biology. 2012 No. 8. pp. 277-284.
He et al, "High-Affinity Small-Molecule Inhibitors of the Menin-Mixed Lineage Leukemia (MLL) Interaction Closely Mimic a Natural Protein-Protein Interaction," Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2014, 57 pp. 1543-1556. (Year: 2014). *
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Dec. 8, 2015 for International PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2015/048957.
Kim et al. Chemical Biology Investigation of Cell Death Pathways Activated by Endoplasmic Reticulum Stress Cytoprotective Modulators of ASK1. J Biological Chemistry Jan. 2009, 284(3):1593-1603.
Lei et al, "Recent Progress of Small Molecule Menin-MLL Interaction Inhibitors as Therapeutic Agents for Acute Leukemia," Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 64, 15519-15533, 2021. (Year: 2021). *
Marx, Stephen J. Molecular genetics of multiple endocrine neoplasia types 1 and 2. Nat Rev Cancer, 5(5), pp. 367-75 (2005).
Mayer et al. Group epitope mapping by saturation transfer difference NMR to identify segments of a ligand in direct contact with a protein receptor. J Am Chem Soc, 123(25), pp. 6108-6117 (2001).
Mosmann et al. Rapid colorimetric assay for cellular growth and survival: application to proliferation and cytotoxicity assays. J Immunol Methods, 65, (1-2), pp. 55-63 (1983).
Nairn, J.G. Solutions, Emulsions, Suspensions and Extracts. Chapter 83 of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 18th Ed. Gennaro, Alfonso R. Mack Publishing Company, Pennsylvania. 1990. 35 pages.
Pollock et al. Rational Design of Orthogonal Multipolar Interactions with Fluorine in Protein-Ligand Complexes. J Med Chem. Sep. 24, 2015;58(18):7465-74.
Pubchem CID 88912571. Create Date: Feb. 13, 2015. Date Accessed: Jul. 10, 2017; p. 4, compound listed.
Pubchem CID F1174-09147, retrieved from http://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.govisummary/summary.cgi?cid=711090, 2007, 13 pages.
Pubchem CID SMR00018765, retrieved from http://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/summary/summary.cgi?cid=1323703, 2007, 16 pages.
PubChem SID 25433807, retrieved from https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/substance/25433807, deposit date Jul. 30, 2007, 5 pages.
Sharma et al. Synthesis of Thienopyrimidines and their Antipsychotic Activity. E Journal of Chemistry. 2010. 7(2):655-664.
Shi et al. Structural insights into inhibition of the bivalent menin-MLL interaction by small molecules in leukemia. Blood. Nov. 29, 2012;120(23):4461-9.
Slany, Robert K. The molecular biology of mixed lineage leukemia. Haematologica. 94(7), pp. 984-993 (2009).
Slany, Robert K. When epigenetics kills: MLL fusion proteins in leukemia. Hematol Oncol, 23(1), pp. 1-9 (2005).
Sorensen et al. Molecular rearrangements of the MLL gene are present in most cases of infant acute myeloid leukemia and are strongly correlated with monocytic or myelomonocytic phenotypes. J Clin Invest, 93(1), pp. 429-437 (1994).
Yokoyama et al. The menin tumor suppressor protein is an essential oncogenic cofactor for MLL-associated leukemogenesis. Cell, 123(2), pp. 207-218 (2005).

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2016040330A1 (en) 2016-03-17
US10246464B2 (en) 2019-04-02
US20170247391A1 (en) 2017-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
USRE49687E1 (en) Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds and methods of use thereof
US11673898B2 (en) Substituted inhibitors of menin-MLL and methods of use
US11555041B2 (en) Bridged bicyclic inhibitors of menin-MLL and methods of use
AU2017263574B2 (en) ASH1L inhibitors and methods of treatment therewith
US11833210B2 (en) ASH1L inhibitors and methods of treatment therewith
US20230046569A1 (en) Nsd family inhibitors and methods of treatment therewith
US20230118233A1 (en) Prc1 inhibitors and methods of treatment therewith
US11858925B2 (en) GAS41 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
AU2018378935B2 (en) NSD family inhibitors and methods of treatment therewith
EA038388B1 (en) Substituted inhibitors of menin-mll and methods of use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

AS Assignment

Owner name: KURA ONCOLOGY, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LI, LIANSHENG;WU, TAO;FENG, JUN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170809 TO 20170810;REEL/FRAME:062018/0323

Owner name: THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, MICHIGAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GREMBECKA, JOLANTA;CIERPICKI, TOMASZ;BORKIN, DMITRY;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170329 TO 20170808;REEL/FRAME:062018/0315